UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
 
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K

(Mark One)
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Year ended December 31, 2016

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                 to

1-35573
(Commission file number)

TRONOX LIMITED
(ACN 153 348 111)

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Western Australia, Australia
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
98-1026700
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     
263 Tresser Boulevard, Suite 1100
Stamford, Connecticut 06901
 
Lot 22 Mason Road
Kwinana Beach WA 6167
Australia

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (203) 705-3800

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Class A Ordinary Shares, par value $0.01 per share
 
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer
Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes No

The aggregate market value of the ordinary shares held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2016 was approximately $512,376,357.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Section 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court. Yes No

As of January 27, 2017, the registrant had 65,117,847 shares of Class A ordinary shares and 51,154,280 shares of Class B ordinary shares outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement for its 2017 annual general meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K in response to Part III Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14.
 


TRONOX LIMITED
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016
INDEX

Form 10-K Item Number
Page
PART I
 
4
16
31
31
44
44
PART II
 
45
46
47
65
67
130
130
130
PART III
 
131
131
131
131
131
PART IV
 
132
134
135
 
2

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

We have made statements under the captions “Business,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, and in other sections of this Form 10-K that are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements also can be identified by words such as “future,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “predicts,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “can,” “may,” and similar terms. These forward-looking statements, which are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us, may include projections of our future financial performance based on our growth strategies and anticipated trends in our business. These statements are only predictions based on our current expectations and projections about future events. There are important factors that could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. In particular, you should consider the numerous risks and uncertainties outlined in “Risk Factors.”

These risks and uncertainties are not exhaustive. Other sections of this Form 10-K may include additional factors, which could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for our management to predict all risks and uncertainties, nor can management assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, level of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of any of these forward-looking statements. You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We are under no duty to update any of these forward-looking statements after the date of this Form 10-K to conform our prior statements to actual results or revised expectations and we do not intend to do so.

We are committed to providing timely and accurate information to the investing public, consistent with our legal and regulatory obligations. To that end, we use our website to convey information about our businesses, including the anticipated release of quarterly financial results, quarterly financial and statistical and business-related information. Investors can link to the Tronox Limited website through http://www.tronox.com . Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this Form 10-K.
 
3

PART I

For the purposes of this discussion, references to “we,” “us,” and, “our” refer to Tronox Limited, together with its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “Tronox”), when discussing the business following the completion of the Exxaro Transaction, and to Tronox Incorporated, together with its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “Tronox Incorporated”), when discussing the business prior to the completion of the Exxaro Transaction.
 
Item 1.
Business

Tronox is a public limited company registered under the laws of the State of Western Australia. We are a global leader in the production and marketing of titanium bearing mineral sands and titanium dioxide (“TiO 2 ”) pigment, and the world’s largest producer of natural soda ash. Titanium feedstock is primarily used to manufacture TiO 2 . Our TiO 2 products are critical components of everyday applications such as paint and other coatings, plastics, paper, and other uses, and our related mineral sands product streams include titanium feedstock, zircon, and pig iron. Zircon, a hard, glossy mineral, is used for the manufacture of ceramics, refractories, TV screen glass, and a range of other industrial and chemical products. Pig iron is a metal material used in the steel and metal casting industries to create wrought iron, cast iron, and steel.

We produce natural soda ash from a mineral called trona, which we mine, at two facilities we own near Green River, Wyoming. At these facilities we process the trona ore into chemically pure soda ash and specialty sodium products such as sodium bicarbonate (baking soda) and sodium sesquicarbonate (S- Carb ® and Sesqui™). We sell soda ash directly to customers in the United States, Canada and the European Community, European Free Trade Association and South African Customs Union and to the American Natural Soda Ash Corporation (“ANSAC”), a non-profit foreign sales association in which we and two other U.S. soda ash producers are members. ANSAC then resells the soda ash to customers around the world. Our soda ash is used primarily by customers in the glass, detergent, and chemicals manufacturing industries. We use a portion of our soda ash at Green River to produce specialty sodium products such as sodium bicarbonate and sodium sesquicarbonate that have uses in food, animal feed, pharmaceutical, and medical applications.

In June 2012, Tronox Limited issued Class B ordinary shares (“Class B Shares”) to Exxaro Resources Limited (“Exxaro”) and one of its subsidiaries in consideration for 74% of Exxaro’s South African mineral sands business, and the existing business of Tronox Incorporated was combined with the mineral sands business in an integrated series of transactions whereby Tronox Limited became the parent company (the “Exxaro Transaction”). At December 31, 2016, Exxaro held approximately 44% of the voting securities of Tronox Limited. Exxaro has agreed not to acquire any additional voting shares of Tronox Limited if, following such acquisition, Exxaro will have a voting interest in Tronox Limited of 50% or more unless Exxaro brings any proposal to make such an acquisition to the Board of Directors of Tronox Limited on a confidential basis. In the event an agreement regarding the proposal is not reached, Exxaro is permitted to make a takeover offer for all the shares of Tronox Limited not held by affiliates of Exxaro, subject to certain non-waivable conditions. See Note 23 of notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding Exxaro transactions.

Principal Business Segments

We currently operate our business in two operating and reportable segments, TiO 2 and Alkali.

TiO 2 Segment

TiO 2 is used in a wide range of products due to its ability to impart whiteness, brightness, and opacity. TiO 2 is used extensively in the manufacture of paint and other coatings, plastics and paper, and in a wide range of other applications, including inks, fibers, rubber, food, cosmetics, and pharmaceuticals. Moreover, it is a critical component of everyday consumer applications due to its superior ability to cover or mask other materials effectively and efficiently relative to alternative white pigments and extenders. TiO 2 is considered to be a quality of life product, and some research indicates that consumption generally increases as disposable income increases. At present, it is our belief that there is no effective mineral substitute for TiO 2 because no other white pigment has the physical properties for achieving comparable opacity and brightness, or can be incorporated as cost effectively.

Our TiO 2 segment includes the following:

exploration, mining, and beneficiation of mineral sands deposits;

production of titanium feedstock (including chloride slag, slag fines, rutile, synthetic rutile and leucoxene), pig iron, and zircon;

production and marketing of TiO 2 ;   and
 
electrolytic manganese dioxide manufacturing and marketing, which is primarily focused on advanced battery materials and specialty boron products.

Exploration, Mining and Beneficiation of Mineral Sands Deposits

“Mineral sands” refers to concentrations of heavy minerals in an alluvial environment (sandy or sedimentary deposits near a sea, river or other water source). Our exploration, mining and beneficiation of mineral sands deposits are comprised of the following:

Our KwaZulu-Natal (“KZN”) Sands operations located in South Africa consist of the Fairbreeze mine (which entered into commercial production in April 2016), a concentration plant, a mineral separation plant, and a smelter complex with two furnaces;

Our Namakwa Sands operations located in South Africa include the Namakwa Sands mine, a primary concentration plant, a secondary concentration plant, a mineral separation plant, and a smelter complex with two furnaces; and

Our Western Australia operations, which consist of the Cooljarloo mine and concentration plant and the Chandala processing plant, which includes a mineral separation plant, and a synthetic rutile plant.

Exploration

Ilmenite - Ilmenite is the most abundant titanium mineral, with naturally occurring ilmenite having a titanium dioxide content ranging from approximately 45% to 65%, depending on its geological history. The weathering of ilmenite in its natural environment results in oxidation of the iron, which increases titanium content.

Rutile - Rutile is essentially composed of crystalline titanium dioxide and, in its pure state, would contain close to 100% titanium dioxide. Naturally occurring rutile, however, usually contains minor impurities and therefore, commercial concentrates of this mineral typically contain approximately 94% to 96% titanium dioxide.

Leucoxene - Leucoxene is a natural alteration of ilmenite with a titanium dioxide content ranging from approximately 65% to more than 90%. The weathering process is responsible for the alteration of ilmenite to leucoxene, which results in the removal of iron, leading to an upgrade in titanium dioxide content.

Titanium Slag - The production of titanium slag involves smelting ilmenite in an electric arc furnace under reducing conditions, normally with anthracite (coal) used as a reducing agent. The slag forms a liquid layer on top a layer of liquid pig iron. Slag, containing the bulk of the titanium and impurities other than iron, and a high purity pig iron are both produced in this process. The final quality of the slag is highly dependent on the quality of the original ilmenite and the ash composition of the anthracite used in the furnace. Titanium slag has a titanium dioxide content of approximately 75% to 91%. Our slag typically contains 85% to 88% titanium dioxide.

Titanium Slag Fines - For titanium slag to be suitable for use in the chloride process, it needs to be milled down to a particle size range which allows it to be processed effectively during the chlorination step of the chloride process. The milling of titanium slag results in the generation of a smaller size than can readily be used by chloride producers, which is separated and sold as a separate product. These slag fines are mostly sold to pigment producers who operate the sulfate process.

Synthetic Rutile - A number of processes have been developed for the beneficiation of ilmenite into products containing between approximately 90% and 95% titanium dioxide. These products are known as synthetic rutile or upgraded ilmenite. The processes employed vary in terms of the extent to which the ilmenite grain is reduced, and the precise nature of the reducing reaction and the conditions used in the subsequent removal of iron. All of the existing commercial processes are based on the reduction of ilmenite in a rotary kiln, followed by leaching under various conditions to remove the iron from the reduced ilmenite grains. Our synthetic rutile has a titanium dioxide content of approximately 90% to 93%.

Zircon - Zircon is often, but not always, found in the mineral sands deposits containing ilmenite. It is extracted, alongside ilmenite and rutile, as part of the initial mineral sands beneficiation process.
 
Mining

The mining of mineral sands deposits is conducted either “wet,” by dredging or hydraulic water jets, or “dry,” using earth-moving equipment to excavate and transport the sands. Dredging, as used at the Cooljarloo mine, is generally the favored method of mining mineral sands, provided that the ground conditions are suitable and water is readily available. In situations involving hard ground, discontinuous ore bodies, small tonnage, high slimes contents or very high grades, dry mining techniques are generally preferred.

Dredge Mining - Dredge mining, or wet mining, is best suited to ore reserves located below the water table. A floating dredge removes the ore from the bottom of an artificial pond through a large suction pipe. The bulk sand material is fed as slurry through a primary, or “wet,” concentrator that is typically towed behind the dredge unit. The dredge slowly advances across the pond and deposits clean sand tailings behind the pond for subsequent revegetation and rehabilitation. Because of the high capital cost involved in the manufacturing and location, dredge mining is most suitable for large, long-life deposits. The dredging operations at Cooljarloo use two large floating dredges in a purpose-built pond. The slurry is pumped to a floating concentrator, which recovers heavy minerals from the sand and clay.

Hydraulic Mining - At our Fairbreeze mine in KZN, we employ a hydraulic mining method for mineral sands due to the topography of the ore body and the ore characteristics. A jet of high-pressure water is aimed at the mining face, thereby cutting into and loosening the sand so that it collapses on the floor. The water acts as a carrier medium for the sand, due to the high fines (mineral particles that are too fine to be economically extracted and other materials that remain after the valuable fraction of an ore has been separated from the uneconomic fraction) content contained in the ore body. The slurry generated by the hydraulic monitors flows to a collection sump where oversize material is removed and the slurry is then pumped to the primary concentration plant.

Dry Mining - Dry mining is suitable where mineral deposits are shallow, contain hard bands of rock, or are in a series of unconnected ore bodies. Dry mining is performed at Namakwa Sands, which is located in an arid region on the west coast of South Africa. The ore is mined with front end loaders in a load and carry operation, dumping the mineral bearing sands onto a conveyor belt system that follows behind the mining face. The harder layers are mined using hydraulic excavators in a backhoe configuration or by bulldozer. Namakwa Sands does not use blasting in its operations. The mined material is transported by trucks to the mineral sizers where primary reduction takes place.

Processing and Mineral Separation

Processing - Both wet and dry mining techniques utilize wet concentrator plants to produce a high grade of heavy mineral concentrate (typically approximately 90% to 98% heavy mineral content). Screened ore is first deslimed, a process by which slimes are separated from larger particles of minerals, and then washed through a series of spiral separators that use gravity to separate the heavy mineral sands from lighter materials, such as quartz. Residue from the concentration process is pumped back into either the open pits or slimes dams for rehabilitation and water recovery. Water used in the process is recycled into a clean water dam with any additional water requirements made up from pit dewatering or rainfall.

Mineral Separation - The non-magnetic (zircon and rutile) and magnetic (ilmenite) concentrates are passed through a dry separation process, known as the “dry mill” to separate out the minerals. Electrostatic and dry magnetic methods are used to further separate the ilmenite, rutile and zircon. Electrostatic separation relies on the difference in surface conductivity of the materials to be separated. Conductive minerals (such as ilmenite, rutile and leucoxene) behave differently from non-conductive minerals (such as zircon) when subjected to electrical forces. Magnetic separation techniques are dependent on the iron content of a mineral. Magnetic minerals (such as ilmenite) will separate from non-magnetic minerals (such as rutile and leucoxene) when subjected to a magnetic field. A combination of gravity and magnetic separation is used to separate zircon from the non-magnetic portion of the heavy mineral concentrate. The heavy mineral concentrate at KZN Sands and Namakwa Sands is passed through wet high-intensity magnetic separation to produce a non-magnetic fraction and a magnetic fraction.

Production of titanium feedstock, pig iron, and zircon

Our TiO 2 operations have a combined annual production capacity of approximately 750,000 metric tons (“MT”) of titanium feedstock, which is comprised of 91,000 MT of rutile and leucoxene, 220,000 MT of synthetic rutile, and 410,000 MT of titanium slag. Our TiO 2 operations also have the capability to produce approximately 220,000 MT of zircon and 221,000 MT of pig iron.

Titanium Feedstock - Ilmenite, rutile, leucoxene, titanium slag and synthetic rutile are all used primarily as feedstock for the production of TiO 2 . Titanium feedstock can be segmented based on the level of titanium contained within the feedstock, with substantial overlap between each segment. Different grades of titanium feedstock have similar characteristics. As such, TiO 2 producers generally source and supply a variety of feedstock grades, and often blend them into one feedstock. The lower amount of titanium used in the TiO 2 manufacturing process, the more feedstock required and waste material produced. Naturally occurring high-grade titanium minerals required for the production of TiO 2 are limited in supply. Two processes have been developed commercially: one for the production of titanium slag and the other for the production of synthetic rutile. Both processes use ilmenite as a raw material, and involve the removal of iron oxides and other non-titanium material.
 
Titanium Slag - Ilmenite at KZN Sands and Namakwa Sands is processed further through direct current arc furnaces to produce titanium slag with a titanium content of approximately 86% to 89%. The smelting process comprises the reduction of ilmenite to produce titanium slag and pig iron. Ilmenite and anthracite are fed in a tightly controlled ratio into an operating furnace where the endothermic reduction of ilmenite occurs. The resultant titanium slag has a lower density than the iron, and separation of the two liquid products occurs inside the furnace. The slag and iron are tapped periodically from separate sets of tapholes located around the circumference of the furnace. Slag is tapped into steel pots and cooled for several hours in the pots before the slag blocks are tipped out. The blocks are subsequently transported to the blockyard where they are cooled under water sprays for a number of days. They are then crushed, milled, and separated according to size fractions, as required by the customers. The tapped pig iron is re-carburized, de-sulfurized, and cast into ingots or “pigs”.

High Purity Pig Iron - The process by which ilmenite is converted into titanium slag results in the production of high purity iron containing low levels of manganese. When iron is produced in this manner, the molten iron is tapped from the ilmenite furnace during the smelting process, alloyed by adding carbon and silicon and treated to reduce the sulfur content, and is then cast into pigs. The pig iron produced as a co-product of our titanium slag production is known as low manganese pig iron.

Synthetic Rutile Production -Ilmenite may also be upgraded into synthetic rutile. Synthetic rutile, or upgraded ilmenite, is a chemically modified form of ilmenite that has the majority of the ferrous, non-titanium components removed, and is also suitable for use in the production of titanium metal or TiO 2 using the chloride process. Ilmenite is converted to synthetic rutile in a two-stage pyrometallurgical and chemical process. The first stage involves heating ilmenite in a large rotary kiln. Coal is used as a heat source and, when burned in an oxygen deficient environment, it produces carbon monoxide, which promotes a reducing environment that converts the iron oxide contained in the ilmenite to metallic iron. The intermediate product, called reduced ilmenite, is a highly magnetic sand grain due to the presence of the metallic iron. The second stage involves the conversion of reduced ilmenite to synthetic rutile by removing the metallic iron from the reduced ilmenite grain. This conversion is achieved through aeration (oxidation), accelerated through the use of ammonium chloride as a catalyst, and acid leaching of the iron to dissolve it out of the reduced ilmenite. Activated carbon is also produced as a co-product of the synthetic rutile production process.

Zircon - Zircon (ZrSiO 4 ) is a mineral which is primarily used as an additive in ceramic glazes to add hardness, which makes the ceramic glaze more water, chemical and abrasion resistant. It is also used for the production of zirconium metal and zirconium chemicals, in refractories, as molding sand in foundries, and for TV screen glass, where it is noted for its structural stability at high temperatures and resistance to abrasive and corrosive conditions. Zircon typically represents a relatively low proportion of the in-situ heavy mineral sands deposits, but has a relatively higher value compared to other heavy mineral products. Refractories containing zircon are expensive and are only used in demanding, high-wear and corrosive applications in the glass, steel and cement industries. Foundry applications use zircon when casting articles of high quality and value where accurate sizing is crucial, such as aerospace, automotive, medical, and other high-end applications.

Competitive Conditions

Globally, there are a small number of large mining companies or groups that are involved in the production of titanium feedstock and these are dominated by close relationships between miners and consumers (predominately pigment producers).

Production and Marketing of TiO 2

We operate three TiO 2 pigment facilities at the following locations: Hamilton, Mississippi; Botlek, the Netherlands; and Kwinana, Western Australia, representing an aggregate annual TiO 2 production capacity of 465,000 MT.

Production

TiO 2 is produced using a combination of processes involving the manufacture of base pigment particles followed by surface treatment, drying and milling (collectively known as finishing). Two commercial production processes are used by manufacturers: the chloride process and the sulphate process. All of our TiO 2 is produced using the chloride process. We are one of a limited number of TiO 2 producers in the world with chloride production technology. We believe that we are one of the largest global producers and marketers of TiO 2 manufactured via chloride technology. TiO 2 produced using the chloride process is preferred for some of the largest end-use applications.
 
We believe the chloride process has several advantages over the sulphate process: it generates less waste, uses less energy, is less labor intensive, permits the direct recycle of chlorine, a major process chemical, back into the production process, and produces what is considered a high quality product. In the chloride process, high quality feedstock (slag, synthetic rutile, natural rutile or, in limited cases, high titanium content ilmenite ores) are reacted with chlorine (the chlorination step) and carbon to form titanium tetrachloride (“TiCl 4 ”) in a continuous fluid bed reactor. Purification of TiCl 4 to remove other chlorinated products is accomplished using a distillation process. The purified TiCl 4 is then oxidized in a vapor phase form to produce raw pigment particles and chlorine gas. The latter is recycled back to the chlorination step for reuse. Raw pigment is then typically slurried with water and dispersants prior to entering the finishing step. The chloride process currently accounts for substantially all of the industry-wide TiO 2 production capacity in North America, and approximately 45% of industry-wide capacity globally.

Commercial production of TiO 2 results in one of two different crystal forms: rutile, which is manufactured using either the chloride process or the sulphate process, or anatase, which is only produced using the sulfate process. All of our global production capacity utilizes the chloride process to produce rutile TiO 2 . Rutile TiO 2 is preferred over anatase TiO 2 for many of the largest end-use applications, such as coatings and plastics, because its higher refractive index imparts better hiding power at lower quantities than the anatase crystal form and it is more suitable for outdoor use because it is more durable. Although rutile TiO 2 can be produced using either the chloride process or the sulphate process, some customers prefer rutile produced using the chloride process because it typically has a bluer undertone and greater durability.

The primary raw materials used in the production of TiO 2 include titanium feedstock, chlorine and coke. Chemicals used in the production of TiO 2 include oxygen and nitrogen. Other chemicals used in the production of TiO 2 are purchased from various companies under long-term supply contracts. In the past we have been, and we expect that we will continue to be, successful in obtaining short-term and long-term extensions to these and other existing supply contracts prior to their expiration. We expect the raw materials purchased under these contracts, and contracts that we may enter into in the near term, to meet our requirements over the next several years.

Marketing

We supply and market TiO 2 under the brand name TRONOX ® to approximately 1,200 customers in approximately 100 countries, including market leaders in each of the key end-use markets for TiO 2, and we have supplied each of our top ten customers with TiO 2 for more than 10 years. For information regarding 2016 sales volume by geography and end-use market, see section “Segment and Geographic Revenue Information”.

In addition to price and product quality, we compete on the basis of technical support and customer service. Our direct sales and technical service organizations execute our sales and marketing strategy, and work together to provide quality customer service. Our direct sales staff is trained in all of our products and applications. Due to the technical requirements of TiO 2 applications, our technical service organization and direct sales offices are supported by a regional customer service staff located in each of our major geographic markets.

We believe the vertically integrated nature of our TiO 2 operations provides us with a significant unit cash cost advantage over most of our TiO 2 producing peers.  This is of particular importance as it positions us to be competitive through all facets of the TiO 2 cycle. Moreover, our three TiO 2 production facilities are strategically positioned in key geographies. The Hamilton facility is one of the largest TiO 2 production facilities in the world, and has the size and scale to service customers in North America and around the globe. Our Kwinana plant, located in Australia, is well positioned to service the growing demand from Asia. Our Botlek facility, located in the Netherlands, services our European customers and certain specialized applications globally.

Our sales and marketing strategy focuses on effective customer management through the development of strong relationships. We develop customer relationships and manage customer contact through our sales team, technical service organization, research and development team, customer service team, plant operations personnel, supply chain specialists, and senior management visits. We believe that multiple points of customer contact facilitate efficient problem solving, supply chain support, formula optimization and co-development of products.

The global market in which our TiO 2 business operates is highly competitive. Competition is based on a number of factors such as price, product quality, and service. We face competition not only from chloride process pigment producers, but from sulfate process pigment producers as well. Moreover, because transportation costs are minor relative to the cost of our product, there is also competition between products produced in one region versus products produced in another region.

We face competition from competitors with facilities in multiple regions, including Chemours, Cristal Global, Huntsman and Kronos Worldwide Inc. In addition to the major competitors discussed above, we compete with numerous regional producers, including producers in China such as Lomon Billions, CNNC and Blue Star.
 
Electrolytic Manganese Dioxide Manufacturing and Marketing

Our electrolytic and other chemical products operations are primarily focused on advanced battery materials and specialty boron products.

Electrolytic manganese dioxide (“EMD”) — EMD is the active cathode material for alkaline batteries used in flashlights, electronic games, and medical and industrial devices. We believe that we are one of the largest producers of EMD for the global alkaline battery industry. EMD quality requirements for alkaline technology are much more demanding than for zinc carbon technology and, as a result, alkaline-grade EMD commands a higher price than zinc carbon-grade EMD. The United States primary battery market, predominantly based on alkaline-grade EMD, is the largest in the world followed by China and Japan according to publicly available industry reports. As such, we expect demand for alkaline-grade EMD to be flat as the demand stabilizes for devices using primary batteries.

Boron — Specialty boron product end-use applications include semiconductors, pharmaceuticals, high-performance fibers, specialty ceramics and epoxies, as well as igniter formulations. According to publicly available industry reports, we are one of the leading suppliers of boron trichloride, along with JSC Aviabor, Sigma-Aldrich Corporation, and several Asian manufacturers. We anticipate demand for boron trichloride will remain positive, driven primarily by the growth of the semiconductor industry.

Alkali Segment

Our Alkali business is the world’s largest natural soda ash producer. We provide our soda ash to a variety of industries such as flat glass, container glass, detergent and chemical manufacturing. Soda ash, also known by its chemical name sodium carbonate (Na 2 CO 3 ) is a highly valued raw material in the manufacture of glass due to its properties of lowering the melting point of silica in the batch. Soda ash is also valued by detergent manufacturers for its absorptive and water softening properties. We produce our products from trona, which we mine at two sites in the Green River Basin, Wyoming. The vast majority of the world’s accessible trona reserves are located in the Green River Basin. According to historical production statistics, approximately one-quarter of global soda ash is produced from trona, with the remainder being produced synthetically, which requires chemical transformation of limestone and salt using a significantly higher amount of energy. Production of soda ash from trona is significantly less expensive than producing it synthetically. In addition, life-cycle analyses reveal that production from trona consumes less energy and produces less carbon dioxide and fewer undesirable by-products than synthetic production.

Our Alkali segment includes the following:

Dry mining of trona ore underground at our Westvaco facility;

Secondary recovery of trona from previously dry mined areas underground at our Westvaco and Granger facilities through solution mining;

Refining of raw trona ore into soda ash and specialty sodium alkali products; and

Marketing, sale and distribution of alkali products.

Our Alkali segment currently produces approximately 4 million tons of soda ash and downstream specialty products. All mining and processing activities related to our products take place in our facilities located in the Green River Basin of Wyoming, United States.

Dry mining of Trona Ore

Trona is dry mined underground at our Westvaco facility primarily through the operation of our single longwall mining machine. Longwall mining provides higher recovery rates leading to extended mine life compared to other dry mining techniques. Development of the “tunnels” necessary to access and ventilate our longwall is through room and pillar mining completed primarily by our fleet of borer miners. The ore is conveyed underground to two hoisting operations where it travels about 1,600 feet vertically to the surface where it is either taken directly into the processing facilities or stored on outdoor stockpiles for future consumption.
 
Secondary Recovery Solution Mining

We solution mine trona at both our Westvaco and Granger sites using secondary recovery techniques. Our secondary recovery mining starts with the recovery of water streams from our operations and non-trona solids (“insolubles”) remaining from the processing of dry mined trona. The water and some insolubles are injected through a number of wells into the old dry mine workings at both our Westvaco and Granger sites. The insolubles settle out while the water travels through the old workings, dissolving trona that remained during previous dry mining. Multiple pumping systems are used to pump the enriched solution to the surface for processing.

Refining of Trona into Finished Alkali Products

Our Sesqui and Mono plants, located at our Westvaco site, convert dry-mined trona into soda ash. Crushing, dissolution in water, filtration, and crystallization techniques are used to produce the desired final products. In the Mono process, the ore is calcined with heat prior to dissolution, in order to convert the trona to soda ash by the removal of water and carbon dioxide. A final drying step using steam produces a dense soda ash product from the Mono process. In our Sesqui plant, the calcination is performed at the end of the process, producing a light density soda ash that is preferred in applications desiring increased absorptivity. The Sesqui process also has the ability to produce refined sodium sesquicarbonate (which we sell under the names S-Carb ® and Sesqui™) for use as a buffer in animal feed formulations and in cleaning and personal care applications.

Solution mined trona is converted into dense soda ash in our ELDM operation at the Westvaco site and at our Granger facility. The steps to produce soda ash are similar to the dry mined processes, except the crushing and dissolving steps are eliminated because the trona is already in a water solution as it leaves the mine.

Intermediate, semi-refined products are extracted from our soda ash processes at Westvaco at strategic locations for use as feedstocks for production of sodium bicarbonate and 50% caustic soda (NaOH).

Marketing, Sale and Distribution of Alkali Products

We sell our alkali-products to customers directly in the United States, Canada, the European Community, the European Free Trade Area and the South African Customs Union. We sell through ANSAC exclusively in all other markets. ANSAC is a nonprofit foreign sales association in which we and two other U.S. soda ash producers are members, whose purpose is to promote export sales of U.S. produced soda ash in conformity with the Webb-Pomerene Act.

All of our alkali-products are shipped by rail and truck from our facilities in the Green River Basin. We operate a fleet of nearly 3,300 covered hopper cars which we use to deliver nearly 90% of the sales of alkali-products from the Green River facilities, all of which are shipped via a single rail line owned and operated by Union Pacific Railroad. Tronox leases these railcars from banks and leasing companies and from FMC under agreements with varying term-lengths. We recover costs of leasing through mileage credits paid under agreements with customers and carriers in accordance with established industry practices and government requirements.

Soda Ash

Alkali sells most of its product as soda ash.   Soda ash is the only product we sell to ANSAC. Soda ash is highly valued by manufacturers of flat and container glass because it lowers the temperature of the batch in a glass furnace. It is also valued by detergent manufacturers for its absorptive qualities. Demand for soda ash in the United States has been relatively flat over the last five years. Sales of soda ash in rapidly developing economies have grown more rapidly as a growing middle class demands more products that use soda ash, such as glass for housing and autos and detergents for cleaning.

Specialty Alkali Products

Alkali markets sodium bicarbonate to private label manufacturers who package it for sale to retail grocery customers as baking soda. Alkali also sells sodium bicarbonate to manufacturers of packaged baked goods and similar products. Animal feed is an important market for sodium bicarbonate, which is mixed with feed to increase the yield of dairy cows and improve the health of poultry and other livestock. Sodium bicarbonate is also sold to customers who use it in hemodialysis applications and as an active ingredient in pharmaceutical products.
 
Customers

ANSAC is Alkali’s largest customer, with total sales representing 35% of total sales in the segment. Apart from ANSAC, Alkali is not dependent on any single or small group of customers, the loss of one of which would not have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Competitive Conditions

The global market in which our Alkali business operates is competitive. Competition is based on a number of factors such as price, favorable logistics and consistent customer service. In North America, our primary competition is from other U.S.-based natural soda ash operations: Solvay Chemicals, Ciner Resources, L.P., Tata Chemicals Soda Ash Partners in Wyoming, and Searles Valley Minerals, in California. Because of the cost advantages of natural soda ash production in the United States, imports have not been an important source of competition in North America. Sales of alkali-products outside of North America (principally through ANSAC) face competition from a variety of others, in most cases producers of soda ash using the synthetic method, but to a lesser extent producers of natural soda ash based in Turkey, China and Africa. Our specialty Alkali products also experience significant competition from producers of sodium bicarbonate, such as Church & Dwight Co., Solvay Chemicals and Natural Soda LLC.

Research and Development

We have research and development facilities that service our products, and focus on applied research and development of both new and existing processes. Our research and development facilities supporting our mineral sands business are located in South Africa, while the majority of scientists supporting our pigment and electrolytic research and development efforts are located in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. We also have research and development capabilities that support our Alkali business at our Green River, Wyoming facility.

New process developments are focused on increased throughput, efficiency gains and general processing equipment-related improvements. Ongoing development of process technology contributes to cost reduction, enhanced production flexibility, increased capacity, and improved consistency of product quality. In 2016, our product development and commercialization efforts were focused on several TiO 2 products that deliver added value to customers across all end use segments by way of enhanced properties of the pigment. Alkali is a leader in trona solution mining and our development efforts are focused on continued improvement of our extraction and processing efficiencies.

Patents, Trademarks, Trade Secrets and Other Intellectual Property Rights

Protection of our proprietary intellectual property is important to our business. At December 31, 2016, we held 51 U.S. patents, 11 patent applications, and approximately 242 in foreign counterparts, including both issued patents and pending patent applications. Our U.S. patents have expiration dates ranging through 2131. Additionally, we have 12 trademark registrations and 1 pending trademark registration in the U.S., as well as 60 trademark registrations and 1 pending trademark registrations in foreign counterparts.

We rely upon, and have taken steps to secure our unpatented proprietary technology, know-how and other trade secrets. The substantial majority of business patents relate to our chloride products and production technology. Our proprietary chloride production technology is an important part of our overall technology position. However, much of the fundamental intellectual property associated with both chloride and sulfate pigment production is no longer subject to patent protection. At Namakwa Sands, we rely on intellectual property for our smelting technology, which was granted to us in perpetuity by Anglo American South Africa Limited for use on a worldwide basis, pursuant to a non-exclusive license. Our Alkali business has long been a leader in new technology development; having patented the leading process for producing dense soda ash from trona in the 1960’s and for producing soda ash from solution feeds in the 1990’s. Much of the core intellectual property used today for production of natural soda ash is no longer subject to patent protection. Accordingly, we hold many of our proprietary process improvements in longwall mining, solution mining, and solution feed processing as trade secrets to protect our technological leadership.

We protect the trademarks that we use in connection with the products we manufacture and sell, and have developed value in connection with our long-term use of our trademarks; however, there can be no assurance that the trademark registrations will provide meaningful protection against the use of similar trademarks by competitors, or that the value of our trademarks will not be diluted. The same can be said for our patents and patent applications, which may in the future be the subject of a challenge regarding validity as well as ownership, requiring a defense of the patent/application through legal proceedings which inherently introduce a degree of business uncertainty and risk. We also use and rely upon unpatented proprietary knowledge, continuing technological innovation and other trade secrets to develop and maintain our competitive position. We conduct research activities and protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets through reasonable measures, including confidentiality agreements and security procedures. While certain patents held for our products and production processes are important to our long-term success, more important is the operational knowledge we possess.
 
Employees

As of December 31, 2016, Tronox had approximately 4,300 employees worldwide, of which 1,600 are located in the United States, 600 in Australia, 1,800 in South Africa, and 300 in the Netherlands and other international locations. Our TiO 2 segment employees in the United States are not represented by a union or collective bargaining agreement. Nearly 70% of the employees at the Alkali segment’s mining and manufacturing facility in Green River, Wyoming are members of a union and subject to a collective bargaining agreement. In South Africa, over 45% of our workforce belongs to a union. In Australia, most employees are not currently represented by a union, but approximately 45% are represented by a collective bargaining agreement. In the Netherlands, approximately 60% of our employees are represented by a collective bargaining agreement and 30% are members of a union. We consider relations with our employees and labor organizations to be good.

Environmental, Health and Safety Authorizations

Mining

Our facilities and operations are subject to extensive general and industry-specific environmental, health and safety regulations in the United States, South Africa and Australia. These regulations include those relating to mine rehabilitation, liability provision, water management, the handling and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous materials, and occupational health and safety. The various legislation and regulations are subject to a number of internal and external audits. We believe our mineral sands operations are in compliance, in all material respects, with existing health, safety and environmental legislation and regulations.

Regulation of the Mining Industry in the United States

We have the right to mine trona through leases we hold from the U.S. Federal government, the State of Wyoming and an affiliate of Anadarko Petroleum (“Anadarko”). Our leases with the U.S. government are issued under the provisions of the Mineral Leasing Act of 1920 (30 U.S.C. 18 et. Seq.) and are administered by the U.S. Bureau of Land Management (“BLM”) and our leases with the state of Wyoming are issued under Wyoming Statutes 36-6-101 et. seq. Anadarko is the successor to rights originally granted to the Union Pacific Railroad in connection with the construction of the first transcontinental railroad in North America. For more information please see discussion of Mining and Mineral Tenure in “Part I, Item 2 Properties”.

We pay royalties to the BLM, the State of Wyoming and Anadarko. These royalties are calculated based upon the gross value of soda ash and related products at a certain stage in the mining process. We are obligated to pay minimum royalties or annual rentals to our lessors regardless of actual sales and in the case of Anadarko to pay royalties in advance based on a formula based on the amount of trona produced and sold in the previous year which is then credited against production royalties owed. The royalty rates we pay to our lessors may change upon our renewal of such leases; however, we anticipate being able to renew all material leases at the appropriate time. In the past, the U.S. Congress has passed legislation to cap royalties collected by BLM at a rate lower than the rate stated in our federal leases.

Our mining operations in Wyoming are subject to several mine permits issued by the Land Quality Division of the Wyoming Department of Environmental Quality (“WDEQ”). WDEQ imposes detailed reclamation obligations on us as a holder of mine permits. WDEQ has permitted us to “self-bond” our reclamation obligations as long as our Alkali Wyoming subsidiary maintains a minimum net worth. As of December 31, 2016, the amount of the self-bond was approximately $80 million. The amount of the bond is subject to change based upon periodic re-evaluation by WDEQ. On January 30, 2017 we were informed by the WDEQ that our June 2016 application for a “self-bond” was currently under review. We do not expect any remediation required as a result of the review process to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

The health and safety of our employees working underground and on the surface are subject to detailed regulation. The safety of our operations at Westvaco are regulated the U.S. Mine Safety and Health Administration (“MSHA”) and our Granger Facility by the Wyoming Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“Wyoming OSHA”). MSHA administers the provisions of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 and enforces compliance with that statute’s mandatory safety and health standards. As part of MSHA’s oversight, representatives perform at least four unannounced inspections (approximately once quarterly) each year at Westvaco. Wyoming OSHA regulates the health and safety of non-mining operations under a plan approved by the U.S. Occupational Health and Safety Administration. When our Granger facility was restarted in 2009 on solution mine feed (i.e. without any miners working underground). Wyoming OSHA assumed responsibility for the facility.
 
Regulation of the Mining Industry in South Africa

There are numerous mining-related laws and regulatory authorizations that may impact the performance of our business. These include but are not limited to: the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty Act, which imposes a royalty on refined and unrefined minerals payable to the South African government; the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development ACT (the “MPRDA”), which governs the acquisition, use and disposal of mineral rights; the South African Minerals Act, which requires each new mine to prepare an Environmental Management Program Report for approval by the South African Department of Mineral Reserves; the Revised South African Mining Charter, effective September 2010, which requires, among other conditions, that mining entities achieve a 26% historically disadvantaged persons ownership of mining assets and the Black Economic Empowerment (“BEE”) legislation in South Africa.

Regulation of the Mining Industry in Australia

Mining operations in Western Australia are subject to a variety of environmental protection regulations including but not limited to: the Environmental Protection Act, the primary source of environmental regulation in Western Australia, and, the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (Cth), which established the federal environment protection regime and prohibits the carrying out of a “controlled action” that may have a significant impact on a “matter of national environmental significance.”

Prescriptive legislation regulates health and safety at mining workplaces in Western Australia. The principal general occupational health and safety legislation and regulations are the Occupational Safety and Health Act 1984 (WA), the Occupational Health and Safety Regulations 1996 (WA) and the guidelines. The Mines Safety and Inspection Act 1994 (WA) and Mines Safety and Inspection Regulations 1995 (WA) and guidelines provide the relevant legislation for mining operations in Western Australia. The Dangerous Goods Act 2004 (WA) applies to the safe storage, handling and transport of dangerous goods.

Each Australian state and territory has its own legislation regulating the exploration for and mining of minerals. Our operations are principally regulated by the Western Australian Mining Act 1978 (WA) and the Mining Regulations 1981 (WA).

State Agreements are contracts between the State of Western Australia and the proponents of major resources projects, and are intended to foster resource development and related infrastructure investments. These agreements are approved and ratified by the Parliament of Western Australia. The State Agreement relevant to our Australian operations and our production of mineral sands is the agreement authorized by the Mineral Sands (Cooljarloo) Mining and Processing Agreement Act 1988 (WA). State Agreements may only be amended by mutual consent, which reduces the sovereign risk and increases the security of tenure, however Parliament may enact legislation that overrules or amends the particular State Agreement.

Regulation of Finished Product Manufacturing

Our business is subject to extensive regulation by federal, state, local and foreign governments. Governmental authorities regulate the generation and treatment of waste and air emissions at our operations and facilities. At many of our operations, we also comply with worldwide, voluntary standards developed by the International Organization for Standardization (“ISO”), a nongovernmental organization that promotes the development of standards and serves as a bridging organization for quality and environmental standards, such as ISO 9002 for quality management and ISO 14001 for environmental management.

Our Alkali business is subject to extensive regulation by federal, state, local and foreign governments. U.S. Federal and Wyoming state authorities regulate the generation and treatment of waste and air emissions at our operations and facilities. Several of Alkali’s production operations are subject to regulation by the U.S. FDA. Our sodium bicarbonate plant is a registered facility for the production of food and pharmaceutical grade ingredients and we comply with strict CGMP requirements in our operations. The U.S. Food Safety Modernization Act requires that parts of our facility that produce animal nutrition products comply with new more rigorous manufacturing standards. We believe that we materially comply with requirements currently in effect and have a program in place to comply with additional requirements which come into effect in 2017. We also comply with industry standards developed by various private organizations such as U.S. Pharmacopeia, Organic Materials Review Institute and the Orthodox Union. Alkali has also sought and received certification of its Wyoming facilities under ISO 9002.

Chemical Registration

The European Union adopted a regulatory framework for chemicals in 2006 known as Registration, Evaluation and Authorization of Chemicals (“REACH”). Manufacturers and importers of chemical substances must register information regarding the properties of their existing chemical substances with the European Chemicals Agency. The timeline for existing chemical substances to be registered is based on volume and toxicity. The first group of chemical substances was required to be registered in 2010, with additional registrations due in 2013 and 2018. We registered those products requiring registration by the 2010 and 2013 deadlines. The REACH regulations also require chemical substances which are newly imported or manufactured in the European Union to be registered before being placed on the market. We are now focused on the authorization phase of the REACH process, and are making efforts to address “Substances of Very High Concern” and evaluating potential business implications. As a chemical manufacturer with global operations, we are also actively monitoring and addressing analogous regulatory regimes being considered or implemented outside of the EU, for example, in Korea and Taiwan.
 
In May 2016, France’s competent authority under REACH submitted a proposal to the European Chemicals Agency (“ECHA”) that would classify titanium dioxide as carcinogenic to humans by inhalation. If the ECHA were to recommend and the European Commission were to adopt such classification, it could have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations. See Item 1A, Risk Factors.

We registered soda ash as a foreign manufacturer under REACH prior to the 2010 deadline and will register our sodium bicarbonate and sodium sesquicarbonate prior the 2018 deadline if we plan to sell such products in the EU. None of our Alkali production operations are located in the EU. None of our Alkali products are listed as a “Substance of Very High Concern” or are proposed for classification as a human health hazard or for restriction.

Greenhouse Gas Regulation

Globally, our operations are subject to regulations that seek to reduce emissions of “greenhouse gases” (“GHGs”). We currently report and manage GHG emissions as required by law for sites located in areas requiring such managing and reporting (European Union/Australia). While the United States has not adopted any federal climate change legislation, the United States Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) has introduced some GHG programs. For example, under the EPA’s GHG “Tailoring Rule,” expansions or new construction could be subject to the Clean Air Act’s Prevention of Significant Deterioration requirements. Some of our facilities are currently subject to GHG emissions monitoring and reporting. We have sought and obtained a GHG emissions permit to cover a planned expansion of our Granger soda ash facility in Wyoming. Changes or additional requirements due to GHG regulations could impact our capital and operating costs; however, it is not possible at the present time to estimate any financial impact to these U.S. operating sites. Also, some in the scientific community believe that increasing concentrations of GHGs in the atmosphere may result in climatic changes. Depending on the severity of climatic changes, our operations could be adversely affected. See Item1A Risk Factors.

Segment and Geographic Revenue Information

The tables below summarize Tronox Limited 2016 sales volume by geography and end-use market:

2016 Sales Volume by Geography
     
North America (1)
   
46
%
Latin America
   
10
%
Europe
   
19
%
Asia-Pacific
   
25
%
         
2016 Sales Volume by End-Use Market
       
Paints and Coatings
   
48
%
Plastics
   
11
%
Paper and Specialty
   
3
%
Flat Glass
   
10
%
Container and Other Glass
   
9
%
Detergents
   
4
%
Chemical Manufacturing
   
5
%
Other
   
10
%


 
(1)
Includes soda ash sales to ANSAC that are resold to international customers.

Financial information by segment and geographic region is set forth in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Note 24 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Available Information

Our public internet site is http://www.tronox.com. The content of our internet site is available for information purposes only. It should not be relied upon for investment purposes, nor is it incorporated by reference into this annual report unless expressly noted. We make available, free of charge, on or through the investor relations section of our internet site, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements and Forms 3, 4 and 5 filed on behalf of directors and executive officers, as well as any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

We file current, annual and quarterly reports, proxy statements and other information required by the Exchange Act with the SEC. You may read and copy any document we file at the SEC’s public reference room located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, USA, or by calling +1-800-SEC-0330. Our SEC filings are also available to the public from the SEC’s internet site at http://www.sec.gov .
 
Item 1A.
Risk Factors

You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below, as well as the other information contained in this Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. This Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently view to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our pending acquisition of the Cristal TiO2 Business may not be consummated, and failure to complete the Cristal TiO2 Business acquisition could impact our stock price and financial results.

On February 21, 2017, we entered into a transaction agreement to acquire the titanium dioxide business (the “Cristal TiO2 Business”) of The National Titanium Dioxide Co. Limited (“Cristal”). Completion of the Cristal transaction is subject to certain closing conditions, including approval of a majority of the Company’s ordinary shares voting at a general meeting of the Company’s shareholders with respect to the issuance of Class A ordinary shares of the Company (the “Consideration Shares”) to Cristal and certain regulatory approvals.

The transaction agreement provides for customary representations, warranties and covenants that are subject, in some cases, to specified exceptions and qualifications contained in the transaction agreement. We expect the Cristal transaction to close before first quarter 2018. There can be no assurance, however, that all closing conditions for the Cristal transaction will be satisfied and, if they are satisfied, that they will be satisfied in time for the closing to occur by May 21, 2018, at which time either party to the transaction agreement may terminate the transaction agreement if the Cristal transaction has not closed by such time. The cash portion of the consideration in the transaction is expected to be funded through proceeds from asset sales, including the Company’s Alkali business and selected other non-core assets if appropriate, and cash on hand. The proceeds from, and completion of, these asset sales may not occur or be insufficient to fund the cash consideration for the Cristal transaction, in which case we may seek third-party debt financing.  There can be no assurance as to the terms or availability of such third-party debt financing, and if such debt financing is not available, it may affect our ability to close the Cristal transaction. The Cristal transaction is conditioned on the Company obtaining financing sufficient to fund the cash consideration, and the transaction agreement provides that the Company must pay to Cristal a termination fee of $100 million if all conditions to closing, other than the financing condition, have been satisfied and the transaction agreement is terminated because closing of the Cristal transaction has not occurred by May 21, 2018.

If the acquisition of the Cristal TiO2 Business is not completed or our financing for the acquisition becomes unavailable, our ongoing business and financial results may be adversely affected and we will be subject to a number of risks, including the following:

  ·
depending on the reasons for the failure to complete the Cristal TiO2 Business acquisition we could be liable to Cristal for a termination fee or other damages in connection with the termination or breach of the transaction agreement;
 
·
we have dedicated and we expect we will continue to commit significant time and resources, financial and otherwise, in planning for the acquisition and the associated integration;
 
·
we are responsible for reimbursement of certain expenses incurred by Cristal, not to exceed $15 million, relating to the Cristal TiO2 Business acquisition, if the transaction is terminated due to a failure to obtain the required Company shareholder vote regarding the issuance of the Consideration Shares; and
 
·
while the transaction agreement is in effect prior to closing the Cristal transaction, we are subject to certain restrictions on the conduct of our business, which may adversely affect our ability to execute certain of our business strategies.
 
In addition, if the Cristal TiO2 Business acquisition is not completed, we may experience negative reactions from the financial markets and from our customers and employees. If the acquisition is not completed, these risks may materialize and may adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows, as well as the price of our Class A ordinary shares.

Concentrated ownership of our ordinary shares by Cristal and Exxaro may prevent minority shareholders from influencing significant corporate decisions and may result in conflicts of interest.

Following the closing of the Cristal TiO2 Business acquisition, Cristal Inorganic Chemicals Netherlands Coöperatief W.A. (“Cristal Inorganic”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cristal, will own approximately 24% of the outstanding ordinary shares (including both our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares) of the Company.  Following the closing of the Cristal transaction, Exxaro will own approximately 35% of the Company’s outstanding ordinary shares (including both our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares).
 
Cristal Inorganic and Exxaro may be able to influence fundamental corporate matters and transactions, including mergers or acquisitions (subject to prior board approval); the sale of all or substantially all of our assets; in certain circumstances, the amendment of our Constitution; and our winding up and dissolution. This concentration of ownership, may delay, deter or prevent acts that would be favored by our other shareholders. The interests of Cristal Inorganic and Exxaro may not always coincide with our interests or the interests of our other shareholders. Also, Cristal Inorganic and Exxaro may seek to cause us to take courses of action that, in its judgment, could enhance its investment in us, but which might involve risks to our other shareholders or adversely affect us or our other shareholders.

In addition, under the shareholders agreement, to be entered into upon the closing of the Cristal TiO2 Business acquisition (the “Cristal Shareholders Agreement”), among the Company, on the one hand, and Cristal, Cristal Inorganic and the three shareholders of Cristal, on the other hand (collectively, the “Cristal Shareholders”), as long as the Cristal Shareholders, collectively, beneficially own at least 28,185,000 or more of Class A ordinary shares, they will have the right to designate for nomination two Class A directors of the Board and, as long as they beneficially own at least 15,568,333 Class A ordinary shares but less than 28,185,000 Class A ordinary shares, they will have the right to designate for nomination one Class A director of the Board. The Cristal Shareholders Agreement also will provide that as long as the Cristal Shareholders own at least 11,743,750 Class A ordinary shares, they will be granted certain preemptive rights.   Also under the Cristal Shareholders Agreement, the Company has agreed to file promptly after the closing of the acquisition a registration statement covering approximately four percent of the then-outstanding ordinary shares of the Company, which may be sold as soon as such registration statement is effective.  Other than with respect to those shares, the Cristal Shareholders Agreement will include restrictions on Cristal Inorganic’s ability to transfer any of its Class A Shares for a period of three years after the closing of the acquisition other than to certain permitted transferees after the later of eighteen months and the resolution of all indemnification claims under the transaction agreement. The Cristal Shareholders Agreement will also contain certain demand and piggy-back registration rights, which commence after the three-year transfer restriction period expires.  Exxaro’s rights under our Constitution and Shareholder’s Deed will remain unchanged following the Cristal transaction.

As a result of these or other factors, the market price of our Class A ordinary shares could decline. In addition, this concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares because investors may perceive disadvantages in owning shares in a company with significant shareholders.

We may not be able to realize anticipated benefits of the Cristal transaction, including expected synergies, earnings per share accretion or EBITDA and free cash flow growth and we will be subject to business uncertainties that could adversely affect our business.

The success of the pending Cristal transaction will depend, in part, on our ability to realize anticipated cost synergies, earnings per share accretion or EBITDA and free cash flow growth. Our success in realizing these benefits, and the timing of this realization, depends on the successful integration of our business and operations with the acquired business and operations. Even if we are able to integrate the acquired businesses and operations successfully, this integration may not result in the realization of the full benefits of the pending Cristal transaction that we currently expect within the anticipated time frame or at all.
 
There is also the possibility that:
 
the acquisition may result in our assuming unexpected liabilities;
 
we may experience difficulties integrating operations and systems, as well as company policies and cultures;
 
we may fail to retain and assimilate employees of the acquired business; and
 
problems may arise in entering new markets in which we have little or no experience.
 
Uncertainty about the effect of the Cristal transaction on employees, customers and suppliers may have an adverse effect on our business. These uncertainties may impair our ability to attract, retain and motivate key personnel until the Cristal transaction is consummated and for a period of time thereafter, and could cause our customers, suppliers and other business partners to delay or defer certain business decisions or to seek to change existing business relationships with us. The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, particularly during the period immediately following the closing of the Cristal transaction.
 
Market conditions, as well as global and regional economic downturns that adversely affect the demand for our end-use products could adversely affect the profitability of our operations and the prices at which we can sell our products, negatively impacting our financial results.

Our TiO 2 segment revenue and profitability is dependent on direct sales of TiO 2 to end user customers and sales of TiO 2 feedstock to TiO 2 producers, while our Alkali segment revenue and profitability is dependent on sales of soda ash products to customers. TiO 2 and soda ash are chemicals used in many “quality of life” products for which demand historically has been linked to global, regional and local GDP and discretionary spending, which can be negatively impacted by regional and world events or economic and market conditions. Such events can cause a decrease in demand for our products and market prices to fall which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. A substantial portion of our products and raw materials are commodities that reprice as market supply and demand fundamentals change. Accordingly, product margins and the level of our profitability tend to vary with changes in the business cycle. Our TiO 2 prices may do so in the near term as ore prices and pigment prices are expected to fluctuate in the short term and over the next few years.

A significant portion of the demand for our products comes from manufacturers of paint and plastics, glass manufacturers, and other industrial customers. Companies that operate in the industries that these industries serve, including the automotive, construction and glass container industries, may experience significant fluctuations in demand for their own end products because of economic conditions, changes in consumer demand, or increases in raw material and energy costs. In addition, many large end users of our products depend upon the availability of credit on favorable terms to make purchases of raw materials such as soda ash and TiO 2 . As interest rates increase or if our customers’ creditworthiness deteriorates, this credit may be expensive or difficult to obtain. If these customers cannot obtain credit on favorable terms, they may be forced to reduce their purchases. These and other factors may lead some customers to seek renegotiation or cancellation of their arrangements with our businesses, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Additionally, Chinese producers are significant participants in both the TiO 2 and Alkali markets and Chinese exports while suffering from a number of disadvantages can also affect demand and the price for our products.

TiO 2 pigment and feedstock and soda ash prices have been and in the future may be volatile. Price declines for our products will negatively affect our financial position and results of operations.

Additionally, historically, the global market and, to a lesser extent, the domestic market for TiO 2 pigment and feedstock and soda ash have been volatile, and those markets are likely to remain volatile in the future. Prices for TiO 2 pigment and feedstock and soda ash may fluctuate in response to relatively minor changes in the supply of and demand for these products, market uncertainty and other factors beyond our control.

Factors that affect the price of our products include, among other things:

overall economic conditions;

the level of customer demand, including in the glassmaking, paint and plastics industries;

the level of production and exports of our products globally;

the level of production and cost of materials used to produce TiO 2 and soda ash, including trona ore or synthetic materials, globally;

the cost of energy consumed in the production of TiO 2 and soda ash, including the price of natural gas, electricity and coal;

the impact of competitors increasing their capacity and exports;

domestic and foreign governmental relations, regulations and taxes; and

political conditions or hostilities and unrest in regions where we export our TiO 2 products or where we export soda ash directly or through ANSAC.

TiO 2 pigment pricing pressure and volatility in soda ash prices can make it difficult to predict the cash we may have on hand at any given time, and a prolonged period of price declines may materially and adversely affect our financial position, liquidity, ability to finance planned capital expenditures and results of operations.
 
The markets for many of our TiO 2 products have seasonally affected sales patterns.

The demand for TiO 2 during a given year is subject to seasonal fluctuations. Because TiO 2 is widely used in paint and other coatings, titanium feedstocks are in higher demand prior to the painting season in the Northern Hemisphere (spring and summer), and pig iron is in lower demand during the European summer holidays, when many steel plants and foundries undergo maintenance. Zircon generally is a non-seasonal product; however, it is negatively impacted by the winter and Chinese New Year celebrations due to reduced zircon demand from China. We may be adversely affected by existing or future cyclical changes, and such conditions may be sustained or further aggravated by anticipated or unanticipated changes in regional weather conditions. For example, poor weather conditions in a region can lead to an abbreviated painting season, which can depress consumer sales of paint products that use TiO 2 .

Increased use of glass substitutes and recycled glass may affect demand for soda ash, which could adversely affect our result of operations.

Increased use of glass substitutes or recycled glass in the container industry could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Container glass production is one of the principal end markets for soda ash. Competition from increased use of glass substitutes, such as plastic and recycled glass, has had a negative effect on demand for soda ash. We believe that the use of containers containing alternative materials such as plastic and aluminum could negatively affect the growth in demand for soda ash.

Our results of operations may be adversely affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

The financial condition and results of operations of our operating entities outside the United States are reported in various foreign currencies, primarily the South African Rand, Australian Dollars and Euros, and then converted into U.S. dollars at the applicable exchange rate for inclusion in the financial statements. As a result, any volatility of the U.S. dollar against these foreign currencies creates uncertainty for and may have a negative impact on reported sales and operating margin. We have made a U.S. dollar functional currency election for both Australian financial reporting and federal income tax purposes. On this basis, our Australian entities report their results of operations on a U.S. dollar basis. In addition, our operating entities often need to convert currencies they receive for their products into currencies in which they purchase raw materials or pay for services, which could result in a gain or loss depending on fluctuations in exchange rates.

In order to manage this risk, we may, from time to time, enter into forward contracts to buy and sell foreign currencies.

Our operations may be negatively impacted by inflation.

Our profits and financial condition could be adversely affected when cost inflation is not offset by devaluation in operating currencies or an increase in the price of our products. Our operations have been affected by inflation in the countries in which they have operated in recent years. Working costs and wages in South Africa and Australia have increased in recent years, resulting in significant cost pressures for the mining industry.

As an emerging market, South Africa poses a challenging array of long-term political, economic, financial and operational risks.

South Africa has continued undergoing political and economic challenges and the local currency has devalued significantly over recent years. Changes to or instability in the economic or political environment in South Africa, especially if such changes create political instability, actual or potential shortages of production materials or labor unrest, could result in production delays and production shortfalls, and materially impact our production and results of operations.

In South Africa, our mining and smelting operations depend on electrical power generated by Eskom, the state-owned sole energy supplier. South African electricity prices have risen during the past few years, and future increases are likely. Additionally, our KZN Sands operations currently use approximately 245,000 gigajoules of Sasol gas, which is available only from Sasol Limited; however, we could replace approximately 30% to 44% of our current Sasol gas usage with furnace off-gas produced by KZN Sands, if necessary. In order to reduce demand across South Africa, Eskom introduced “load shedding” at certain times in the past year, meaning that on a regular basis certain areas would be without power for a specified number of hours.

We use significant amounts of water in our operations, which could impose significant costs. Use of water in South Africa is governed by water-use licenses. Our KZN mining operation in South Africa uses water to transport the slimes or sand from reclaimed areas to the processing plant and to the tailings facilities. Additionally, South Africa is currently experiencing a drought resulting in water restrictions being imposed in certain areas, including the KZN region. A prolonged drought in South Africa may lead to continued, or more severe water restrictions, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Under South African law, our South African mining operations are subject to water-use licenses that govern each operation. These licenses require, among other conditions, that mining operations achieve and maintain certain water quality limits for all water discharges, where applicable. Our South African operations that came into existence after the adoption of the National Water Act, No. 36 of 1998 have applied for and been issued the required water-use licenses. However, changes to water-use licenses could affect our operational results and financial condition.
 
The South African government may intervene in mining through various means including increased taxation, greater control and conditions on the distribution of mineral rights, poverty alleviation, and job creation. Such measures have not yet been defined, and the impact the measures may have on our business remains uncertain.

Changes to the revised MPRDA have been incorporated into the 2013 MPRDA amendment, and are awaiting consideration by the South African Parliament before being promulgated. Some of the proposed changes may have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Although we expect the bulk of the original act to remain intact, there could be substantial changes, based on the current draft. This could have adverse effects on our business, operating results and financial condition.

South Africa’s exchange control regulations require resident companies to obtain the prior approval of the South African Reserve Bank to raise capital in any currency other than the Rand, and restrict the export of capital from South Africa. While the South African government has relaxed exchange controls in recent years, it is difficult to predict whether or how it will further change or abolish exchange control measures in the future. These exchange control restrictions could hinder our financial and strategic flexibility, particularly our ability to use South African capital to fund acquisitions, capital expenditures, and new projects outside of South Africa.

Our operations in South Africa are reliant on services provided by the state agency, Transnet, for limited rail transport services at Namakwa Sands. Furthermore, they provide extensive dock-side services at both the ports of Richards Bay and Saldanha Bay. Delays, particularly those caused by industrial actions, could have a negative impact on our business, operating results and financial condition.

South African law governs the payment of compensation and medical costs to a compensation fund against which mining employees and other people at sites where ancillary mining activities are conducted can claim for mining activity-related illnesses or injuries. Should claims against the compensation fund rise significantly due to our mining activity or if claims against us are not covered by the compensation fund, the amount of our contribution or liability to claimants may increase, which could adversely impact our financial condition. In addition, the HIV/AIDS epidemic in South Africa poses risks to our South African operations in terms of potentially reduced productivity, and increased medical and other costs. If there is a significant increase in the incidence of HIV/AIDS infection and related diseases among the South African workforce over the next several years, our operations, projects and financial condition may be adversely affected.

Our flexibility in managing our labor force maybe adversely affected by labor and employment laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate, many of which are more onerous than those of the United States; and some of our labor force has substantial workers' council or trade union participation, which creates a risk of disruption from labor disputes and new laws affecting employment policies.

Labor costs constituted approximately 30% of our production costs in 2016. The majority of our employees are located outside the United States. In most of those countries, labor and employment laws are more onerous than in the United States and, in many cases, grant significant job protection to employees, including rights on termination of employment.

At our Green River, Wyoming facility, most of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. In South Africa, over 70% of our workforce belongs to a union. In Australia, most employees are not currently represented by a union, but approximately 45% are represented by a collective bargaining agreement. In the Netherlands, approximately 60% of our employees are represented by a collective bargaining agreement and 30% are members of a union.

Our South African operations have entered into various agreements regulating wages and working conditions at our mines. There have been periods when various stakeholders have been unable to agree on dispute resolution processes, leading to threats of disruptive labor disputes, although only two strikes have ever occurred in the history of these operations. Due to the high level of employee union membership, our South African operations are at risk of production stoppages for indefinite periods due to strikes and other labor disputes. Although we believe that we have good labor relations with our South African employees, we may experience labor disputes in the future.

South African employment law, which is based on the minimum standard set by the International Labour Organization, sets out minimum terms and conditions of employment for employees. Although these may be improved by agreements between an employer and the trade unions, prescribed minimum terms and conditions form the benchmark for all employment contracts. Our South African operations are required to submit a report to the South African Department of Labour under South African employment law detailing the progress made towards achieving employment equity in the workplace. Failing to submit this report in a timely manner could result in substantial penalties. In addition, future legislative developments that affect South African employment policies may increase production costs or negatively impact relationships with employees and trade unions, which may have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
We are required to consult with, and seek the consent or advice of, various employee groups or works’ councils that represent our employees for any changes to our activities or employee benefits. This requirement could have a significant impact on our flexibility in managing costs and responding to market changes.

Given the nature of our chemical, mining and smelting operations, we face a material risk of liability, delays and increased cash costs of production from environmental and industrial accidents and operational breakdowns.

Our business involves significant risks and hazards, including environmental hazards, industrial accidents, and breakdowns of equipment and machinery. Our business is exposed to hazards associated with chemical process manufacturing and the related storage, handling and transportation of raw materials, products and wastes, and our furnace operations that are subject to explosions, water ingress and refractory failure, and our open pit and dredge mining operations that are subject to flooding and accidents associated with rock transportation equipment and conveyor belts. We mine our soda ash in underground mines where our mining methods result in the release of significant amount of methane which must be removed from the mine by ventilation to ensure safe operations. Our underground mining and related processing activities at our soda ash operations are subject to the danger of underground fires and explosions and present inherent risks of injury to persons and damage to equipment. Furthermore, during operational breakdowns, the relevant facility may not be fully operational within the anticipated timeframe, which could result in further business losses. The occurrence of any of these or other hazards could delay production, suspend operations, increase repair, maintenance or medical costs and, due to the integration of our facilities, could have an adverse effect on the productivity and profitability of a particular manufacturing facility or on our business as a whole. Over our operating history, we have incurred incidents of this nature. Although insurance policies provide limited coverage for these risks, such policies will not fully cover some of these risks.

There is also a risk that our key raw materials or our products may be found to have currently unrecognized toxicological or health-related impact on the environment or on our customers or employees. Such hazards may cause personal injury and loss of life, damage to property and contamination of the environment, which could lead to government fines or work stoppage injunctions and lawsuits by injured persons. If such actions are required, we may have inadequate insurance to cover such claims, or insufficient cash flow to pay for such claims. Such outcomes could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our mining activities in Wyoming result in measurable subsidence of the surface above our underground mine workings.   We have successfully managed the effect of subsidence so as not to adversely affect other uses of the surface for roads, pipelines and grazing. Should we fail to manage the effects of such subsidence in the future or if regulators and local stakeholders force changes in our mining operations to reduce subsidence further, the results of operations of our business could be adversely affected.

Equipment upgrades, equipment failures and deterioration of assets may lead to production curtailments, shutdowns or additional expenditures.

Our operations depend upon critical equipment that require scheduled upgrades and maintenance and may suffer unanticipated breakdowns or failures. As a result, our mining operations and processing may be interrupted or curtailed, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

In addition, assets critical to our mining and chemical processing operations may deteriorate due to wear and tear or otherwise sooner than we currently estimate. Such deterioration may result in additional maintenance spending and additional capital expenditures. If these assets do not generate the amount of future cash flows that we expect, and we are not able to refurbish them or procure replacement assets in an economically feasible manner, our future results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
 
If any of the equipment on which we depend were severely damaged or were destroyed by fire, abnormal wear and tear, flooding, or otherwise, we may be unable to replace or repair it in a timely manner or at a reasonable cost, which would impact our ability to produce and ship our products, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
We are a holding company that is dependent on cash flows from our operating subsidiaries to fund our debt obligations, capital expenditures and ongoing operations.

All of our operations are conducted and all of our assets are owned by our operating companies, which are our subsidiaries. We intend to continue to conduct our operations at the operating companies and any future subsidiaries. Consequently, our cash flow and our ability to meet our obligations or make cash distributions depends upon the cash flow of our operating companies and any future subsidiaries, and the payment of funds by our operating companies and any future subsidiaries in the form of dividends or otherwise. The ability of our operating companies and any future subsidiaries to make any payments to us depends on their earnings, the terms of their indebtedness, including the terms of any credit facilities, or indentures, and legal restrictions regarding the transfer of funds.

Our ability to service our debt and fund our planned capital expenditures and ongoing operations will depend on our ability to generate and increase cash flow, and our access to additional liquidity sources. Our ability to generate and increase cash flow is dependent on many factors, including:

the impact of competition from other chemical and materials manufacturers and diversified companies;

the transfer of funds from subsidiaries in the United States to certain foreign subsidiaries;

general world business conditions, economic uncertainty or downturn and the significant downturn in housing construction and overall economies;

the selling price of our products;

political and social instability;

our ability to obtain raw materials at reasonable prices or to raise prices to offset, in whole or in part, the effects of higher raw material costs;

our ability to adequately deliver customer service and competitive product quality;

tariffs, trade duties and other trade barriers; and

the effects of governmental regulation on our business.

Many of these factors are beyond our control. A general economic downturn can result in reduced spending by customers, which will impact our revenues and cash flows from operating activities. At reduced performance, if we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow or access additional liquidity sources, we may not be able to service and repay our existing debt, operate our business, respond to competitive challenges, or fund our other liquidity and capital needs.

Our industry and the end-use markets in which we compete are highly competitive. This competition may adversely affect our results of operations and operating cash flows.

Each of our markets is highly competitive. Competition in TiO 2 segment industry is based on a number of factors such as price, product quality, and service. We face significant competition from major international and smaller regional competitors. Our most significant competitors include major chemical and materials manufacturers and diversified companies, a number of which have substantially larger financial resources, greater personnel, and larger facilities than we do. We also compete with numerous smaller, regional producers as well as Chinese producers that have significantly expanded their sulphate TiO 2 production capacity in recent years and have also commenced the commercial production of TiO 2 via chloride technology.

Zircon producers generally compete on the basis of price, quality, logistics, delivery, and payment terms and consistency of supply. Although we believe we have competitive quality, long-term relationships with customers and product range, our primary competitive disadvantage relative to our major competitors is our distance from our main consumers (i.e., Asia and Europe).

Within the end-use markets in which we compete, competition between products is intense. We face substantial risk that certain events, such as new product development by competitors, changing customer needs, the commercial production of TiO 2 via chloride technology, production advances for competing products, or price changes in raw materials, could cause our customers to switch to our competitors’ products. If we are unable to develop and produce or market our products to compete effectively against our competitors following such events, our results of operations and operating cash flows may suffer.
 
Producers of alkali-products compete based on price, logistics costs and consistent customer service. If we do not maintain Alkali’s favorable cost position vis-à-vis foreign manufacturers using synthetic production methods, or our cost position relative to our North American competitors, our ability to maintain favorable pricing and market share will erode and our sales and profitability could be materially adversely affected.

An increase in the price of energy or other raw materials, or an interruption in our energy or other raw material supply, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our mining and production processes consume significant amounts of energy and raw materials, the costs of which can be subject to worldwide, as well as, local supply and demand, as well as other factors beyond our control. In 2016, raw materials used in the production of TiO 2 constituted approximately 45% of our operating expenses. Fuel and energy linked to commodities, such as diesel, heavy fuel oil and coal, and other consumables, such as chlorine, illuminating paraffin, electrodes, and anthracite, consumed in our TiO2 manufacturing and mining operations form an important part of our TiO 2 operating costs. We have no control over the costs of these consumables, many of which are linked to some degree to the price of oil and coal, and the costs of many of these raw materials may fluctuate widely for a variety of reasons, including changes in availability, major capacity additions or reductions, or significant facility operating problems. These fluctuations could negatively affect our TiO 2 operating margins, our profitability or planned capital expenditures. As these costs rise, our operating expenses will increase and could adversely affect our business, especially if we are unable to pass price increases in raw materials through to our customers.

Our Alkali business relies on two fuel sources as the main energy source in its soda ash production process: coal and natural gas. Natural gas prices, and to a lesser extent, coal prices have historically been volatile. The coal industry is under regulatory pressure in the United States, which depending on the direction of such regulations could affect the future availability and cost of coal used in our operations. We receive coal by rail and truck from a single mine in Western Wyoming under a long term contract. Any disruption at this coal mine or an unexpected increase in the costs of transporting coal to our facility could adversely affect our future results of operations. Furthermore, the price of natural gas could increase as a result of reduced domestic drilling and production activity. Drilling and production operations are subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign laws and government regulations concerning, among other things, emissions of pollutants and greenhouse gases, hydraulic fracturing, and the handling of natural gas and other substances used in connection with natural gas operations, such as drilling fluids and wastewater. In addition, natural gas operations are subject to extensive federal, state and local taxation. More stringent legislation, regulation or taxation of natural gas drilling activity in the United States could directly curtail such activity or increase the cost of drilling, resulting in reduced levels of drilling activity and therefore increased natural gas prices.

Additionally, any material increase in energy or other raw material prices could adversely impact our operations by making us less competitive. With respect to our Alkali business, if U.S. energy prices were to increase to a level where foreign soda ash producers were able improve their competitive position on a unit cost basis, this would negatively affect our competitive cost position.

A substantial portion of the delivered cost of soda ash to a customer is attributable to transportation and freight costs. Increases in freight costs or a change in rail policies on reimbursement for fleet costs could increase our costs significantly and adversely affect our results of operations.

Transportation costs represent a substantial portion of the total delivered cost of soda ash to the customer. While our soda ash pricing typically does not include freight charges, the Alkali business arranges for transportation of its soda ash by rail or truck to domestic customers, meaning that the competitive position of the business can be affected by changes in transportation costs or any change in the ways with which railroads incent us to maintain our rail fleet such as by payment of mileage credits. ANSAC prices soda ash on a delivered price basis, meaning that changes in transportation costs, rail and ocean freight, has a direct impact on the prices paid by ANSAC for our soda ash. As a result, our business and financial results are sensitive to increases in rail freight, trucking and ocean vessel rates. Increases in transportation costs, including increases resulting from emission control requirements, port taxes and fluctuations in the price of fuel, could make soda ash a less competitive product for glass manufacturers when compared to glass substitutes or recycled glass, or could make Alkali’s soda ash less competitive than soda ash produced by competitors that have other means of transportation or are located closer to their customers. We may be unable to pass on its freight and other transportation costs in full because market prices for soda ash are determined by supply and demand forces.

Approximately 90% of the Alkali soda ash is shipped via a single rail line. Interruptions of service on this rail line could adversely affect the results of operations of our Alkali business.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Alkali business shipped over 90% of its soda ash from its facility on a single rail line. Rail operations are subject to various risks that may result in a delay or lack of service at Alkali’s manufacturing facility, including mechanical problems, extreme weather conditions, work stoppages, labor strikes, terrorist attacks and operating hazards. Moreover, if our railcar provider’s financial condition was adversely affected, it could decide to cease or suspend service to the facility. If we are unable to ship soda ash by rail, it would be impracticable to ship all of our soda ash by truck and it would be cost-prohibitive to construct a rail connection to the closest alternative rail line. Any delay or failure in the rail services on which we rely could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
The agreements and instruments governing our debt contain restrictions and limitations that could affect our ability to operate our business, as well as impact our liquidity.

As of December 31, 2016, our total principal amount of debt was approximately $3.1 billion. Our credit facilities contain covenants that could adversely affect our ability to operate our business, our liquidity, and our results of operations. These covenants restrict, among other things, our and our subsidiaries’ ability to:

incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;

complete asset sales, acquisitions or mergers;

make investments and capital expenditures;

prepay other indebtedness;

enter into transactions with affiliates; and

fund additional dividends or repurchase shares.

Certain of our facilities, excluding our $1.5 billion senior secured term loan (the “Term Loan”), our $900 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes due 2020 (the “Senior Notes due 2020”) and our $600 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes due 2022 (the “Senior Notes due 2022”), include requirements relating to the ratio of adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) to indebtedness or certain fixed charges. The breach of any covenants or obligations in our credit facilities, not otherwise waived or amended, could result in a default under the applicable debt obligations (and cross-defaults to certain other debt obligations) and could trigger acceleration of those obligations, which in turn could trigger other cross defaults under other future agreements governing our long-term indebtedness. In addition, the secured lenders under the credit facilities could foreclose on their collateral, which includes equity interests in our subsidiaries, and exercise other rights of secured creditors. Any default under those credit facilities could adversely affect our growth, our financial condition, our results of operations and our ability to make payments on our credit facilities, and could force us to seek the protection of bankruptcy laws.

A large portion of our shares are owned by a single shareholder, Exxaro.

At December 31, 2016, Exxaro held approximately 44% of the voting securities of Tronox Limited, and had three representatives serving as Directors on our nine-member board. Additionally, in the future, Exxaro may exchange its retained interest in the mineral sands business for additional Class B Shares.

Due to Exxaro’s significant ownership interest, it is entitled to certain rights under the Constitution and the Shareholder’s Deed of Tronox Limited. For example, the Constitution provides that, for as long as the Class B voting interest is at least 10% of the total voting interest in Tronox Limited, there must be nine directors on our board; of which the holders of Class A ordinary shares (“Class A Shares”) will be entitled to vote separately to elect a certain number of directors to our board (which we refer to as Class A Directors), and the holders of Class B Shares will be entitled to vote separately to elect a certain number of directors to our board (which we refer to as Class B Directors). If the Class B voting interest is greater than or equal to 30%, our board will consist of six Class A Directors and three Class B Directors. If the Class B voting interest is greater than or equal to 20% but less than 30%, our board of directors will consist of seven Class A Directors and two Class B Directors. If the Class B voting interest is greater than or equal to 10% but less than 20%, our board will consist of eight Class A Directors and one Class B Director.

The Constitution also provides that, subject to certain limitations, for as long as the Class B voting interest is at least 20%, a separate vote by holders of Class A Shares and Class B Shares is required to approve certain types of merger or similar transactions that will result in a change in control or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets or any reorganization or transaction that does not treat Class A and Class B Shares equally.

Under the terms of the Shareholder’s Deed entered into upon completion of the Exxaro Transaction, Exxaro has agreed not to acquire any voting shares of Tronox Limited if, following such acquisition, Exxaro will have a voting interest in Tronox Limited of 50% or more unless Exxaro brings any proposal to make such an acquisition to the board of directors of Tronox Limited on a confidential basis. In the event an agreement regarding the proposal is not reached, Exxaro is permitted to make a takeover offer for all the shares of Tronox Limited not held by affiliates of Exxaro provided that binding acceptances are received from a majority of the shares not held by affiliates of Exxaro. Moreover, Exxaro is not contractually obligated to maintain its 44% share ownership in us. Although Exxaro is required to comply with applicable law and our constituent documents (including our Shareholders’ Agreement which sets forth the requirements by which Exxaro is obligated to continue to empower our two South African subsidiaries under BEE legislation), there is no assurance that Exxaro will not reduce its 44% stake in the future through a sale, disposition or other permissible transfer. If Exxaro substantially reduces its ownership interest through a sale, disposition or other permissible transfer which results in the Class B shares converting to Class A shares, the increase in the number of Class A shares outstanding could cause the market price of our shares to decline.
 
As a result of Exxaro’s significant ownership interest and its governance rights, Exxaro may be able to exert substantial influence over our management, operations and potential significant corporate transactions, including a change in control or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets. Exxaro’s influence may have an adverse effect on the trading price of our ordinary shares.

Our South African operations may lose the benefit of the BEE status under South African legislation, resulting in the need to implement a remedial solution or introduce a new minority shareholder, which could negatively impact our South African operations .

BEE legislation was introduced into South Africa as a means to seek to redress the inequalities of the previous Apartheid system. Under BEE legislation, South African businesses are required to become “empowered”. In order for South African mining companies to be deemed “empowered”, the South African Mining Charter specifies certain requirements that such companies must continually satisfy, including a requirement that at least 26% of the shares in such companies are held by BEE “empowered” entities. Exxaro, a BEE “empowered” company, retains a 26% direct ownership interest in each of Tronox KZN Sands (Pty) Ltd and Tronox Mineral Sands (Pty) Ltd in order for these two entities to comply with the requirements of the MPRDA and the South African Mining Charter ownership requirements under the BEE legislation.

Pursuant to our Shareholders’ Agreement with Exxaro, Exxaro has agreed to maintain its direct ownership for a period of the shorter of the date on which the requirement to maintain a direct ownership stake in each of Tronox KZN Sands (Pty) Ltd and Tronox Mineral Sands (Pty) Ltd no longer applies or June 2022 (unless it transfers the direct ownership interests to another qualified buyer under the BEE legislation. If either Tronox KZN Sands (Pty) Ltd or Tronox Mineral Sands (Pty) Ltd ceases to qualify under the BEE legislation, Tronox Limited and Exxaro have agreed to jointly seek a remedial solution. If Tronox Limited and Exxaro cannot successfully implement a solution and the reason for this failure is due to anything other than a change in law, then we may dispose of Exxaro’s shares in the non-qualifying company to another BEE compliant, qualifying purchaser. During any period of any non-qualification, our South African operations may be in violation of their mining or prospecting rights, as well as the requirements of the MPRDA and the South African Mining Charter, which could result in a suspension or revocation of the non-qualifying company’s mining and prospecting rights and could expose us to operating restrictions, lost business opportunities and delays in receiving further regulatory approvals for our South African operations and expansion activities. In addition, if Exxaro’s direct ownership in Tronox KZN Sands (Pty) Ltd and Tronox Mineral Sands (Pty) Ltd is sold to another purchaser, we could be required to share control of our South African operations with a minority shareholder, which may impact our operational and financial flexibility and could impact profitability, expansion opportunities and our results of operations. The question of whether the “once empowered always empowered” principle applies in the mining industry in South Africa is subject to current litigation between the Chamber of Mines and the Department of Mineral Resources. An adverse outcome in connection with such litigation could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, a draft amendment to the South African Mining Charter was released by the Department of Mineral Resources in April 2016.  The proposed revised charter sets forth requirements with regard to continuing ownership of mining rights by BEE entities, the form and percentage of that ownership by BEE partners, procurement from BEE compliant entities, race and gender ownership and employment quotas, and workers’ housing and living conditions. The proposals were opposed by many mining companies and discussions between the government and industry groups commenced. The government has not issued final regulations on these matters and we cannot predict whether any regulations or policies that are ultimately adopted could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operation.

A significant portion of the Alkali business’ international sales of soda ash are to ANSAC, a U.S. export trade association, and therefore adverse developments at ANSAC or its customers, or in any of the markets in which the Alkali Chemicals business makes direct international sales, could adversely affect its ability to compete in certain international markets.

The Alkali business, along with two other U.S. trona-based soda ash producers, utilizes ANSAC as its exclusive export vehicle for sales to customers in all countries excluding Canada, the European Community, the European Free Trade Association and the South African Customs Union, which provides us with the benefits of large purchases of soda ash and significant economies of scale in managing international sales and logistics. Because ANSAC makes sales to its end customers directly and then allocates a portion of such sales to each member, we do not have direct access to ANSAC’s customers and we have no direct control over the credit or other terms ANSAC extends to its customers. As a result, we are indirectly vulnerable to ANSAC’s customer relationships and the credit and other terms ANSAC extends to its customers. Any adverse change in ANSAC’s customer relationships could have a direct impact on ANSAC’s ability to make sales and our ability to make sales to ANSAC. In addition, to the extent ANSAC extends credit or other favorable terms to its end customers and those customers subsequently default under sales contracts or otherwise fail to perform, we would have no direct recourse against them.
 
Furthermore, from time to time international competition authorities have conducted inquiries into ANSAC’s activities. An unfavorable outcome in any such investigation could result in our having to pay fines or penalties, either on our own behalf or as a member of ANSAC, or otherwise adversely affect the ability of ANSAC to continue serving export markets. In the event of an unfavorable outcome in any such investigation, the withdrawal of one of the other two members of ANSAC or the dissolution of ANSAC, we would be forced to use alternative methods to facilitate additional direct export sales of soda ash, resulting in less favorable arrangements in respect of logistics or sales. Any of these developments could lead us to incur significant additional costs and may result in lower pricing for its export sales, which could have a negative impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our ore resources and reserve estimates are based on a number of assumptions, including mining and recovery factors, future cash costs of production and ore demand and pricing. As a result, ore resources and reserve quantities actually produced may differ from current estimates.

The mineral resource and reserve estimates are estimates of the quantity and ore grades in our mines based on the interpretation of geological data obtained from drill holes and other sampling techniques, as well as from feasibility studies. The accuracy of these estimates is dependent on the assumptions and judgments made in interpreting the geological data. The assessment of geographical characteristics, such as location, quantity, quality, continuity of geology and grade, is made with varying degrees of confidence in accordance with established guidelines and standards. We use various exploration techniques, including geophysical surveys and sampling through drilling and trenching, to investigate resources and implement applicable quality assurance and quality control criteria to ensure that data is representative. Our mineral reserves represent the amount of ore that we believe can be economically mined and processed, and are estimated based on a number of factors, which have been stated in accordance with SEC Industry Guide 7, the South African Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves 2007 version, as amended 2009 (SAMREC) and the Australian code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources the Joint Ore Reserves Committee Code (2012)(JORC).

There is significant uncertainty in any mineral reserve or mineral resource estimate. Factors that are beyond our control, such as the ability to secure mineral rights, the sufficiency of mineralization to support mining and beneficiation practices and the suitability of the market may significantly impact mineral resource and reserve estimates. The actual deposits encountered and the economic viability of mining a deposit may differ materially from our estimates. Since these mineral resources and reserves are estimates based on assumptions related to factors discussed above, we may revise these estimates in the future as we become aware of new developments. To maintain TiO 2 feedstock production beyond the expected lives of our existing mines or to increase production materially above projected levels, we will need to access additional reserves through exploration or discovery.

We may be unable to obtain, maintain or renew leases and permits necessary for our soda ash operations, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our Alkali facilities and operations require us to obtain a number of permits that impose strict regulations on various environmental and operational matters in connection with mining trona ore and producing soda ash products. These include permits issued by various federal, state and local agencies and regulatory bodies. The permitting rules, and the interpretations of these rules, are complex, change frequently and are subject to discretionary interpretations by our regulators, all of which may make compliance difficult or impractical and may impair our existing operations or the development of future facilities. The public, including non-governmental organizations, environmental groups and individuals, have certain statutory rights to comment upon and submit objections to requested permits and environmental impact statements prepared in connection with applicable regulations and otherwise engage in the permitting process, including bringing citizen’s lawsuits to challenge the issuance or renewal of permits, the validity of environmental impact statements or the performance of mining activities. If permits are not issued or renewed in a timely fashion or at all or are conditioned in a manner that restricts our ability to conduct our operations economically, our cash flows may decline, which could limit our ability to pay debt and distribute earnings to shareholders.

All of our soda ash reserves are held under leases with the State of Wyoming, the BLM and Anadarko. As of December 31, 2016, leases covering more than 20% of our acreage were scheduled to expire in the next five years. If we are not able to renew our leases, it will have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
If we are unable to innovate and successfully introduce new products, or new technologies or processes reduce the demand for our products or the price at which we can sell products, our profitability could be adversely affected.

Our industries and the end-use markets into which we sell our products experience periodic technological change and product improvement. Our future growth will depend on our ability to gauge the direction of commercial and technological progress in key end-use markets and on our ability to fund and successfully develop, manufacture and market products in such changing end-use markets. We must continue to identify, develop and market innovative products or enhance existing products on a timely basis to maintain our profit margins and our competitive position. We may be unable to develop new products or technology, either alone or with third parties, or license intellectual property rights from third parties on a commercially competitive basis. If we fail to keep pace with the evolving technological innovations in our end-use markets on a competitive basis, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

In addition, new technologies or processes have the potential to replace or provide lower-cost alternatives to our products, such as new processes that reduce TiO 2 in consumer products or the use of chloride slag in the production of TiO 2 , which could result in TiO 2 producers using less chloride slag, or to reduce the need for TiO 2 in consumer products, which could depress the demand and pricing for TiO 2 . With respect to our Alkali business, changing customer requirements could affect demand for our alkali products. Over time, detergent manufacturers have introduced liquid products to replace dry powder detergents that typically include soda ash as a major ingredient. This trend has caused demand for soda ash to fall in this market segment. The growing preference of many food and beverage manufacturers to use plastic containers has reduced the demand for glass containers and the demand for soda ash. Future innovations in glass making, food packaging and detergent manufacture may continue to reduce the demand for soda ash in the future. We cannot predict whether technological innovations will, in the future, result in a lower demand for our products or affect the competitiveness of our business. We may be required to invest significant resources to adapt to changing technologies, markets and competitive environments.

We are subject to many environmental, health and safety regulations that may result in unanticipated costs or liabilities, which could reduce our profitability

Our operations and production facilities are subject to extensive environmental and health and safety laws and regulations at national, international and local levels in numerous jurisdictions relating to use of natural resources, pollution, protection of the environment, mine site remediation, transporting and storing raw materials and finished products, and storing and disposing of hazardous wastes among other materials. Such laws include, in the U.S., the Clean Air Act (CAA) and the Clean Water Act, protecting of air and water resources, the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA), and in the EU, the Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH), for regulation of chemicals in commerce and reporting of potential known adverse effects, and numerous other local, state and federal laws and regulations governing materials transport and packaging. Analogous regimes exist in other parts of the world, including Australia and China and there are rules to conform chemical labeling in accordance with the globally harmonized system. Additional new laws and regulations may be enacted or adopted by various regulatory agencies globally. For example, TSCA reform was enacted in June 2016, and the United States Environmental Protection Agency will eventually issue new chemical control regulations.

The costs of compliance with the extensive environmental, health and safety laws and regulations or the inability to obtain, update or renew permits required for operation or expansion of our business could reduce our profitability or otherwise adversely affect our business. If we fail to comply with the conditions of our permits governing the production and management of regulated materials, mineral sands mining licenses or leases or the provisions of the applicable United States, South African or Australian law, these permits, mining licenses or leases and mining rights could be canceled or suspended, and we could be prevented from obtaining new mining and prospecting rights, which could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Additionally, we could incur substantial costs, including fines, damages, criminal or civil sanctions and remediation costs, or experience interruptions in our operations, for violations arising under these laws and regulations. In the event of a catastrophic incident involving any of the raw materials we use, or chemicals or mineral products we produce, we could incur material costs as a result of addressing the consequences of such event. In part of the Alkali business that sells specialty products to food and pharmaceutical customers, these risks include potential responsibility for the cost of product recalls, whether ordered by governmental authorities or undertaken voluntarily.

Changes to existing laws governing operations, especially changes in laws relating to transportation of mineral resources, the treatment of land and infrastructure, contaminated land, the remediation of mines, tax royalties, exchange control restrictions, environmental remediation, mineral rights, ownership of mining assets, or the rights to prospect and mine may have a material adverse effect on our future business operations and financial performance. There is risk that onerous conditions may be attached to authorizations in the form of mining rights, water-use licenses, miscellaneous licenses and environmental approvals, or that the grant of these approvals may be delayed or not granted.
 
Our current operations involve the production and management of regulated materials that are subject to various environmental laws and regulations and are dependent on obtaining and the periodic renewal of permits from various governmental agencies. The inability to obtain, update or renew permits related to the operation of our businesses, or the costs required in order to comply with permit standards, could have a material adverse effect on us.

Moreover, certain environmental laws impose joint and several, strict liability for costs to clean up and restore sites where pollutants have been disposed or otherwise spilled or released. We are currently addressing certain areas of known contamination on our own properties, none of which we presently anticipate will result in any material costs or adverse impacts on our business or operations. However, we cannot be certain that we will not incur significant costs and liabilities for remediation or damage to property, natural resources or persons as a result of spills or releases from our operations or those of a third party.
 
Recent French Agency for Food, Environmental and Occupational Health and Safety (“ANSES”) action could result in more stringent regulatory control with respect to TiO 2 .
 
In May 2016, France’s competent authority under REACH submitted a proposal to the European Chemicals Agency ("ECHA") that would classify titanium dioxide as carcinogenic in humans by inhalation. The Company together with other companies and trade associations representing the Titanium Dioxide industry and industries consuming our products, submitted comments opposing the classification, based on evidence from epidemiological and other scientific studies. If the ECHA were to recommend, and the European Commission were to subsequently adopt such a classification, it could require that many products manufactured with titanium dioxide be classified as containing carcinogenic materials, which could negatively impact our business by inhibiting the marketing of products containing titanium dioxide to consumers, and subject our manufacturing operations to new regulations that could significantly increase costs.
 
Our dependence on burning coal to generate electrical energy and steam could mean that governmental initiatives to limit the emission of greenhouse gas (“GHG”) could have an adverse effect in the future on our costs and therefore our results of operations.

Our U.S.-based operations are also subject to EPA’s regulations regarding GHG emissions and, depending upon the nature and scope of any future regulations, could become subject to additional costs or limitations. Current requirements include an obligation to monitor and report the GHG emissions from our facilities and to comply with the Clean Air Act’s Prevention of Significant Deterioration requirements in connection with any new or modified major sources of GHG emissions. Although we believe our operations are currently in compliance with these obligations, EPA has continued to pursue additional GHG regulations, including the currently proposed Clean Power Plan for existing sources of GHGs in the power generating sector. In addition, several states have taken legal measures to reduce emissions of GHGs, including through the planned development of GHG emission inventories and/or regional GHG “cap and trade” programs. Although our facilities are not currently subject to any such program, the expansion or further adoption of such programs in jurisdictions where we operate could impose additional compliance obligations on our facilities. As a result, such programs could result in an increase in fuel or energy costs for our businesses or, if we are directly regulated, an additional cost to acquire necessary allowances. Future costs of compliance with either the existing or future federal or State regulations could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

We may be subject to litigation, the disposition of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

The nature of our operations exposes us to possible litigation claims, including disputes with competitors, customers, equipment vendors, environmental groups and other non-governmental organizations or NGOs, and providers of shipping services. Some of the lawsuits may seek fines or penalties and damages in large amounts, or seek to restrict our business activities. Because of the uncertain nature of litigation and coverage decisions, we cannot predict the outcome of these matters or whether insurance claims may mitigate any damages to us. Litigation is very costly, and the costs associated with prosecuting and defending litigation matters could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Expansion or improvement of our existing facilities may not result in revenue increases and will be subject to regulatory, environmental, political, legal and economic risks, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

One of the ways we may grow our business is through the expansion or improvement of our existing facilities. The construction of additions or modifications to our existing facilities involve numerous regulatory, environmental, political, legal and economic uncertainties that are beyond our control. Such expansion or improvement projects may also require the expenditure of significant amounts of capital, and financing may not be available on economically acceptable terms or at all. If we undertake these projects, they may not be completed on schedule, at the budgeted cost, or at all. Moreover, our revenue may not increase immediately upon the expenditure of funds on a particular project. As a result, we may not be able to realize our expected investment return, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
 
We compete with other mining and chemical businesses for key human resources in the countries in which we operate, and our business will suffer if we are unable to hire highly skilled employees or if our key officers or employees discontinue employment with us.

We compete with other chemical and mining companies, and other companies generally, in the countries in which we operate to attract and retain key human resources at all levels with the appropriate technical skills and operating and managerial experience necessary to continue operating and expanding our businesses. These operations use modern techniques and equipment and accordingly require various types of skilled workers. The success of our business will be materially dependent upon the skills, experience and efforts of our key officers and skilled employees. Competition for skilled employees is particularly severe in southwestern Wyoming, Western Australia and at Namakwa Sands, which may cost us in terms of higher labor costs or reduced productivity. As a result, we may not be able to attract and retain skilled and experienced employees. Should we lose any of our key personnel or fail to attract and retain key qualified personnel or other skilled employees, our business may be harmed and our operational results and financial condition could be affected.

There may be difficulty in effecting service of legal process and enforcing judgments against us and our directors and management.

We are registered under the laws of Western Australia, Australia, and substantial portions of our assets are located outside of the United States. In addition, certain members of our board of directors reside outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon Tronox Limited or such other persons residing outside the United States, or to enforce judgments outside the United States obtained against such persons in U.S. courts in any action, including actions predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. In addition, it may be difficult for investors to enforce rights predicated upon the U.S. federal securities laws in original actions brought in courts in jurisdictions located outside the United States.

Third parties may develop new intellectual property rights for processes and/or products that we would want to use, but would be unable to do so; or, third parties may claim that the products we make or the processes that we use infringe their intellectual property rights, which may cause us to pay unexpected litigation costs or damages or prevent us from making, using or selling products we make or require alteration of the processes we use.

Results of our operations may also be negatively impacted if a competitor develops or has the right to use intellectual property rights for new processes or products and we cannot obtain similar rights on favorable terms or are unable to independently develop non-infringing competitive alternatives.

Although there are currently no known pending or threatened proceedings or claims that are material relating to alleged infringement, misappropriation or violation of the intellectual property rights of others, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the future in which third parties allege that their patents or other intellectual property rights are infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated by us or our products or processes. In the event that any such infringement, misappropriation or violation of the intellectual property rights of others is found, we may need to obtain licenses from those parties or substantially re-engineer our products or processes to avoid such infringement, misappropriation or violation. We might not be able to obtain the necessary licenses on acceptable terms or be able to re-engineer our products or processes successfully. Moreover, if we are found by a court of law to infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of others, we could be required to pay substantial damages or be enjoined from making, using or selling the infringing products or technology. We also could be enjoined from making, using or selling the allegedly infringing products or technology pending the final outcome of the suit. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

If our intellectual property were compromised or copied by competitors, or if competitors were to develop similar intellectual property independently, our results of operations could be negatively affected.

Our success depends to a significant degree upon our ability to protect and preserve our intellectual property rights. Although we own and have applied for numerous patents and trademarks throughout the world, we may have to rely on judicial enforcement of our patents and other proprietary rights. Our patents and other intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, and rendered unenforceable or otherwise compromised. A failure to protect, defend or enforce our intellectual property could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
We also rely upon unpatented proprietary technology, know-how and other trade secrets to maintain our competitive position. While we maintain policies to enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees and third parties to protect our proprietary expertise and other trade secrets, these agreements may not be enforceable or, even if legally enforceable, we may not have adequate remedies for breaches of such agreements. We also may not be able to readily detect breaches of such agreements. The failure of our patents or confidentiality agreements to protect our proprietary technology, know-how or trade secrets could result in significantly lower revenues, reduced profit margins or loss of market share.

In addition, we may be unable to determine when third parties are using our intellectual property rights without our authorization. We also have licensed certain of our intellectual property rights to third parties, and we cannot be certain that our licensees are using our intellectual property only as authorized by the applicable license agreement. The undetected or unremedied unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights or the legitimate development or acquisition of intellectual property related to our industry by third parties could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have as a result of our intellectual property, adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations. If we must take legal action to protect, defend or enforce our intellectual property rights, any suits or proceedings could result in significant costs and diversion of our resources and our management’s attention, and we may not prevail in any such suits or proceedings. A failure to protect, defend or enforce our intellectual property rights could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

If our intangible assets or other long-lived assets become impaired, we may be required to record a significant noncash charge to earnings.

We have a significant amount of intangible assets and other long-lived assets on our consolidated balance sheets. Under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”), we review our intangible assets and other long-lived assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that may be considered a change in circumstances, indicating that the carrying value of our intangible assets and other long-lived assets may not be recoverable, include, but are not limited to, a significant decline in share price and market capitalization, changes in the industries in which we operate, particularly the impact of a downturn in the global economy, as well as competition or other factors leading to reduction in expected long-term sales or profitability. We may be required to record a significant noncash charge in our financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our intangible assets and other long-lived assets is determined, negatively impacting our results of operations.

Our results of operations and financial condition could be seriously impacted by security breaches, including cybersecurity incidents.

Failure to effectively prevent, detect and recover from security breaches, including attacks on information technology and infrastructure by hackers; viruses; breaches due to employee error or actions; or other disruptions could result in misuse of our assets, business disruptions, loss of property including trade secrets and confidential business information, legal claims or proceedings, reporting errors, processing inefficiencies, negative media attention, loss of sales and interference with regulatory compliance. We have determined that such attacks could result in unauthorized parties gaining access to at least certain confidential business information. However, to date, we have not experienced any material financial impact, changes in the competitive environment or business operations that we attribute to these attacks. Although management does not believe that we have experienced any material losses to date related to security breaches, including cybersecurity incidents, there can be no assurance that we will not suffer such losses in the future. We actively manage the risks within our control that could lead to business disruptions and security breaches. As these threats continue to evolve, particularly around cybersecurity, we may be required to expend significant resources to enhance our control environment, processes, practices and other protective measures. Despite these efforts, such events could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may need additional capital in the future and may not be able to obtain it on favorable terms.

Our TiO 2 and Alkali businesses are capital intensive, and our success depends to a significant degree on our ability to develop and market innovative products and to update our facilities and process technology. We may require additional capital in the future to finance our growth and development, implement further marketing and sales activities, fund ongoing research and development activities and meet general working capital needs. Our capital requirements will depend on many factors, including acceptance of, and demand for our products, the extent to which we invest in new technology and research and development projects, and the status and timing of these developments, as well as general availability of capital from debt and/or equity markets. Additional financing may not be available when needed on terms favorable to us, or at all. Further, the terms of our debt may limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness or issue additional equity. If we are unable to obtain adequate funds on acceptable terms, we may be unable to develop or enhance our products, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, which could harm our business.
 
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments

There are no unresolved comments that were received from the SEC staff.

Item 2.
Properties

Below are our primary offices and facilities at December 31, 2016. We believe our properties are in good operating condition, and are well maintained. Pursuant to separate financing agreements, substantially all of our U.S. properties are pledged or encumbered to support or otherwise provide security for our indebtedness.

Corporate

Our corporate offices consisted of the following:

Location
 
Owned/Leased
 
Offices
Stamford, Connecticut
 
Leased
 
263 Tresser Boulevard, Suite 1100
Kwinana Beach, Western Australia
 
Owned
 
Lot 22 Mason Road, Kwinana Beach WA 6167, Australia
 
TiO 2 Segment

Mining Operations

We lease office space located at 115 West Street, Sandton, South Africa for our TiO 2 minerals management offices.

Our KZN Sands operations consist of the Fairbreeze mine (which entered into commercial production in April 2016), a concentration plant, a mineral separation plant and a smelter complex with two furnaces.

Our Namakwa Sands operations include the Namakwa Sands mine, a primary concentration plant, a secondary concentration plant, a separation plant, and a smelter complex with two furnaces.

Our Western Australia operations consist of the Cooljarloo mine, a concentration plant and the Chandala processing plant, which includes a mineral separation plant and a synthetic rutile plant.

Pigment Operations

Our owned office at 3301 NW 150 th Street in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma is used for our pigment management operations and research and development.

Our pigment facilities consist of the physical assets necessary and appropriate to produce, distribute and supply our TiO 2 , and consist mainly of manufacturing and distribution facilities. The following table summarizes our TiO 2 production facilities and production capacity (in gross MT per year), by location:

Facility
 
Production
 
TiO 2
Capacity
 
Process
 
Property
Owned/Leased
 
Facility
Owned/Leased
Hamilton, Mississippi
 
TiO2
 
225,000
 
Chloride
 
Owned
 
Owned
Kwinana, Western Australia
 
TiO2
 
150,000
 
Chloride
 
Owned
 
Owned
Botlek, the Netherlands
 
TiO2
 
90,000
 
Chloride
 
Leased
 
Owned
 
Electrolytic Operations

We have an electrolytic manufacturing and distribution facility as follows:

Facility
 
Product
 
Property
Owned/Leased
 
Facility
Owned/Leased
Henderson, Nevada
 
EMD, Boron products
 
Leased
 
Owned
 
Alkali Segment

Our leased office at 1735 Market Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania is used for our Alkali management operations.

Our Alkali production facilities are located at our mine sites, which are both located in the Green River Basin in southwestern Wyoming, USA. The following table summarizes our Alkali production facilities:

Facility
 
Product
 
Property
Owned/Leased
 
Facility
Owned/Leased
Westvaco
 
Soda ash, sodium bicarbonate, S-Carb®, Sesqui™
 
(1)
 
Owned
Granger
 
Soda ash
 
(1)
 
Owned
 

(1)
We own in fee simple surface land on which our principal surface processing facilities are located. We have the right to use track owned by the Union Pacific Railroad under track lease agreements. Mining and mining-related assets are located in areas where we operate under the authority of our mineral leases and mining permits and access to these operations is granted under the mineral leases themselves and, in some cases, separate surface rights agreements with the BLM, State of Wyoming and Anadarko, as well as with private surface users in and adjacent to our mine permit areas.

Mineral Properties

As of December 31, 2016, we had estimated mineral ore reserves at our two business segments, TiO 2 and Tronox Alkali. Our three mineral sands operations in South Africa and Western Australia mine titanium-bearing heavy mineral sands to provide titanium mineral feedstock for our TiO 2 value chain and commercial-grade co- products for external sale. Our Alkali business extracts trona, a natural hydrous sodium carbonate mineral used in the production of soda ash in southwestern Wyoming, USA. Soda ash, the commercial term for sodium carbonate (Na 2 CO 3 ), is a basic ingredient in many consumer goods and a raw material used in a diversity of manufacturing processes.

Each mining operation maintains a Life-of-Mine Plan (“LOMP”), which is a strategic business plan for short and long-term mine planning and decision-making. A LOMP is based in part on estimated mineral reserves and can serve as a road map for mine development and planning, resource development, production targets, marketing, and financial management.

Reporting of Ore Reserve and Mineral Resources

U.S. registrants are required to report ore reserves under SEC Industry Guide 7, “Description of Property by Issuers Engaged or To Be Engaged in Significant Mining Operations”. Industry Guide 7 requires that sufficient technical and economic studies have been completed to reasonably assure economic extraction of the declared reserves, based on the parameters and assumptions current to the end of the reporting period.

The mineral reserve estimates are based on detailed geological, geotechnical, mine engineering and mineral processing inputs, and financial models developed and reviewed by Tronox employees/management in South Africa, Australia and United States, who possess years of experience directly related to the resources, mining and processing characteristics or financial performance of our operations. Additionally, our management and technical staff includes senior personnel who have remained closely involved with each of our active mining and mineral processing operations since the operations commenced.

Our estimates of heavy mineral and trona reserves are derived from successive generations of in-house reserve and economic analyses and are routinely reviewed by third party consultants. All of our mineral reserve disclosures comply with US SEC Industry Guide 7. Our heavy mineral reserve estimates are guided by the mineral resource reporting standards of SAMREC, or the JORC. Definitions and determination of Proven and Probable Reserve estimates under Industry Guide 7 are equivalent in all material respects to the ore reserve classifications under SAMREC and JORC, internationally-recognized guidelines for disclosures of mineral resources and reserves designed to ensure transparency, data validity and standardized methodologies for estimating the size and grades of mineral deposits. Annual Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve Statements are generated and authorized by experienced Tronox resource professionals for each of our three heavy mineral sand operating units, using inputs from a range of disciplines.   Individuals responsible for our estimates of heavy mineral ore reserves are certified by the organizations that administer their respective country codes.
 
Our heavy mineral reserve estimates under SAMREC and JORC follow similar prescribed methodologies to classify portions of a mineral deposit as measured, indicated or inferred resources according to the level of geological confidence. Portions of those categories determined to be economic by more rigorous modeling at the time of the evaluation may be upgraded to “proved” or “probable” ore reserves. Both SAMREC and JORC require technical resource reports to be written or supervised by a professional certified as a “Competent Person” (CP) by one or more of the organizations responsible for development and maintenance of the reporting standards.

Reserve estimates for our Alkali operations at Green River Wyoming follow accepted mining industry practice and are guided by our long-term experience in extraction of trona ore from underground mining and sodium carbonate from solution mining in the district. Estimates of recoverable reserves for both techniques are routinely reconciled with actual production, and our Alkali ore reserves disclosures comply with SEC Industry Guide 7.

Despite significant differences between SEC Industry Guide 7 and SAMREC or JORC the methodologies for determination of mineral reserves, or “ore reserves,” and definitions of reserve classifications are essentially equivalent. Therefore, the Proven and Probable HM reserves stated in the table below are unmodified from the Proved and Probable. The heavy minerals (“HM”) reserves declared in the Mineral Resources and Reserves Statements are submitted by our South African and Australian operations. Under SEC Industry Guide 7, SAMREC and JORC, Proven (or “Proved”) reserves are the highest category of ore reserve estimates, whereby the quantity and quality have been computed from detailed sampling and modeling, while Probable reserves provide slightly lower geologic assurance.

Mining and Mineral Tenure

SEC Industry Guide 7 requires us to describe our rights to access and mine the minerals we report as ore reserves and to disclose any change in mineral tenure of material significance. Our heavy mineral exploration and mining activities in South Africa and Australia are regulated by the South African Department of Mineral Resources and the Western Australia Department of Mines and Petroleum respectively.  Mineral tenure for our trona mining operations in Wyoming USA is secured through private and federal government leases, regulated by the BLM and WDEQ. All of our exploration and mining operations are subject to multiple levels of environmental regulatory review, that include approvals of environmental programs and public comment periods as pre-conditions to granting of mineral tenure. General descriptions of the rights and regulatory framework for minerals of relevance to Tronox follow here, and additional details are provided in the individual descriptions of our four major mineral extraction and processing operations.

Mineral Tenure - South Africa

The South African Department of Mineral Resources (“DMR”) is the regulatory administrator of mineral rights in South Africa, subject to the provisions of the MPRDA, enacted on May 1, 2004 and amended April 21, 2009. The MPRDA vests all mineral rights in South Africa in the national government and establishes conditions for grant and retention of mining rights, including royalty payments. Four principal authorizations for mineral access are granted under the MPRDA: (i) permission, (ii) right, (iii) mining and (iv) retention permit. Prospecting rights are initially granted for a maximum period of five years and can be renewed once upon application for an extension of up to three years. Mining rights are valid for a maximum period of 30 years and may be extended by 30-year renewals.

Mining rights are subject to approval of an Environmental Management Program (“EMP”) granted by the DMR, and approvals from the Department of Environmental Affairs (“DEA”) of the EMP and an Integrated Water and Waste Use License by the DEA. Mining rights may be revoked if the conditions of the EMP are breached, inaccurate or misleading information is submitted in an Environmental Management Plan report, or for any other contravention of the MPRDA. Environmental permitting and compliance is co-administered by Provincial authorities, the Western Cape DEA and Development Planning for Namakwa Sands and the KZN DEA relative to KZN Sands.

Mineral Tenure - Australia

The primary legal mineral and mining instrument in Australia is the Western Australia Mining Act of 1978 and the Mining Regulations 1981. Mining laws and regulations in Australia are enacted at the State (or Territorial) level for a range of tenement categories, including prospecting, exploration, retention and mining. Minerals in Australia are reserved to the Crown, with the exception of some historic “common law” mineral titles transferred under early land grants to private parties prior to 1899.

Mineral Tenure, exploration and mining licenses and most non-environmental mining matters are administered by the Western Australia Department of Mines and Petroleum. Mining operations in Western Australia are subject to a variety of environmental protection laws and regulations, including the Environmental Protection Act, the primary environmental regulatory framework in Western Australia; and the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act of 1999 (EPBCA), which establishes jurisdiction over environmental matters of potential national significance.
 
State Agreements contracts between the State of Western Australia and the proponents of major resources projects -- are intended to foster resource development and related infrastructure investments. These agreements are approved and ratified by the Parliament of Western Australia. Our Cooljarloo mining operation is authorized by the Mineral Sands (Cooljarloo) Mining and Processing Agreement Act 1988 (WA) . State Agreements may only be amended by mutual consent, thus reducing sovereign risk and enhancing security of tenure, however the WA Parliament has the authority to revoke or amend the State Agreement.

Mineral Tenure — Wyoming

Ownership of land and minerals relative to trona beds in the Green River Basin of southwestern Wyoming is divided between the Federal Government (56%), Anadarko Petroleum (38%) and the State of Wyoming (6%). Anadarko’s acquisition in 2000 of the Union Pacific Resources Group (“UPRG”) included the land and mineral ownership originally granted to UPRG’s parent company, the Union Pacific Railroad.

Leasing of Federal minerals under 41 Stat. 437, 30 U.S. Code § 124 (Section 23), “ Agricultural entry or purchase of lands withdrawn or classified as containing sodium or sulphur ,” is authorized by the Mineral Leasing Act of February 25, 1920,  and subsequent amendments. The U.S. Government’s interests are administered by the BLM which has designated an area of 700,000 acres (283,280 hectares) as the Known Sodium Leasing Area (“KSLA”). In 1993, the BLM established a Mechanical Mining Trona Area (“MMTA”) within the KSLA and suspended oil and gas leasing within the boundary. Our mineral tenure and assets at Green River are strengthened by the KSLA and MMTA.

Mineral leasing authority by the State of Wyoming is granted in W.S. 36-6-101(b). The primary environmental regulatory authority with respect to trona extraction is the WDEQ. The WDEQ is the primary issuer of the environmental permits relevant to our operations, including air quality permits, mining and reclamation permits, as well as class III and class V underground injection control permits.

Mineral Sands – South Africa and Western Australia

Heavy mineral sands are naturally-concentrated granular minerals of high densities (conventionally above about 2.9 gm/cm 3 ), which is typically formed by erosion, transport and concentration. The HM contained in ore sand can usually be recovered at relatively low cost by gravity separation techniques. Not all of the HM have commercial value, and a distinction is made between the Total Heavy Minerals (“THM”) and the portion of the THM composed of Valuable Heavy Minerals (“VHM”). In our disclosures, we express grade in terms of percentage of THM by weight in the ore, and express individual VHM as percentages of the total heavy minerals unless otherwise stated.

Our TiO 2 business explores and mines deposits of heavy mineral sands, separates heavy mineral concentrates (“HMC”) into commercial grades of VHM co-products, and upgrades the titanium mineral, ilmenite, into high-grade feedstock for our TiO 2 manufacturing facilities. A diagram of our heavy mineral sand mining and processing — TiO2 pigment value chain is as follows:

 
All of our HM mining operations extract ilmenite, a titanium-iron oxide mineral, rutile, a premium TiO 2 mineral feedstock and zircon, a zirconium silicate, (ZrSiO 4 ) mineral valuable for its application in a diverse range of industrial and construction end-uses. Leucoxene is a naturally-upgraded form of ilmenite. Other heavy minerals present in our heavy mineral assemblages may have commercial value, subject to their recovery from HMC feed to our mineral separation plants. We recover and market staurolite, an aluminum silicate mineral used in sand-blasting and other applications, at our Chandala mineral separation plant from the HMC feed from our Cooljarloo mine. Other mineral constituents of potential value include garnet and monazite. Our reserve estimates are based solely upon the value of extractable and recoverable zircon, rutile, ilmenite and leucoxene.

All three of our TiO 2 feedstock operating centers integrate heavy mineral sand mining and mineral separation with metallurgical beneficiation. Our Northern Operations in Western Australia is further integrated with TiO 2 pigment manufacturing. In 2016, we mined valuable heavy minerals, including ilmenite, rutile, leucoxene, and zircon, at three integrated operations: Namakwa Sands, Western Cape Province, South Africa, KZN and Tronox Northern Operations in, Western Australia. Our Fairbreeze mine, in KZN, South Africa became fully operational in April 2016. Fairbreeze is the mining component of our integrated KZN Sands operation.

TRONOX MINERAL SAND CAPACITIES
 
Capacity (metric tons per year)
 
Namakwa Sands
   
KZN Sands (1)
   
Western
Australia
   
Total
 
Rutile (2)
   
31,000
     
25,000
     
35,000
     
91,000
 
Synthetic rutile
   
     
     
220,000
     
220,000
 
Titanium slag
   
190,000
     
220,000
     
     
410,000
 
Zircon
   
125,000
     
55,000
     
40,000
     
220,000
 
Pig iron
   
100,000
     
121,000
     
     
221,000
 
Reserve life of mine
 
25+ Years
   
12+ Years
   
20+ Years
         
Exploration rights & undeveloped reserves
 
Yes
   
Yes
   
Yes
         
 
(1)
Includes Fairbreeze mine development project that entered commercial production in April 2016.
(2)
Rutile includes natural rutile and leucoxene.

Namakwa Sands, Western Cape, South Africa

We mine a large heavy mineral deposit at Brand-se-Baai from two open-cut shovel-and-truck dry mines, each with a dedicated primary wet concentration plant. HMC is processed at a mineral separation plant (“dry mill”) at Koekenaap into commercial mineral products and ilmenite is smelted in a two-furnace complex at Saldanha Bay, into titanium slag and pig iron. Commercial products are exported from our export facilities at the Saldanha Bay deep-water port.

Tronox Western Australia

The Cooljarloo mining complex, approximately 170 km north of Perth, includes two dredges in a single pond feeding ore to a floating concentrator plus mine infrastructure. The long-term LOMP brings new reserves into the production stream from reserves at the adjacent Cooljarloo West deposit and from Dongara, an advanced-stage heavy mineral sand project 28 km southeast of Port Denison and about 370 km north of Perth. The Northern Operations also include the Chandala metallurgical complex near Muchea, about 60 km north of Perth with a mineral separation plant (“dry mill”) and synthetic rutile (“SR”) plant to upgrade ilmenite to high-TiO 2 feedstock for our integrated TiO2 pigment plant at Kwinana and export facilities for co-products at the port of Bunbury, WA.

KZN Sands, KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa

Heavy mineral concentrate from the Fairbreeze mine, located about 45 km south of Richards Bay, are separated into valuable co-products at our Central Processing Complex (CPC) at Empangeni, about 20 km west of Richards Bay. Ilmenite is fed to a dual-furnace electric arc smelter. Titanium slag and pig iron from the smelter and valuable mineral concentrates are exported from Richards Bay, one of the world’s largest bulk shipping ports.

Namakwa Sands was acquired in 2008 by Exxaro Sands (Proprietary) Ltd from a subsidiary of Anglo American plc. The June 2012 transaction that combined a 74% interest in the mineral sands business of Exxaro Resources Ltd of South Africa and Tronox led to the dissolution of the Tiwest Joint Venture in Western Australia and placed the Tiwest mining-processing-TiO2 chain, Namakwa Sands and KZN Sands under the management control of Tronox. Our heavy mineral production and reserves data are reported in MT on a 100% basis, unless otherwise noted.

Production from of our heavy mineral sand mining operations during 2016 are shown below. Multiple grades of some mineral products have been combined.
 
Tronox 2016 Production TiO 2 , Feedstock and Co-Products (000’s tonnes)
 
Tronox Operation
 
Rutile (1)
   
Zircon (2)
   
Synthetic
Rutile
   
Titanium
Slag
   
Pig Iron
 
 
(In thousands of MT)
 
Namakwa Sands
   
26
     
133
     
     
113
     
63
 
KZN Sands
   
12
     
31
     
     
114
     
52
 
Tronox Western Australia
   
32
     
41
     
233
     
     
 
2016 Total
   
70
     
205
     
233
     
227
     
115
 

(1)
Natural rutile + leucoxene
(2)
Includes all grades of commercial zircon
 
South African and Australian mineral sands under resource development strategy is guided by an in-house a resource development group comprising of key personnel with complementary expertise and experience. Our primary goal is to assure a long-term supply of titanium feedstocks to our vertically-integrated TiO 2 value chain. Our three heavy mineral operations are individually described below.

We believe our fully vertically integrated titanium mining-to-titanium dioxide value chain is the largest in the world, and the TiO 2 business of Tronox is the world’s only mining-mineral processing chain with production of both titanium slag and synthetic rutile. Our captive slag from South Africa, synthetic rutile from Western Australia, and natural rutile from all three operations satisfy over 100% of our TiO 2 feedstock requirements. Excess TiO 2 feedstock can be marketed externally or stockpiled for future internal consumption. Our TiO 2 value chain is unique in the industry and allows us to synchronize our titanium mineral, feedstock and TiO 2 production to current market conditions.

Natural rutile, synthetic rutile, and titanium slag are to a certain extent fungible as titanium feedstocks for chloride-route pigment production. However, each titanium mineral and beneficiated mineral product has a discreet commercial market, and the commercial value of titanium feedstock is a function not only of TiO 2 content and supply and demand balances, but also particle size, trace element geochemistry, logistics and other factors. The global TiO 2 industry is a valued-added supply chain, with final product prices, such as for TiO 2 pigment, typically higher than that of ilmenite, the base load titanium mineral of the industry. The revenue assumptions for titanium feedstocks applied in the determination of heavy mineral ore reserve estimates are based on our sales contracts, pricing assumptions in our integrated TiO 2 value chain, and market intelligence.

Our LOMP and reserve estimates are derived from detailed 3-D block modeling of individual deposits created from extensive geological, mining and analytical databases. Mining parameters, processing recoveries, and appropriate economic and financial inputs are routinely adjusted to reflect current projections of future costs and projections of future revenues. The ore boundaries used for our reserve estimates are therefore based on three-dimensional techno-economic models, not strict cut-off grades. To satisfy the disclosure rules in SEC Industry Guide 7, our nominal cut-off grades are: 0.2% zircon at Namakwa Sands; 1.5% ilmenite at KZN Sands; and 1.3% THM (approximately 1% VHM) at Tronox Northern Operations, Western Australia.

Heavy Mineral Reserves
 
Ore reserves are those portions of mineral deposits that we can economically and legally mined and processed at December 31, 2016. All of our heavy mineral reserves are reported are on the basis of in-place, economically extractable ore determined from comprehensive geological, mining and economic models and include dilution and mining losses. Ore is classified as either Proven or Probable, based on the level of confidence in the reserve estimates and cost/revenue assumptions.
 
The following table summarizes our heavy mineral ore reserves and their contained in situ THM and heavy mineral assemblages as of December 31, 2016. Downward or upward movements in our total heavy mineral estimates from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016 are indicated.

               
In-Place
   
VHM Assemblage (% of THM)
   
Change
 
MINE / DEPOSIT
Reserve
Category
 
Ore
(million
MT)
   
Average
Grade
(% THM)
   
THM
(million
MT)
   
Ilmenite
   
Rutile and
Leucoxene
   
Zircon
   
from
2015
+ (-) %)
 
Namakwa Sands Open Pit Dry Mine – Western Cape RSA
                                           
Proven
   
214
     
8.6
     
18.4
     
35.9
     
7.9
     
9.2
       
Probable
   
501
     
5.6
     
28.0
     
50.0
     
9.7
     
10.8
       
Total Reserves
   
715
     
6.5
     
46.4
     
45.8
     
9.1
     
10.3
     
(2.9
)%
                                                           
KZN Sands Open Pit Hydraulic Mine     KZN RSA
                                                         
Proven
   
137
     
7.0
     
9.6
     
61.9
     
5.2
     
8.4
         
Probable
   
45
     
4.6
     
2.1
     
53.1
     
5.0
     
7.3
         
Total Reserves
   
182
     
6.4
     
11.7
     
60.4
     
5.2
     
8.2
     
(2.5
)%
                                                           
South Africa
Total Reserves
   
897
             
58.1
                             
(2.8
)%
                                                           
Cooljarloo – Dredge Mine Western Australia
                                                         
Proven
   
313
     
1.8
     
5.6
     
60.0
     
7.5
     
10.0
         
Probable
   
34
     
1.6
     
0.7
     
61.1
     
7.7
     
9.2
         
Total Reserves
   
347
     
1.8
     
6.3
     
60.0
     
7.5
     
9.9
     
3.1
%
                                                           
Cooljarloo West Planned Dredge Mine – Western Australia
                                                         
Proven
   
     
     
     
     
     
         
Probable
   
105
     
2.0
     
2.1
     
60.5
     
7.9
     
12.2
         
Total Reserves
   
105
     
2.0
     
2.1
     
60.5
     
7.9
     
12.2
         
                                                           
Dongara Planned Dry Mine – Western Australia
                                                         
Proven
   
62
     
5.2
     
3.2
     
48.7
     
8.9
     
10.9
         
Probable
   
     
     
     
     
     
         
Total Reserves
   
62
     
5.2
     
3.2
     
48.7
     
8.9
     
10.9
         
                                                           
Western Australia
Total Reserves
   
514
             
11.6
                             
0.9
%
                                                           
Global
Total Reserves
   
1,411
             
69.7
                             
(2.3
)%
 
Abbreviations and definitions:
 
MT —metric tonnes (1 metric ton = 1.10231 short tons)

Ore Reserves —The portions of our inventories of mineralized material inclusive of dilution, determined to be economically and legally exploitable as of December 31, 2016, classified as either Probable Reserves or Proven Reserves according based on level of confidence.
 
THM — total heavy minerals, with densities >2.9 g/cm3 regardless of commercial value

VHM — valuable heavy minerals, including Ilmenite, Rutile, Leucoxene & Zircon reported as % of THM.
 
Change from 2015   Increase or decrease of estimated in-place THM in reserves, expressed as + or – percent change from 2015.

Key Assumptions — economic viability is determined by 3D techno-economic block modeling constructed from geological, analytical and geotechnical databases, mining parameters, metallurgical recovery assumptions, pit optimizations, and economic assumptions based on current operating costs, forex, and projected product sales prices at time of production). Nominal cut-off grades are 0.2% zircon at Namakwa Sands, 1.5 % ilmenite at KZN Sands, and 1.3% THM (1% VHM) at Cooljarloo and Cooljarloo West.

Our forecast production of commercial-quality titanium mineral and zircon concentrates from reserves is based on mining rates, the heavy mineral assemblage distributions within the mine block model and our experience in metallurgical recoveries. Mining recoveries are typically at or near 100%. Metallurgical recoveries vary widely as a function of geology, mineralogy and other factors.  Processing efficiencies are affected by many characteristics, including grain size, morphology and diversity of the heavy minerals, liberation of HM from their host, clays, surface coatings, and other nuances. To a practical extent, mineral separation technology is customized for specific ore types to exploit subtle differences in grain size, density, magnetic susceptibility, and conductivity to separate valuable minerals from gangue. Cumulative metallurgical recovery factors for the VHM in our mine concentrates, inclusive of primary and secondary heavy mineral concentration at the mine site and dry and wet techniques at the mineral separation plant are in the general range of 60% to 95%. Actual recoveries are applied to our economic models used for reserve estimates. Unrecovered VHM in certain dry mill tailings streams are stockpiled, but their hypothetical value is not considered in our revenue assumptions.

Tronox heavy mineral sand operations in South Africa include similar material flows from integrated mine mineral separation smelter value chains on the west and east coasts of South Africa. In the Western Cape Province, valuable heavy minerals are recovered at the Koekenaap mineral separation plant from heavy mineral concentrate produced at the Namakwa Sands mine near Brand-se-Baai. Ilmenite is fed to the integrated smelter at Saldanha Bay. Slag, pig iron, rutile and zircon are exported from the Saldanha Bay deepwater port. HMC from Fairbreeze mine, commissioned in April 2016, is separated into VHM concentrates at the Central Processing Complex (“CPC”) at Empangeni where ilmenite is fed to a dual electric arc furnace smelter for conversion into slag and pig iron. All commercial products, including slag feed to our own TiO 2 pigment plants, are exported from Richards Bay.

The following table compares the heavy mineral reserves reported for the three years ending December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:

3-Year Reserves (Mt In-Place THM)
 
Reserve
 
December 31,
 
Life-Of-Mine
 
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
    
(In millions of MT)
 
Namakwa Sands
>25 years
   
46.4
     
47.8
     
47.2
 
KZN Sands
>12 years
   
11.7
     
12.0
     
12.0
 
Total South Africa
     
58.1
     
59.8
     
59.2
 
Cooljarloo and Cooljarloo West
     
8.4
     
8.2
     
6.8
 
Dongara
     
3.2
     
3.3
     
3.3
 
Total Western Australia
>20 years
   
11.6
     
11.5
     
10.1
 
Total Tronox
     
69.7
     
71.3
     
69.3
 
 
The above three -year total heavy mineral reserves for the Tronox Mineral Sands Division are expressed as millions of MT in-place THM for the years ended 2014 through 2016. Life-of-Mine Plans for each operation may include some non-reserve mineralized material not currently determined to be reserves under the guidelines of SEC Industry Guide 7, and the mine lives in the LOMPs may be longer than what can be supported by the reserves. At current mining rates, our reserves can sustain mining for over 25 years at Namakwa, over 12 years at KZN, and over 20 years in Western Australia.

HM Deposit Geology and Mining Operations

Our vertical integrated TiO 2 business is anchored by our three large heavy mineral mining and processing operations: Namakwa Sands and KZN Sands on the West Coast and East Coast, respectively, of South Africa and Tronox Western Australia.

HMs are defined by densities of at least 2.9 grams per cm 3 , and heavy mineral placers are accumulations of high-density minerals sufficiently durable to survive erosion and water transport to co-depositional sites, as a consequence of their similar hydrodynamic characteristics. However, placers of the titanium minerals ilmenite and rutile accompanied by significant percentages of zircon (ZrSiO 4 ) are a distinctive class of heavy mineral deposit that provides most of the world’s supply of titanium and zirconium raw materials.
 
All ore deposits are accidents of geology resulting from unusual circumstances, and deposits with long-term mine lives are rare. Our three integrated mineral sands operations are based on large HM deposits of high-quality heavy minerals. These resources are examples of coastal plain Ti-Zr heavy mineral deposits, but their individual mineralogy, ore characteristics and extraction methods are different. Heavy mineral assemblages are inherited from their source, usually very old crystalline basement, with often complicated histories of erosion-deposition cycles. The cumulative output from our three mineral sands operations allows us flexibility in supplying TiO 2 feedstock to satisfy our vertically-integrated TiO 2 manufacturing chain. Production in excess of our internal needs can be stockpiled or sold.

Namakwa Sands, Western Cape, South Africa

Our interest in Namakwa Sands is held through our subsidiary, Tronox Mineral Sands (Pty) Ltd, which owns 74% of Namakwa Sands, an integrated mine-mineral separation-smelting-export production chain on the Atlantic Coast of the Western Cape Province, South Africa. Our operations are divided administratively into Northern Operations and Southern Operations:
 
The Namakwa Sands world-class heavy mineral deposit at Brand-se-Baai is approximately 385 km north of Cape Town and 92 km northwest of Vrendendal. Ore is mined from two open pit dry mines by a combination of loaders, hydraulic shovels and conveyors.  Concentrates from two dedicated Primary Concentration Plants (PCP West and PCP East) are blended to feed a common Secondary Concentration Plant (SCP) for production of magnetic and non-magnetic HMC. Both mag and n/m concentrates are truck-hauled 52 km to the Mineral Separation Plant at Koekenaap, from which commercial concentrates of zircon, rutile and ilmenite smelter feed are transported by rail about 300 km south to Saldanha. The Saldanha smelter, 105 km north of Cape Town, converts ilmenite concentrates from the northern mining-processing operation to titanium slag and high-purity pig iron in two DC electric arc furnaces. We own product storage and loading facilities at the Saldanha Bay deepwater port.

The Namakwa Sands mine was commissioned in Anglo American plc with pre-mining resources of 1.17 billion MT at 7.9% THM. Phase I of the project reached full operation in 1995 at a mining rate of approximately 3.6 million ore MT, and commissioning of a 25 megawatt DC arc furnace at the Saldanha smelter. A second 35 megawatt DC furnace was commissioned in 1999, by which time ore production had reached about 4.5 million. Namakwa Sands was acquired by Exxaro Resources Ltd in 2008, and the mineral sands division of Exxaro was combined with Tronox in 2012.

Since mining started in 1994 to the end of 2016, approximately 315 million MT of ore have been extracted from the two Namakwa mine pits. Annual ore production surpassed 16 million MT in 2001 and now averages over 20 million metric tonnes per year. Our December 31, 2016 reserves of over 46 million tonnes in-place HM are sufficient to sustain the current rate of mining for over 25 years.

We hold two active MPRDA mining rights covering approximately 18,995 hectares (46,938 acres) covering part or all of the Graauwduinen, Hartbeeste, Rietfontein, and Houtkraal farms. All of these mining authorizations expire in August 2038 and will be extended as necessary for an additional 30 years. Applications have been submitted to the DMR for conversion of two prospecting rights to mining rights over an additional 3,192 hectares (7,888 acres). The mining right applications include two satellite deposits known as Rietfontein and Houtkraal, which we plan to mine as extensions of the East Mine. All minerals in South Africa are owned by the State, and mine production is subject to a royalty based on final product values. We have no reason to believe that our current mining rights will be revoked or that our new mining right applications will be rejected.

We also hold water rights for ore processing at Brand-se-Baai, HMC processing at Koekenaap, and at the Saldanha smelter.  The western South Africa coast is characterized by a Mediterranean climate from Cape Town to Saldanha Bay, and becomes arid or semi-arid northward from Saldanha. Annual precipitation at the mine averages less than 200 mm. Consequently, water conservation is a high-priority in our environmental management program.

The Namakwa ore reserves are contained within and non-reserves material, covers an ellipsoidal area of mineralization 15 kilometers in a northeasterly direction with a maximum width of about 4 km, with no overburden. The NE-SW dimension is interpreted to reflect prevailing winds at the time of the deposit’s formation. A narrow sub-economic corridor divides the reserves into two proximal ore bodies, Graauwduinen West and Graauwduinen East, which are more commonly called the “West” and “East” deposits. Nearly two-thirds of historic ore production has been extracted from the West mine pit, to a maximum depth of about 45 meters. In the medium term, 60-65% of extracted ore will be mined from the West pit, but the long-term LOM Plan calls for a nearly even split between West and East mines.

The very large Namakwa HM deposit is broadly the result of prolonged, repetitive weathering-erosion-deposition cycles that were initiated with the break-up of the Gondwana Supercontinent approximately 100 million years ago. The separation of the African and South American proto-continents triggered weathering and erosion of massive volumes of sediment from high-grade metamorphic crystalline “basement” rocks of the one billion-year-old Namaqua-Natal orogenic belt. The sandy sedimentary sequence that hosts our Namakwa HM deposit is interpreted as being derived mostly from the Namaqua-Natal metamorphic belt which was welded onto the western and southern margins of the 2.6+ billion-year-old Kaapvaal Craton. High grade metamorphism facilitates the partitioning of titanium into ilmenite and rutile crystals making them available for erosion, transport and deposition to form economic deposits. Heavy mineral concentrations in beach placers, marine terraces and in coastal dunes were reworked by water and wind into what is now our Namakwa heavy mineral deposit, the end-product of 100 million years of geologic evolution.
 
The same complex circumstances that created a deposit of over one billion tonnes also created a heterogeneous heavy mineral assemblage, from which extraction and recovery of valuable heavy minerals can be challenging. Heavy minerals in the assemblage that have no or little commercial value include garnet, pyroxene, hematite, magnetite, monazite, kyanite, chromite, cassiterite and apatite. Three basic styles of HM concentration are recognized, in decreasing age: paleo-beach placers with arcuate shapes that open to the northwest; a thick, enigmatic quartzo-feldspathic sequence known as the Orange Feldspathic Sand (OFS), interpreted as a complex of multiple dune and reworked dune sands; and a surficial, sheet-like layer of iron oxide-stained, wind-blown sand known as the red aeolian sand (RAS).

The OFS reaches a maximum thickness of over 40 meters and is by far the volumetrically largest component of our ore reserves. The OFS is overprinted by intensive arid weathering that solubilized silica, iron and other constituents into alkaline groundwater to be re-deposited as horizontal layers of hard duricrust , lenses and tabular layers of sand cemented by calcium, magnesium, aluminum, iron, and silica. Duricrust, heterogeneous lithologies, clays and variable, diverse HM assemblages can adversely affect recoveries of VHM. A comprehensive, systematic evaluation initiated almost 10 years ago has improved metallurgical recoveries. The West and East deposits are separately modeled in 50m x 50m x 1 meter 3D blocks into multiple geological domains with distinctive mineralogies and processing characteristics. We have inserted an autogenous milling circuit ahead of the West PCP to improve liberation of VHM from duricrust-impacted OFS ore, and instituted a blending procedure to provide a more consistent HMC feed to dry separation. Two “satellite” HM deposits containing 24 million metric tonnes ore have been integrated into the medium-term life-of-mine plan, following a positive feasibility study completed in 2015. Total Namakwa Sands reserves at December 31, 2016 include over 21 million metric tonnes ilmenite, 4.8 million tonnes zircon, and 4.2 million tonnes rutile + leucoxene.

KZN Sands, KwaZulu-Natal Province, South Africa

We own a 74% interest in KZN Sands (Pty) Ltd through our subsidiaries, Tronox KZN Sands (Pty) Ltd and Tronox Mineral Sands (Pty) Ltd. The KZN Sands integrated mining-processing operation was conceived by Exxaro predecessor, Iscor Heavy Minerals (IHM) who acquired the heavy mineral properties of Shell South Africa and Rhoex Ltd in 1994. An unbundling of Iscor resulted in the new resource firm, Kumba, which gained control of KZN Sands and acquired a majority position in Australian mining firm Ticor, the then 50% partner with Kerr-McGee Chemical Corp in the Tiwest Joint Venture in Western Australia. Kumba completed its full acquisition of Ticor and in November 2006 was folded into Exxaro, South Africa’s flagship empowerment mining company, with Ticor South Africa KZN (Pty) Ltd renamed as Exxaro Sands (Pty) Ltd. The combination of Exxaro’s mineral sands business and Tronox in 2012 gives us a 74% controlling interest of KZN Sands, one of our three integrated TiO 2 enterprises.

Mineral tenure for KZN Sands’ Fairbreeze mining project is held under two Mining Rights, with combined coverage of 4,041 hectares (9,985 acres), including 100% of our declared heavy mineral reserves. Fairbreeze heavy mineral concentrate is fed to our Central Processing Complex at Empangeni. KZN Sands key assets are:

Fairbreeze heavy mineral sands mine (45 kilometers south-southwest of Richards Bay): a new mine started production in April 2016. Our hydraulic mining and primary concentration at Fairbreeze was pioneered at the Hillendale mine which ceased mining in December 2013. HMC is transported from Fairbreeze by road about 50 km to the Empangeni CPC.

Empangeni CPC: 18 km west of Richards Bay including a mineral separation plant (MSP) for separation of HMC into commercial-grade rutile and zircon for export and ilmenite feed for our contiguous, dual electric-arc furnace smelter to produce high-grade titanium slag and high-quality pig iron. The Empangeni smelter produced 114 thousand metric tonnes slag and 52 thousand MT pig iron in 2016.

Richards Bay Harbor: a Tronox owned storage and export facility for all products.
 
Hydraulic mining at Fairbreeze disaggregates the ore with high-pressure water jets, and an ore slurry is pumped to the nearby primary concentration plant. The Fairbreeze paleo dune complex is an elongated body extending south-southwestward from the town of Mtunzini for about 12 kilometers, reaching a maximum width of about two kilometers and a maximum elevation of 109 meters. Surface drainages have dissected the deposit into five discrete ore bodies, Fairbreeze A, B, C, C-Extension and D. The deposit is hosted by fine-grained sand and silt in a north-northeast trending complex of strandline/paleo dune couplets two kilometers inland from the modern coastline.
 
Fairbreeze is part of a regional near-shore, coast-parallel corridor of terraces and dunes composed of reddish-colored sands, the “Berea Red Sands,” along the southeastern coast of Africa from Durban to Mombasa. As with most heavy mineral sand deposits, iron-titanium oxides, rutile, zircon and other heavy minerals in the HM assemblage at Fairbreeze are inherited from their source rock provenance and modified by selective sorting during deposition. The Natal Metamorphic Province and younger rift-related basalts are interpreted as the primary source for the Fairbreeze heavy minerals. Terrestrial weathering of terrace deposits to oxidize iron minerals, followed by a period of extensive reworking of coastal sediment by static sea levels completed the formation of the Fairbreeze deposit.
 
The estimated Fairbreeze heavy mineral reserve of 11.7 million tonnes in-place HM contains 7 million tonnes ilmenite, over 600 thousand tonnes rutile and leucoxene, and nearly 1 million tonnes zircon.
 
Our mining right, Environmental Management Program, and water use license have all received approval at the provincial level. Challenges from local conservation groups to our mining and water permits have been dismissed, and we continue to maintain an active dialogue with local authorities and residents.
 
Fairbreeze ore is currently mined at a rate of about 10 million tonnes per year, HMC is transported by truck about 50 km to the Empangeni Central Processing Complex (CPC). The current Fairbreeze life-of-mine plan, based on total in-place heavy mineral reserves of 11.7 million tonnes THM, and an annual supply of over 500,000 tonnes ilmenite to the smelter is sustainable for approximately 12 years. Life-of-mine plans are strategic business guidance tools and intentionally flexible.

Tronox Western Australia Northern Operations
 
Our Cooljarloo mine, Chandala metallurgical complex and Kwinana pigment plant are the key components of our integrated TiO2 supply chain in Western Australia. Our 2012 acquisition of the sands business of Exxaro Resources Ltd unified the equal interests of Tronox and Exxaro in the Tiwest Joint Venture under Tronox Management Pty Ltd, a subsidiary of Tronox Ltd. The mine, mineral reserves and the Chandala complex are collectively known as our “Northern Operations,” summarized as follows:

Cooljarloo mine, approximately 170 kilometers north of Perth, a large dredge mine with two dredges, Cooljarloo I and Pelican, feeding an ore slurry to a floating concentrator for production of heavy mineral concentrates (HMC). HMC is transported by double “road-train” trucks approximately 110 km south to our Chandala Mineral Separation Plant (“dry mill”) near Muchea.

Chandala Processing Plant, approximately 60 kilometers north of Perth, where ilmenite, rutile, leucoxene and zircon are separated and recovered from the HMC in a Mineral Separation Plant. Ilmenite is upgraded to SR in an Improved Becher Process synthetic rutile plant. SR can be consumed by the Kwinana TiO2 plant, exported for sale, or stockpiled.

Future mine reserves at Cooljarloo, Cooljarloo West, and Dongara totaling an estimated 11.5 million tonnes of in-place total heavy minerals, sufficient to sustain our current HMC production rate.

Feed to our Kwinana and other TiO 2 pigment plants for over 20 years. The Tronox Western Australia Southern Operations are described in Part 1, Item 1.

The Tiwest Joint Venture began in 1988 as a partnership between Kerr-McGee Chemical Corporation and Minproc Engineering, whose respective 50% interests would eventually pass to Tronox and Exxaro. The Cooljarloo mine started production in December 1989, and as of December 31, 2016 we entered our 29th year of continuous operation, with cumulative production of about 18 million tonnes HMC. Resource development, mining, processing, marketing and finance are guided by a comprehensive life-of-mine plan that integrates three-dimensional geological-resource block modeling, pit optimization and mine scheduling. Our techno-economic model is maintained by an in-house team of diverse skills and extensive expertise who routinely evaluate and update the LOMP. The low heavy mineral grades of our Cooljarloo ore reserves are offset by low-cost dredging and a high-quality heavy mineral assemblage of nearly 80% VHM of THM, including ilmenite with superb processing characteristics.

The economic disadvantage of mining very low-grade ore is offset by a large deposit with a high-quality heavy mineral assemblage of nearly 80% VHM of THM, including ilmenite with superb processing characteristics, and low-cost dredge mining. However, much of our success in Western Australia is the result of continuous improvement in all areas, willingness to embrace technology, and a cadre of dedicated, experienced professionals who have arguably established one of the most efficient operations in the TiO 2 industry.

All of our heavy mineral ore reserves are under mining leases granted by the Western Australia Department of Minerals and Petroleum, or in the case of our active Cooljarloo mine, Mineral Sands Agreement 268 (MSA 268), authorized by the Western Australia Parliament as the Mineral Sands (Cooljarloo) Mining and Processing Agreement Act 1988. State Agreements have been used by the government of Western Australia since the 1950s to provide mineral tenure and define responsibilities for major resource projects, particularly those that require the development of major infrastructure. MSA 268 covers 9,745 hectares (20,080 acres). Two ML applications are pending at Cooljarloo West – M70/1314 and M70/1333 totaling 4,414 hectares (10,907 acres), and 20 ML’s totaling 15,162 hectares (37,466 acres) have been granted at our Dongara project. Three older ML’s at our Jurien property, the site of a former heavy mineral open pit mine operated by WMC in the 1970’s. Our total mineral position in Western Australia consists of 16,215 hectares of Mining Leases and 68,194 hectares held by Exploration and Retention Licenses.
 
The Cooljarloo “deposit” is an accumulation of multiple, parallel HM ore strands and lower-grade, tabular HM deposits in a swath of ancient shoreline placers over a width of five km or more over a NNW trend of at least 40 km. The deposits are interpreted as shoreline and shallow off-shore HM placers, derived from erosion, stream transport and deposition of heavy minerals according to their densities, grain size and shape that governed their settling characteristics. The low escarpment known as the “Gingin scarp” east of the Cooljarloo mine is a major control for the Cooljarloo and other HM deposits in the northern Perth Basin, as it represents a wave-cut escarpment that prevented incursion of the ocean further eastward during the formation of HM placers from about the Early Pleistocene and younger. The Cooljarloo HM-bearing sands overlie Mesozoic sedimentary rocks which are a local source of detrital HM that were ultimately sources from the granitic and gneissic basement of the Yilgarn craton to the east. Younger shoreline placers at Jurien and Dongara are often buried by overburden which generally thins toward the Gingin scarp.

The Cooljarloo heavy minerals are generally characterized by a mature assemblage of ilmenite, leucoxene, rutile and zircon with subordinate staurolite, monazite, kyanite and other HM. Besides the titanium minerals and zircon, only staurolite in minor amounts has been recovered and sold. Cooljarloo ilmenite tends to be weathered to 60% or more TiO2 and is very porous on a microscopic scale, giving it superb processing qualities for its conversion to synthetic rutile.

An alternate mine plan was implemented in 2016 to minimize capital spending in the near term, which altered the sequence of mining and greatly reduced overburden volumes in the near term. In 2016, 24Mt of ore was mined from the reserve at the Cooljarloo Mine to produce 379 kt of heavy mineral concentrate. Other modification to ore reserves from new drilling and optimization resulted in an increase of 24Mt of ore, which exactly offsets mining depletion resulting in no change to reserve tonnes.

Our total heavy mineral reserves at December 31, 2016 in Western Australia of 513 million tonnes of ore containing 11.7 million tonnes of heavy minerals represent an increase of 0.9% in contained heavy minerals over the 2015 estimate. The heavy mineral reserves include 6.8 million tonnes ilmenite, 1.2 million tonnes zircon, 600,000 tonnes rutile and 300,000 tonnes leucoxene.

Tronox Alkali - Green River, Wyoming

In April 2015 Tronox acquired the Alkali Chemicals Division of FMC, making Tronox Alkali the world’s leading producer of natural soda ash.  Natural soda ash is refined from trona, a sodium carbonate mineral composed of soda ash (Na2CO3), sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3) and water with the chemical formula Na2CO3•NaHCO3•2H2O. Approximately 75% of the world’s natural soda ash is produced from trona extracted from underground mines and solution mining in the Green River Basin of southwestern Wyoming.

The Green River trona beds are collectively the largest deposit of trona and the undisputed largest source of raw material feed for the production of natural soda ash in the world. The origin of the trona deposits is the result of very unusual, geological circumstances.  Sodium-rich springs are believed to have fed ancient Lake Gosiute, a large, shallow inland lake that reached a maximum extent of over 15,000 square miles (about 40,000 sq km) around 50 million years ago. In response to repetitive cycles of lake expansion, contraction and evaporation, and changes in temperature and salinity, trona was precipitated in beds of remarkable purity and extent. In addition to trona, the evaporite sodium mineral assemblage includes variable levels of other sodium carbonate minerals as well as halite (NaCl). At least 25 beds of natural trona in the Wilkins Peak Member of the Eocene Green River Formation exceed at least locally three feet (1 m) in thickness and are estimated by the USGS to contain a cumulative resource of over 100 billion tons of trona. Individual trona beds are numbered in ascending order and trona beds of significance lie at modern depths between about 400 to 2,000 feet (120-600 m). Our current dry mining and solution mining operations exploit three trona beds, and our reserves are contained in four beds.

Our trona resources and mining operations are held under leases covering 88,342 acres (equivalent to 138 sq miles or 357 sq kilometers) over portions of 23 townships, primarily in two contiguous units informally known as the “Westvaco” and “Granger” blocks.  Mineral and mining rights are secured by leases from the Federal government, the State of Wyoming, and Anadarko Petroleum. We lease approximately 25, 215 acres from the U.S. Government under the Mineral Leasing Act of 1920 (Title 30 §181) which includes trona under its definition of a “solid leasable mineral.” Federal minerals are administered by the U.S. Bureau of Land Management (BLM). We lease 40,883 acres from Anadarko Land Corporation, a subsidiary of Anadarko Petroleum. Anadarko’s acquisition of the Union Pacific Railroad Group in 2000 included alternate sections of land for 20 miles on either side of the trans-continental railroad, originally granted to Union Pacific under the Pacific Railroad Act of 1862 and subsequent railroad land grants. We also lease 22,243 acres from the State of Wyoming. Royalty payments range from 6% to 8% of the sales value of soda ash products.
 
Tronox Alkali’s Westvaco site is located approximately 25 miles (40-65 km) north-northwest of Green River. We extract trona ore from our Westvaco underground mine by mechanized, continuous mining methods. Our current underground dry mine production is from a single, near-horizontal bed approximately 10 feet (3.05 meters) thick at a depth from surface of 1500-1600 feet (450-490 meters). Ore is extracted from an extensive network of parallel drifts and connecting cross-cuts, known as room-and-pillar mining, and from longwall mining. Longwall miners shear off successive panels of ore which drops onto a conveyor belt for delivery to vertical shafts to be hoisted to the surface. The Westvaco mine has been in uninterrupted, continuous operation since its start in 1947 by Westvaco Chemical Company. The Westvaco interests were acquired by FMC in 1948.

We also extract trona by secondary recovery solution mining operations in previously dry mined portions of the Westvaco mine and in trona beds impacted by former dry mining of the Granger mine. The Granger mine and processing facility, about 10 miles (15 km) northeast of the eponymous town, operated as an underground mine from 1976 to 2002. FMC acquired the properties in 1999 by acquiring Tg Soda Ash, originally developed as a unit of Texasgulf and then owned by Elf Atochem. FMC converted the mine and mill to solution mining in 2005. In our secondary recovery solution mining operations, we pump process waters from our surface facilities, along with insoluble remnant from the processing of dry mined ore, into former underground mine workings where the insoluble constituents settle out and sodium carbonate and bicarbonate are leached from trona left behind from previous dry mining.  The return mine water is pumped back to the Westvaco and Granger surface processing facilities for recovery of sodium solids.

A diagram of our soda ash mining and processing value chain is as follows:


The following table summarizes the estimated in-place trona ore reserve of Tronox Alkali:

Mine Deposit
Reserve
Category
 
Million metric
tonnes
(dry weight)
   
Grade
(% Trona)
 
               
Dry extraction
Proven
   
274.5
     
87.9
 
Probable
   
144.1
     
87.4
 
Dry-mining
Total Reserves
   
418.6
     
87.7
 
                   
Solution mining
Proven
   
         
Probable
   
411.0
     
86.8
 
Solution mining
Total Reserves
   
411.0
     
86.8
 
Tronox Alkali
Total Reserves
   
829.6
     
87.3
 
 
Our trona ore reserves are calculated from in-place trona-bearing material that can be economically and legally extracted and processed into commercial products at the time of reserve determination. Our reserves estimates are developed using industry-standard, best-practice procedures, and our disclosures have been reviewed internally and externally to ensure compliance with SEC Industry Guide 7. Dry mining reserves and solution mining reserves are fundamentally different in terms of extraction methods and costs, predicted recoveries and the procedures used for reserve calculations.
 
Estimated dry mining ore reserves of 461.5 million short tons (418.6 million metric tonnes) include dilution from un-mineralized material within and marginal to the trona ore bed. Support pillars are excluded from dry mining reserves, but a portion of the trona contained in the pillars is recovered by solution mining, as described below. A bulk density factor of 133 lb/cu ft (2.16 g/cc) is used for conversion of volumes to mass. Key dry mining parameters include minimum trona ore bed thickness, minimum trona grade, and maximum percent insolubles. Mining cost assumptions are based on data accumulated from our 60+ years of experience in the Green River trona district.

Solution mining ore reserves of 453.1 million short tons (411.0 million metric tonnes) are reported on an in-place basis, inclusive of dilution from insoluble material that remains in the ground. The solution mining reserves are calculated using recovery parameters developed from our 20+ years of cumulative secondary recovery solution mining experience. Key factors include the surface area of remaining support pillars and other trona-mineralized surfaces exposed to liquid solutions injected into voids created by dry mining, solubility and alkalinity data, and predicted dissolution rates for sodium carbonate over residence times.

Dry mined and solution mined trona are refined into soda ash at our Westvaco and Granger facilities, located within the boundaries of their respective contiguous lease blocks, and involve multiple processing lines, steam generation facilities, evaporation ponds, spare parts warehouses, maintenance shops, and offices for engineering, production, and support staff. Our Green River trona mining and processing facilities typically operate at an effective capacity of about four million short tons (3.6 million metric tonnes) of marketable soda ash per year.

The sum of our total proven and probable reserves estimated as of December 31, 2016, was 915 million short tons (830 million metric tonnes, at an average grade of about 87% trona, equates to approximately 550 million short tons (500 million metric tonnes) of soda ash, sufficient to sustain production for over 100 years at our current rate of approximately 4 million short tons (3.6 million metric tonnes), which per year of refined soda ash. Our 2016 reserve disclosure is partially based the report of a third party consultant in mid-2015 that generated an updated reserve estimate. Our reported reserves reflect that estimate, reconciled with 2015 and 2016 depletion. Our life-of-mine plan is inherently forward-looking, under the meaning of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 and subsequent amendments and is subject to uncertainties and unanticipated events beyond our control.

Item 3.
Legal Proceedings

Refer to Note 17 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures

Information regarding mine safety and other regulatory actions at our mine in Green River, Wyoming is included in Exhibit 95 of this Form 10-K.
 
PART II

Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market for our Class A ordinary shares

Our Class A Shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on June 18, 2012 under the symbol “TROX.” There is no public trading market for our Class B Shares, which are held by Exxaro.

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal quarters indicated, the high and low sales prices per share of our Class A Shares, and the dividends declared during 2016 and 2015.

   
Sales Price
   
Dividends
 
   
High
   
Low
   
per Share
 
2016
                 
Fourth quarter
 
$
12.03
   
$
7.40
   
$
0.045
 
Third quarter
 
$
9.92
   
$
4.17
   
$
0.045
 
Second quarter
 
$
8.20
   
$
3.84
   
$
0.045
 
First quarter
 
$
6.87
   
$
2.79
   
$
0.25
 
2015
                       
Fourth quarter
 
$
8.60
   
$
2.98
   
$
0.25
 
Third quarter
 
$
14.76
   
$
3.91
   
$
0.25
 
Second quarter
 
$
22.61
   
$
14.43
   
$
0.25
 
First quarter
 
$
24.20
   
$
19.41
   
$
0.25
 

Holders of Record

As of January 27, 2017, there were approximately 435 holders of record of Class A Shares. This does not include the shareholders that held shares of our Class A Shares in a nominee or “street-name” accounts through banks or broker-dealers. See Item 12, Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters.
 
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth selected historical financial data for the periods indicated. The statement of operations data and supplemental information for the years ended December 31, 2016 through 2013 reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Limited. The statement of operations data and supplemental information for the year ended December 31, 2012 reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Incorporated prior to June 15, 2012, and, from June 15, 2012 through December 31, 2012, reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Limited. The balance sheet data at December 31, 2016 through December 31, 2012 relate to Tronox Limited. This information should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements (including the notes thereto) and our “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
                               
Statement of Operations Data:
                             
Net sales
 
$
2,093
   
$
2,112
   
$
1,737
   
$
1,922
   
$
1,832
 
Gross profit
   
247
     
120
     
207
     
190
     
264
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
   
(210
)
   
(217
)
   
(192
)
   
(187
)
   
(239
)
Restructuring expense
   
(1
)
   
(21
)
   
(15
)
   
     
 
                                         
Income (loss) from operations
   
36
     
(118
)
   
     
3
     
25
 
Interest and debt expense, net
   
(184
)
   
(176
)
   
(133
)
   
(130
)
   
(65
)
Net gain (loss) on liquidation of non-operating subsidiaries
   
     
     
(35
)
   
24
     
 
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt
   
4
     
     
(8
)
   
(4
)
   
 
Gain on bargain purchase    
     
     
     
       1,055  
Other income (expense), net
   
(29
)
   
28
     
27
     
46
     
(7
)
                                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
   
(173
)
   
(266
)
   
(149
)
   
(61
)
   
1,008
 
Income tax (provision) benefit
   
115
     
(41
)
   
(268
)
   
(29
)
   
125
 
                                         
Net income (loss)
 
$
(58
)
 
$
(307
)
 
$
(417
)
 
$
(90
)
 
$
1,133
 
                                         
Income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest
   
1
     
11
     
10
     
36
     
(1
)
                                         
Net income (loss) attributable to Tronox Limited
 
$
(59
)
 
$
(318
)
 
$
(427
)
 
$
(126
)
 
$
1,134
 
                                         
Loss per share from continuing operations (1) :
                                       
Basic
 
$
(0.50
)
 
$
(2.75
)
 
$
(3.74
)
 
$
(1.11
)
 
$
11.37
 
Diluted
 
$
(0.50
)
 
$
(2.75
)
 
$
(3.74
)
 
$
(1.11
)
 
$
11.10
 
Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Working capital (2)
 
$
731
   
$
753
   
$
2,015
   
$
2,290
   
$
1,706
 
Total assets (3) (4)
 
$
4,950
   
$
5,027
   
$
5,024
   
$
5,647
   
$
5,479
 
Total debt (3) (4)
 
$
3,054
   
$
3,076
   
$
2,352
   
$
2,361
   
$
1,613
 
Total equity (3)
 
$
1,161
   
$
1,110
   
$
1,788
   
$
2,437
   
$
2,882
 
Supplemental Information:
                                       
Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense (3)
 
$
236
   
$
294
   
$
295
   
$
333
   
$
211
 
Capital expenditures
 
$
119
   
$
191
   
$
187
   
$
165
   
$
166
 
Dividends per share
 
$
0.385
   
$
1.00
   
$
1.00
   
$
1.00
   
$
0.50
 


(1)
On June 26, 2012, the Board of Directors of Tronox Limited approved a 5-to-1 share split for holders of our Class A Shares and Class B Shares. All references to number of shares and per share data in the consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the share split, unless otherwise noted.
(2)
Working capital is defined as the excess (deficit) of current assets over current liabilities.
(3)
Reflects the effect of the acquisition of 100% of the Alkali business from FMC Corporation on April 1, 2015 for an aggregate purchase price of $1.65 billion in cash (the “Alkali Transaction”). See Note 22 of notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding the Alkali Transaction.
(4)
Financial data for 2015 through 2012 has been adjusted to reflect our change in accounting for debt issuance costs in accordance with Accounting Standards Update 2015-03 resulting in decreases to “Other long-term assets” and “Long-term debt” in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Notes 2 and 14 of notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.
 
Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with Tronox Limited’s consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion and other sections in this Annual Report on Form 10-K contain forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, that involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of numerous factors. Forward-looking statements provide current expectations of future events based on certain assumptions and include any statement that does not directly relate to any historical or current fact. Forward-looking statements also can be identified by words such as “future,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “predicts,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “can,” “may,” and similar terms.

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains certain financial measures, in particular the presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, which are not presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). We are presenting these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures because we believe they provide us and readers of this Form 10-K with additional insight into our operational performance relative to earlier periods and relative to our competitors. We do not intend for these non-U.S GAAP financial measures to be a substitute for any U.S. GAAP financial information. Readers of these statements should use these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures only in conjunction with the comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures. A reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is also provided herein.

Executive Overview

We are a global leader in the production and marketing of titanium bearing mineral sands and titanium dioxide (“TiO2”) pigment, and the world’s largest producer of natural soda ash.

On April 1, 2015, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the Alkali business (“Alkali”) from FMC Corporation (“FMC”) for an aggregate purchase price of $1.65 billion in cash (the “Alkali Transaction”). Following the Alkali Transaction, we restructured our organization to reflect two integrated businesses, TiO 2 and Alkali, as our two operating and reportable segments.

TiO 2 Segment

We operate three TiO 2 pigment facilities at the following locations: Hamilton, Mississippi; Botlek, the Netherlands; and Kwinana, Western Australia, representing an aggregate annual TiO 2 production capacity of approximately 465,000 metric tons (“MT”). TiO 2 is used extensively in the manufacture of paint and other coatings, plastics and paper, and in a wide range of other applications, including inks, fibers, rubber, food, cosmetics, and pharmaceuticals. Moreover, it is a critical component of everyday consumer applications due to its superior ability to cover or mask other materials effectively and efficiently relative to alternative white pigments and extenders. TiO 2 is considered to be a quality of life product, and some research indicates that consumption generally increases as disposable income increases. At present, it is our belief that there is no effective mineral substitute for TiO 2 because no other white pigment has the physical properties for achieving comparable opacity and brightness, or can be incorporated as cost effectively. We also operate three separate mining operations: KwaZulu-Natal (“KZN”) Sands located in South Africa, Namakwa Sands located in South Africa and Cooljarloo located in Western Australia.

Our TiO 2 segment includes the following:

Exploration, mining, and beneficiation of mineral sands deposits;
Production of titanium feedstock and its co-products (including chloride slag, slag fines, rutile, synthetic rutile and leucoxene), pig iron, and zircon;
Production and marketing of TiO 2 ; and
Electrolytic manganese dioxide manufacturing and marketing, which is primarily focused on advanced battery materials and specialty boron products.
 
Alkali Segment

Our Alkali business is the world’s largest natural soda ash producer. We supply our soda ash to a variety of industries such as flat glass, container glass, dry detergent and chemical manufacturing. Soda ash, also known by its chemical name sodium carbonate (Na 2 CO 3 ), is a highly valued raw material in the manufacture of glass due to its properties of lowering the melting point of silica in the batch. Soda ash is also valued by detergent manufacturers for its absorptive and water softening properties. We produce our products from trona, which we mine at two sites in the Green River Basin, Wyoming. The vast majority of the world’s accessible trona reserves are located in the Green River Basin. According to historical production statistics, approximately one-quarter of global soda ash is produced from trona, with the remainder being produced synthetically, which requires chemical transformation of limestone and salt using a significantly higher amount of energy. Production of soda ash from trona is significantly less expensive than producing it synthetically. In addition, life-cycle analyses reveal that production from trona consumes less energy and produces less carbon dioxide and fewer undesirable by-products than synthetic production.

Our Alkali segment includes the following:

Dry mining of trona ore underground at our Westvaco facility;
Secondary recovery of trona from previously dry mined areas underground at our Westvaco and Granger facilities through solution mining;
Refining of raw trona ore into soda ash and specialty sodium alkali products; and
Marketing, sale and distribution of alkali products.

Our Alkali segment currently produces approximately 4 million tons of soda ash and downstream specialty products annually. All mining and processing activities related to our products take place in our facilities located in the Green River Basin of Wyoming, United States.

Segments

The reportable segments presented below represent our operating segments for which separate financial information is available and which is utilized on a regular basis by our Chief Operating Decision Maker ("CODM") to assess performance and to allocate resources.

Prior to the Alkali Transaction, we had two operating and reportable segments, Mineral Sands and Pigment, based on the way the management team was organized and our CODM monitored performance, aligned strategies, and allocated resources. As a result of the increased interdependency between the Mineral Sands and Pigment businesses, and related organizational changes, our CODM determined that it was better to review the Mineral Sands and Pigment businesses, along with our electrolytic business, as a combined segment, TiO 2 , and to assess performance and allocate resources at that level. Following the Alkali Transaction, we restructured our organization to reflect two integrated businesses, TiO 2 and the acquired business, Alkali, as our two operating and reportable segments. The change in reportable segments for financial reporting purposes that occurred in the second quarter of 2015 has been retrospectively applied.

Segment performance is evaluated based on segment operating income (loss), which represents the results of segment operations before unallocated costs, such as general corporate expenses not identified to a specific segment, interest expense, other income (expense), and income tax provision (benefit). See Note 24 of notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Recent Developments

During the fourth quarter of 2016, we implemented various steps of an internal corporate reorganization plan to simplify our corporate structure and thereby improve operational, administrative, and commercial synergies within each of our operating segments (the “Corporate Reorganization”). As a result of the Corporate Reorganization, we reduced our cross jurisdictional financing arrangements and consequently reversed the deferred tax assets related to intercompany interest deductions. The related withholding tax accrual amounts were also reversed as a result of the Corporate Reorganization. Additionally, we reduced our deferred tax assets related to loss carryforwards which will no longer be available to utilize. The changes to deferred taxes are offset by valuation allowances and resulted in no impact to the consolidated provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2016. The net income impact of the Corporate Reorganization was a benefit of $137 million in the fourth quarter of 2016, reflecting the reversal of $139 million of withholding tax accruals, offset by a foreign currency loss of $2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the net income impact was $107 million, reflecting a net reduction in withholding tax accruals of $110 million, offset by a foreign currency loss of $3 million.
 
In April 2016, we commissioned our Fairbreeze mine in KZN Province, South Africa and began depreciating assets in service. The mine serves as a replacement source of feedstock production for our Hillendale mine, which ceased mining operations in December 2013. The Fairbreeze mine is part of our KZN Sands operations, which also include a concentration plant, a mineral separation plant, and a smelter complex with two furnaces. The Fairbreeze mine has current proven and probable reserves of 182 MT ore, containing 11.7 MT THMs.

As previously announced, we continue to identify opportunities in our TiO 2 segment for cost improvements, greater efficiencies, and ways to make our workplace safer. To date, our operational excellence program has focused on sustainable and continuous cost improvement achieved through a broad based engagement of our employees to identify and implement cost improvement initiatives. This program currently has approximately 300 active initiatives. The operational excellence program will also achieve improved capability through better production and maintenance systems and disciplines – this is something we expect will enable our business to grow within the market with reduced capital requirements. The TiO 2 segment has also continued to leverage the integrated business establishing centers of excellence around several key technology areas common to our operating sites. The centers of excellence have enabled rapid identification and transfer of internal best practices through collaboration between sites with common technology platforms.

Our operating strategy continues to focus on matching TiO 2 pigment production to market demand while keeping finished pigment inventories at or below normal levels. During 2016, our average pigment capacity utilization rate was in excess of 90% with all lines at all pigment plants in operation.

As a result of all these TiO 2 initiatives, during 2016, we delivered incremental cash cost reduction of $73 million and approximately $142 million of working capital reductions. See Note 3 of notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding restructuring expense.

In connection with the Alkali Transaction, we acquired FMC’s one-third ownership interest in a joint venture, Natron x Technologies LLC (“Natron x ”). Natron x manufactured and marketed sodium-based, dry sorbents for air pollution control in electric utility and industrial boiler operations. Pursuant to an agreement with Natron x , we purchase ground trona from a third-party vendor as an agent on its behalf (the “Supply Agreement”). We also provide certain administrative services such as accounting, technology and customer services to Natron x under a service level agreement (the “SLA”). We are reimbursed by Natron x for the related costs incurred under the Supply Agreement and the SLA.

During April 2016, Natron x notified its customers of its intent to cease operations and end deliveries of product on June 30, 2016. On September 1, 2016, the Board of Directors of Natron x approved the demolition of the Natron x plant located at the Westvaco facility and other costs associated with dissolving the joint venture. A reserve of $1 million of our share of expenses related to the termination of the Natron x business, including severance and other exit activities, was recognized and included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and in “Accrued liabilities” in our Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016. We do not expect to incur any additional future expenses related to the termination of the Natron x business. See Note 23 of notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.

We successfully transitioned from a 1 year to a 2 year collective bargaining agreement with the three bargaining unit representatives for our South Africa operations. The new agreement, which expires on June 30, 2018, was negotiated and ratified without any work stoppages by our unionized workforce.

We successfully negotiated a 3-year collective bargaining agreement with the union that represents hourly employees at our Alkali Wyoming facilities. The new agreement, which expires on July 1, 2019, was negotiated and ratified without any work stoppages by our unionized workforce.

Business Environment

The following discussion includes trends and factors that may affect future operating results:

In the TiO 2 segment in 2016, our pigment business benefited from a global industry recovery that began in the first quarter.  To meet healthy demand, we operated our pigment plants at high utilization rates while matching pigment production volumes to sales volumes and keeping inventory at or below normal levels. Global pigment pricing has rebounded with successive gains in each quarter of 2016. Pigment prices have risen 12% above their first quarter trough and by 9% since December 31, 2015. We believe pigment inventories, in the aggregate, are at or below normal levels at both customer and producer locations globally resulting in a continued tight supply-demand balance. During 2016, we used the majority of our high grade titanium feedstock for our pigment production and continued to reduce our titanium slag inventories. Demand in the third-party market for high grade titanium feedstock remained soft due to excessive inventory across the industry. Natural rutile sale volumes and selling prices remained below year-ago levels. Zircon sales volumes increased from 2015, while selling prices remained below year-ago levels. We expect zircon sales volumes in 2017 to exceed those of 2016 as we continue to ramp up production at our Fairbreeze mine to match market demand.
 
In our Alkali segment, our business remains in a sold-out mode resulting from the sustaining structural cost advantage of natural soda ash relative to higher cost synthetic soda ash. Global demand for soda ash is expected to grow at about 2% compound annual growth rate through 2024. Emerging markets continue to drive much of this growth with per capita consumption of soda ash in emerging markets less than 50% of U.S. levels of 16 kg per person per year. The U.S. market for soda ash is supplied by five domestic competitors with balanced supply and demand fundamentals. These market conditions have historically resulted in prices rising for the majority of customers over the past ten years. In export markets, we anticipate that the pricing environment will continue to be driven by production costs for Chinese soda ash exporters and the timing and magnitude of additional volume from the announced expansion of soda ash capacity in Turkey. At the same time, we expect that the competitive cost position of natural soda ash relative to the higher cost synthetic process will persist and demand for natural soda ash will continue to exceed available supply.

We continue to be uniquely tax-advantaged by favorable tax loss carry forwards and other favorable tax positions. We believe these tax-advantaged factors create opportunities for our operations to benefit for years to come. See Note 5 of notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Consolidated Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2015

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
   
Variance
 
   
(Millions of U.S. dollars)
 
Net sales
 
$
2,093
   
$
2,112
   
$
(19
)
Cost of goods sold
   
1,846
     
1,992
     
(146
)
                         
Gross profit
   
247
     
120
     
127
 
Selling, general and administrative expense
   
(210
)
   
(217
)
   
7
 
Restructuring expense
   
(1
)
   
(21
)
   
20
 
                         
Income (loss) from operations
   
36
     
(118
)
   
154
 
Interest and debt expense, net
   
(184
)
   
(176
)
   
(8
)
Gain on extinguishment of debt
   
4
     
     
4
 
Other income (expense), net
   
(29
)
   
28
     
(57
)
                         
Loss before income taxes
   
(173
)
   
(266
)
   
93
 
Income tax (provision) benefit
   
115
     
(41
)
   
156
 
                         
Net loss
 
$
(58
)
 
$
(307
)
 
$
249
 

Net sales in 2016 decreased by 1% compared to 2015 due to lower selling prices and product mix of $124 million lower volumes of $84 million and unfavorable foreign currency translation of $1 million, partially offset by a full year of Alkali sales in 2016 compared to nine months in 2015, representing an impact of $190 million of net sales.

Gross profit margin in 2016 was 12% of net sales compared to 6% in the prior year. The increase was primarily due to the impact of lower net production costs and product mix of $164 million (which includes lower depletion costs of $41 million due to an increase in our estimated proven and probable reserves, lower depreciation costs of $16 million resulting from the closure of our sodium chlorate plant in Hamilton, Mississippi and the suspension of our Cooljarloo North Mine in Western Australia), favorable foreign currency translation of $49 million, a full year of Alkali results compared to nine months in 2015, representing an impact of $26 million, and a net favorable impact due to volume changes of $12 million, partially offset by the impact of lower selling prices and product mix of $124 million.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses in 2016 decreased by 3% compared to 2015 primarily due to $29 million of additional professional fees associated with the 2015 Alkali Transaction, partially offset by an $11 million transfer tax benefit from 2015 that did not reoccur, higher bad debt expense and employee related costs in 2016.

Restructuring expense in 2016 decreased by $20 million compared to 2015. See Note 3 of notes to consolidated financial statements.

Interest and debt expense, net increased 5% in 2016 primarily due to interest expense on our $1.5 billion senior secured term loan (the “Term Loan”) of $67 million, interest expense on our $900 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes due 2020 (the “Senior Notes due 2020”) of $57 million and interest expense on our $600 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes due 2022 (the “Senior Notes due 2022”) of $44 million. Interest and debt expense in 2015 was primarily comprised of interest expense on the Term Loan of $63 million, interest expense on the Senior Notes due 2020 of $57 million, interest expense on the Senior Notes due 2022 of $35 million and fees on the Bridge Facility of $8 million. Interest on the Senior Notes due 2022 increased by $9 million due to a full year’s interest expense in 2016 compared to a partial period interest expense in 2015. Interest on the Term Loan increased by $4 million due to a rate increase to 4.5% entirely in 2016, and between 4% and % 4.5% in 2015. Interest on the Senior Notes due 2020 was consistent with that of 2015. See Note 14 of notes to consolidated financial statements.

Gain on debt extinguishment of $4 million represents a repurchase of $16 million of face value of our Senior Notes Due 2022 at a price of 76% of par, resulting in a gain of approximately $3 million and a repurchase of $4 million of face value of our Senior Notes Due 2020 at a price of 77% of par, resulting in a gain of approximately $1 million.

Other expense, net in 2016 primarily consisted of a net realized and unrealized foreign currency loss of $32 million, offset by interest income of $3 million. Other income, net during 2015, primarily consisted of a net realized and unrealized foreign currency gain of $21 million and interest income of $7 million. The change in the net realized and unrealized foreign currency is primarily driven by the strengthening of the South African Rand as of December 31, 2016 used in the remeasurement of our U.S. dollar denominated open trade and notes receivable positions.

The effective tax rate in 2016 and 2015 differs from the Australian statutory rate of 30% primarily due to valuation allowances, income in foreign jurisdictions taxed at rates lower than 30%, and withholding tax accruals on interest income. The net income impact of the Corporate Reorganization was a benefit of $137 million in the fourth quarter of 2016, reflecting the reversal of $139 million of withholding tax accruals, offset by a foreign currency loss of $2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the net income impact was $107 million, reflecting a net reduction in withholding tax accruals of $110 million, offset by a foreign currency loss of $3 million.

Operations Review of Segment Revenue and Profit

We currently operate our business in two operating and reportable segments, TiO 2 and Alkali. We evaluate reportable segment performance based on segment operating profit (loss), which represents the results of segment operations before unallocated costs, such as general corporate expenses not identified to a specific segment, interest expense, other income (expense), and income tax expense (benefit). See Note 24 of notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Net Sales

Net sales by segment were as follows:

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2016
   
2015
   
Variance
 
 
(Millions of U.S. dollars)
 
TiO 2 segment
 
$
1,309
   
$
1,510
   
$
(201
)
Alkali segment
   
784
     
602
     
182
 
                         
Net sales
 
$
2,093
   
$
2,112
   
$
(19
)

TiO 2 segment

TiO 2 segment net sales in 2016 decreased by 13% compared to 2015 primarily due to the impact of lower selling prices and product mix of $117 million, lower volumes of $83 million and unfavorable foreign currency translation of $1 million. The lower selling prices and selling mix impacted both feedstock and pigment products to a relatively equal extent. The impact of lower volumes primarily reflects $52 million related to the closure of our sodium chlorate plant in Hamilton, Mississippi in 2015, $83 million lower demand during 2016 for feedstock, partially offset by $52 million higher demand for pigment products.
 
Alkali segment

Net sales in 2016 increased by 30% compared to 2015 primarily due to a full year’s net sales in 2016 compared to only nine month’s sales in 2015, representing an impact of $190 million, offset by lower selling prices of $8 million realized from ANSAC driven by lower selling prices from Chinese exporters as raw material and energy deflation, as well as currency devaluation, lowered their costs. See Note 23 of notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Income (loss) from Operations

Income (loss) from operations by segments was as follows:

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
   
Variance
 
   
(Millions of U.S. dollars)
 
TiO 2 segment
 
$
6
   
$
(123
)
 
$
129
 
Alkali segment
   
84
     
69
     
15
 
Corporate
   
(54
)
   
(64
)
   
10
 
                         
Income (loss) from operations
   
36
     
(118
)
 
$
154
 
                         
Interest and debt expense
   
(184
)
   
(176
)
       
Gain on extinguishment of debt
   
4
     
         
Other income, net
   
(29
)
   
28
         
                         
Loss before income taxes
 
$
(173
)
 
$
(266
)
       

TiO 2 segment

In 2016, income from operations increased significantly compared to 2015 primarily due to an increase in gross profit of approximately $110 million, and a decrease in restructuring expenses of $19 million. The gross profit improvement highlights the cost reduction benefits from our operational excellence program and our operating strategy that focuses on matching TiO 2 pigment production to market demand while keeping finished pigment inventories at or below normal levels. For the majority of 2016, our average pigment capacity utilization rate was in excess of 90% with all lines at all pigment plants in operations. See Note 3 of notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding restructuring expense.

Alkali segment

In 2016, income from operations increased by 22% compared to 2015 primarily due to a full year’s of operating results in 2016 as compared to nine months in 2015.

Corporate

In 2016, loss from operations decreased compared to 2015 primarily due to a decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses of $8 million. The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses was principally due to $29 million of additional professional fees related to the 2015 Alkali Transaction, partially offset by an $11 million transfer tax benefit from 2015 that did not recur, higher bad debt expense and employee related costs in 2016.
 
Consolidated Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2014

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
Variance
 
   
(Millions of U.S. dollars)
 
Net sales
 
$
2,112
   
$
1,737
   
$
375
 
Cost of goods sold
   
1,992
     
1,530
     
462
 
                         
Gross profit
   
120
     
207
     
(87
)
Selling, general and administrative expenses
   
(217
)
   
(192
)
   
(25
)
Restructuring expenses
   
(21
)
   
(15
)
   
(6
)
                         
Income (loss) from operations
   
(118
)
   
     
(118
)
Interest and debt expense, net
   
(176
)
   
(133
)
   
(43
)
Net loss on liquidation of non-operating subsidiaries
   
     
(35
)
   
35
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt
   
     
(8
)
   
8
 
Other income (expense), net
   
28
     
27
     
1
 
                         
Loss before income taxes
   
(266
)
   
(149
)
   
(117
)
Income tax provision
   
(41
)
   
(268
)
   
227
 
                         
Net loss
 
$
(307
)
 
$
(417
)
 
$
110
 

Net sales for 2015 increased 22% compared to 2014 due to the Alkali Transaction (accounting for $602 million), higher volumes of $26 million in our TiO 2 segment, offset by the impact of lower selling prices and product mix of $205 million, and unfavorable changes in foreign currency translation of $48 million. Selling prices for our TiO 2 business were lower across most product lines, with the exception of the Electrolytic business.

During 2015, cost of goods sold increased 30% compared to 2014, which reflects the Alkali Transaction (accounting for $505 million), a net increase in lower of cost or market reserves of $51 million, higher production costs of $40 million, and higher volumes of $36 million, offset by the impact of favorable foreign currency translation of $170 million.

Our gross profit during 2015 was 6% of net sales compared to 12% of net sales during 2014. The decrease principally reflects the impact of lower selling prices in our TiO 2 segment, higher production costs, and an increase in the lower of cost or market reserves, partially offset by the impact of favorable currency translation.

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 13% during 2015 compared to 2014. The net increase in 2015 was mainly due to spending for the Alkali Transaction and higher professional fees, partially offset by a partial reversal of a stamp tax accrual in Australia (related to the 2012 acquisition of the Exxaro Sands business).

In November 2015, we ceased production at our sodium chlorate plant in Hamilton, Mississippi which resulted in a charge consisting primarily of employee severance costs, of $4 million which was recorded in “Restructuring expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In line with our goal of aligning production output to market requirements, we suspended the operation of our Cooljarloo North Mine in Western Australia on December 31, 2015, which resulted in a charge, consisting primarily of employee severance costs of $3 million which was recorded in “Restructuring expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during 2015. As part of our commitment to reduce operating costs and working capital, we commenced a global restructuring of our TiO 2 segment which we expect to complete during the first half of 2016. A charge, consisting primarily of employee severance costs of $14 million, was recorded in “Restructuring expense” in Consolidated Statements of Operations during 2015.

During 2014, we initiated a cost improvement initiative, for which we recorded a $15 million charge related to employee severance costs, as well as outplacement services and other associated costs, and expenses which was recorded in “Restructuring Expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during 2014. See Note 3 of notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information.
 
Interest and debt expense during 2015 is primarily comprised of interest expense on our Term Loan of $63 million, interest expense on our Senior Notes due 2020 of $57 million, interest expense on our Senior Notes due 2022 of $35 million and fees on the Bridge Facility of $8 million. Interest on the Term Loan and the Senior Notes due 2020 was consistent with that of 2014.

During 2014, we completed the liquidation of a non-operating subsidiary, Tronox Pigments International GmbH, for which we recognized a noncash loss from the realization of cumulative translation adjustments of $35 million.

During 2014, we recognized an $8 million loss on the early extinguishment of debt resulting from the write-off of deferred debt issuance costs and discount on debt associated with an amendment to the Term Loan. See Note 14 of notes to consolidated financial statements.

Other income, net during 2015 primarily consisted of a net realized and unrealized foreign currency gain of $21 million and interest income of $7 million compared to net realized and unrealized foreign currency gains of $5 million, interest income of $13 million and a curtailment gain of $9 million related to our U.S. postretirement healthcare plan and our Netherlands pension plan during 2014.

The effective tax rate for 2014 differs from the Australian statutory rate of 30%. Historically, the differences were primarily due to valuation allowances, income in foreign jurisdictions taxed at rates lower than 30%, and withholding tax accruals on interest income. Additionally, the effective tax rate for 2014 is impacted by $58 million and $255 million, respectively, due to increases to full valuation allowances in the Netherlands and Australia. The Anadarko Litigation settlement of $5.2 billion, including approximately $65 million of accrued interest, provided us with additional deferred tax assets of approximately $2.0 billion, which were offset by full valuation allowances in the United States. As a result of an ownership change on June 15, 2012, our ability to use federal losses was not impacted; however, due to state apportionment impacts and carryforward periods, our state losses were limited. This limitation resulted in the loss of $23 million of deferred tax assets but was fully offset by a reduction to the valuation allowance.

The statutory tax rates on income earned in South Africa (28% for limited liability companies), the Netherlands (25% for corporations), and the United Kingdom (20.25% for corporations and limited liability companies and not applicable for certain limited liability partners) are lower than the Australian statutory rate of 30%. The statutory tax rate, applied against losses in the United States (35% for corporations), is higher than the Australian statutory rate of 30%. Also, we continue to maintain full valuation allowances Australia, the Netherlands, and in the United States. Our current year tax expense is primarily related to withholding tax accruals.

Operations Review of Segment Revenue and Profit

Net Sales

Net sales by segment were as follows:

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2015
   
2014
   
Variance
 
 
(Millions of U.S. dollars)
 
TiO 2 segment
 
$
1,510
   
$
1,737
   
$
(227
)
Alkali segment
   
602
     
     
602
 
                         
Net sales
 
$
2,112
   
$
1,737
   
$
375
 

TiO 2 segment

TiO 2 segment net sales during 2015 decreased 13% compared to 2014 primarily due to the impact of lower selling prices and product mix of $205 million and unfavorable changes in foreign currency translation of $48 million, partially offset by higher volumes of $26 million. Looking at 2015 compared to 2014, selling prices were lower for both the mineral sands and pigment products (in all regions). Volumes were higher predominantly for the external CP Slag and pigment products in Europe. Currency impacts are primarily related to the weakening of the Euro versus the U.S. Dollar.
 
Alkali segment

The Alkali business (acquired on April 1, 2015) contributed $602 million of net sales during 2015.

Income (loss) from Operations

Income (loss) from operations by segments was as follows:

 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
Variance
 
   
(Millions of U.S. dollars)
 
TiO 2 segment
 
$
(123
)
 
$
78
   
$
(201
)
Alkali segment
   
69
     
     
69
 
Corporate
   
(64
)
   
(78
)
   
14
 
                         
Income (loss) from operations
   
(118
)
   
   
$
(118
)
                         
Interest and debt expense
   
(176
)
   
(133
)
       
Net loss on liquidation of non-operating subsidiaries
   
     
(35
)
       
Loss on extinguishment of debt
   
     
(8
)
       
Other income, net
   
28
     
27
         
                         
Loss before income taxes
 
$
(266
)
 
$
(149
)
       

TiO 2   segment

During 2015, income from operations decreased $201 million compared to 2014 primarily due to lower selling prices of $205 million, higher production and other costs of $49 million, (cash production cost reductions of $99 million were offset by cost movements principally related to higher sales volume, product mix, and unabsorbed fixed costs) a net increase in lower of cost or market reserves of $51 million, restructuring costs of $8 million, and a net decrease of $10 million due to the impact of higher volume on cost of goods sold compared to sales, partially offset by favorable foreign currency translation of $122 million.

The net increase in lower of cost or market reserves for 2015 was primarily due to a $41 million charge associated with the sale of ilmenite to a non-TiO 2 producer generated approximately $31 million in cash over the course of the subsequent 13 months (subject to specified extensions) at a contractual price that was below the carrying cost assigned to such material as part of our acquisition of Exxaro’s mineral sands business in June 2012. Lower of cost or market charges in 2015 were also related to pigment and pig iron principally resulting from lower selling prices for those products.

The favorable currency impacts are primarily related to the weakening of the South African Rand versus the U.S. Dollar.

Alkali segment

During 2015, income from operations included a charge of $9 million for the amortization of the inventory fair value step-up.

Corporate

Corporate Selling, general and administrative expenses during 2015 increased compared to 2014 primarily due to spending for the Alkali Transaction of $29 million and increased professional fees, partially offset by a partial reversal of a stamp tax accrual in Australia (related to the 2012 acquisition of Exxaro mineral sands business).
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources

During 2016, our liquidity improved by $3 million to $533 million.

The table below presents our liquidity as of the following dates:

   
December 31,
2016
   
December 31,
2015
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
248
   
$
229
 
Available under the UBS Revolver
   
190
     
217
 
Available under the ABSA Revolver
   
95
     
84
 
Total
 
$
533
   
$
530
 

Historically, we have funded our operations and met our commitments through cash generated by operations. During 2012, we issued the Senior Notes due 2020 at par value. Additionally, during 2013, we obtained the Term Loan, which matures on March 19, 2020.

In addition to these cash resources, we have a $500 million global senior secured asset-based syndicated revolving credit facility with UBS AG (the “UBS Revolver”) with an available amount to borrow of $190 million at December 31, 2016, and a R1.3 billion (approximately $95 million at December 31, 2016) revolving credit facility with ABSA Bank Limited (“ABSA”) acting through its ABSA Capital Division (the “ABSA Revolver”).

On April 1, 2015, in connection with the Alkali Transaction, we entered into an amended and restated asset-based revolving syndicated facility agreement with UBS, which provides for up to $500 million of revolving credit lines, with an $85 million sublimit for letters of credit. Availability of revolving credit loans and letters of credit are subject to a borrowing base. Borrowings bear interest at our option, at either a base rate or an adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and borrowings in Euros bear interest at an adjusted LIBOR, in each case plus an applicable margin. The base rate is defined as the greatest of (a) the Administrative Agent’s prime rate, (b) the Federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (c) the adjusted LIBOR for a one-month period plus 1.00%. The applicable margin ranges from 0.50% to 1.00% for borrowings at the base rate and from 1.50% to 2.00% for borrowings at the adjusted LIBOR, in each case, based on the average daily borrowing availability. On April 1, 2015, we borrowed $150 million against the UBS Revolver.

On March 6, 2015, Evolution Escrow Issuer LLC (“Evolution”), a special purpose limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware, was formed. Evolution was initially wholly owned by Stichting Evolution Escrow, a Dutch foundation not affiliated with the Company. On March 19, 2015, Evolution closed an offering of $600 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.50% Senior Notes due 2022. The Senior Notes due 2022 were offered and sold by Evolution in reliance on an exemption pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Senior Notes due 2022 have not been registered under the Securities Act, and may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an applicable exemption from registration requirements. The Senior Notes due 2022 were issued under an Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2015 (the “Indenture”), between Evolution and Wilmington Trust, National Association (the “Trustee”). The Indenture and the Senior Notes due 2022 provide, among other things, that the Senior Notes due 2022 are senior unsecured obligations of Tronox Finance LLC (“Tronox Finance”). Interest is payable on the Senior Notes due 2022 on March 15 and September 15 of each year beginning on September 15, 2015 until their maturity date of March 15, 2022. On April 1, 2015, in connection with the Alkali Transaction, Evolution merged with and into Tronox Finance, and Tronox Finance assumed the obligations of Evolution under the Indenture and the Senior Notes due 2022, and the proceeds from the offering of the Senior Notes due 2022 were released to us. We and certain of our subsidiaries entered into a supplemental indenture, by and among us, Tronox Finance, the guarantors party thereto, and the Trustee, pursuant to which we and such subsidiaries became guarantors of the Senior Notes due 2022 under the Indenture.

At December 31, 2016, we had outstanding letters of credit, bank guarantees, and performance bonds of $69 million, of which $42 million were letters of credit issued under the UBS Revolver, $20 million were bank guarantees issued by ABSA, and $5 million were bank guarantees issued by Standard Bank and $2 million were performance bonds issued by Westpac Banking Corporation.

In the next twelve months, we expect that our operations and available borrowings under our revolving credit agreements will provide sufficient cash to fund our operating expenses, capital expenditures, interest payments, debt repayments, and dividends. Working capital (calculated as current assets less current liabilities) was $731 million at December 31, 2016 compared to $753 million at December 31, 2015, a decrease of $22 million, which is primarily due to dividends paid of $46 million and capital expenditures of $119 million, offset by cash provided by operations of $211 million.
 
Principal factors that could affect the availability of our internally-generated funds include (i) the deterioration of our revenues in either of our business segments; (ii) an increase in our expenses; or (iii) changes in our working capital requirements.

Principal factors that could affect our ability to obtain cash from external sources include (i) debt covenants that limit our total borrowing capacity; (ii) increasing interest rates applicable to our floating rate debt; (iii) increasing demands from third parties for financial assurance or credit enhancement; (iv) credit rating downgrades, which could limit our access to additional debt; (v) a decrease in the market price of our common stock and debt obligations; or (vi) volatility in public debt and equity markets.

As of December 31, 2016, our credit rating with Standard & Poor’s is B+ negative outlook, and our credit rating with Moody’s is B2 negative outlook. On January 23, 2017, Standard & Poor’s lowered our corporate credit rating to B negative outlook. At December 31, 2016, we are in compliance with all our financial covenants and have sufficient borrowings and cash available to meet our short-term debt repayment in 2017.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2016, our cash and cash equivalents were primarily invested in money market funds. We maintain cash and cash equivalents in bank deposit and money market accounts that may exceed federally insured limits. The financial institutions where our cash and cash equivalents are held are generally highly rated and geographically dispersed, and we have a policy to limit the amount of credit exposure with any one institution. We have not experienced any losses in such accounts and believe we are not exposed to significant credit risk.

The use of our cash includes servicing our interest and debt repayment obligations, making pension contributions and making quarterly dividend payments.

Repatriation of Cash

At December 31, 2016, we held $251 million in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash in these respective jurisdictions: $29 million in Europe, $95 million in Australia, $35 million in South Africa, and $92 million in the United States. Our credit facilities limit transfers of funds from subsidiaries in the United States to certain foreign subsidiaries.

Tronox Limited has foreign subsidiaries with positive undistributed earnings at December 31, 2016. We have made no provision for deferred taxes related to these undistributed earnings because they are considered to be indefinitely reinvested in the foreign jurisdictions.

Cash Dividends on Class A and Class B Shares

During 2016, we declared and paid quarterly dividends to holders of our Class A ordinary shares (“Class A Shares”) and Class B ordinary shares (“Class B Shares”) as follows:
 
     
Q1 2016
     
Q2 2016
     
Q3 2016
     
Q4 2016
 
Dividend per share
 
$
0.25
   
$
0.045
   
$
0.045
   
$
0.045
 
Total dividend
 
$
30
   
$
5
   
$
5
   
$
6
 
Record date (close of business)
 
March 4
   
May 16
   
August 17
   
November 16
 
 
On February 21, 2017, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.045 per share to holders of our Class A Shares and Class B Shares at the close of business on March 6, 2017, totaling $5 million, which will be paid on or before March 17, 2017.

Debt Obligations

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, our net debt (the excess of our debt over cash and cash equivalents) was $2.8 billion and $2.9 billion, respectively.

Our short-term debt consisted of the UBS Revolver, defined below, and was $150 million at both December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. The average effective interest rates of our UBS Revolver were 4.2% and 3.5% during 2016 and 2015, respectively.
 
Long-term debt, net of an unamortized discount and debt issuance costs, consisted of the following:

   
Original
Principal
   
Annual
Interest
Rate
 
Maturity
Date
 
December 31,
2016
   
December 31,
2015
 
Term Loan, net of unamortized discount (1)
 
$
1,500
   
Variable
 
3/19/2020
 
$
1,441
   
$
1,454
 
Senior Notes due 2020
 
$
900
     
6.375
%
8/15/2020
   
896
     
900
 
Senior Notes due 2022
 
$
600
     
7.50
%
3/15/2022
   
584
     
600
 
Co-generation Unit Financing Arrangement
 
$
16
     
6.5
%
2/1/2016
   
     
1
 
Lease financing
                     
19
     
16
 
                                   
Total borrowings
                     
2,940
     
2,971
 
Less: Long-term debt due within one year
                     
(16
)
   
(16
)
Debt issuance costs
                     
(36
)
   
(45
)
                                   
Long-term debt
                      
$
2,888
   
$
2,910
 


(1)
Average effective interest rate of 4.9%, 4.7% and 4.6% during 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

At December 31, 2016, we had financial covenants in the UBS Revolver, the ABSA Revolver and the Term Loan; however, only the ABSA Revolver had a financial maintenance covenant that applies to local operations and only when the ABSA Revolver is drawn upon. The Term Loan and the UBS Revolver are subject to an intercreditor agreement pursuant to which the lenders’ respective rights and interests in the security are set forth. We were in compliance with all our financial covenants as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

The following table presents cash flow for the periods indicated:

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
 
   
(Millions of U.S. dollars)
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
$
211
   
$
216
 
Net cash used in investing activities
   
(117
)
   
(1,840
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
   
(77
)
   
603
 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
   
2
     
(26
)
                 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
 
$
19
   
$
(1,047
)
                 
Cash and cash equivalents — end of year
 
$
248
   
$
229
 

Cash Flows provided by Operating Activities — During 2016, we had cash provided by operating activities of $211 million compared to cash provided by operating activities of $216 million during 2015. The decrease in cash provided was primarily attributable to the significant working capital reductions in 2015, partially offset by higher cash earnings in 2016.

Cash Flows used in Investing Activities — The use of cash is primarily attributable to capital expenditure of $119 million and $191 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively, including Fairbreeze, offset by $2 million of proceeds from the sale of assets in 2016 and the acquisition of Alkali for $1.65 billion in 2015.

C ash Flows provided by (used in) Financing Activities — Net cash used in financing activities during 2016 was primarily attributable to dividends paid of $46 million and principal repayments on long-term debt of $31 million. This compares to net cash provided by financing activities during 2015 of $603 million, which was primarily attributable to proceeds from debt of $750 million, $3 million of proceeds from the exercise of warrants and options offset by dividends paid of $117 million, principal repayments of $18 million on long-term debt and debt issuance costs of $15 million.
 
Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

The following table presents cash flow for the periods indicated:

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
   
(Millions of U.S. dollars)
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
$
216
   
$
141
 
Net cash used in investing activities
   
(1,840
)
   
(187
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
   
603
     
(132
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
   
(26
)
   
(21
)
                 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
 
$
(1,047
)
 
$
(199
)
                 
Cash and cash equivalents — end of year
 
$
229
   
$
1,276
 

Cash Flows provided by Operating Activities — During 2015, we had cash provided by operating activities of $216 million compared to cash provided by operating activities of $141 million during 2014. The increase in cash provided was primarily attributable to the reduction in inventory, partially offset by lower cash earnings and a decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.

Cash Flows used in Investing Activities — The use of cash in 2015 is primarily attributable to cash used in the acquisition of Alkali of $1,650 million and capital expenditure purchases. Capital expenditures during 2015 and 2014 were $191 million and $187 million, respectively, including Fairbreeze.

C ash Flows provided by (used in) Financing Activities — Net cash provided by financing activities during 2015 was primarily attributable to cash received from the issuance of the Senior Notes due 2022 of $600 million and cash received on the drawdown of the UBS Revolver of $150 million, partially offset by dividends paid of $117 million, debt issuance costs paid of $15 million and principal repayments on long-term debt of $18 million. This compares to net cash used in financing activities during 2014 of $132 million, which was primarily attributable to dividends paid of $116 million and $20 million of principal repayments on long-term debt.

Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth information relating to our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2016:

   
Contractual Obligation Payments Due by Period (3)(4)
 
   
Total
   
Less than
1 year
   
1-3
years
   
3-5
years
   
More than
5 years
 
   
(Millions of U.S. dollars)
 
Long-term debt and lease financing (including interest) (1)
 
$
3,760
   
$
335
   
$
367
   
$
2,440
   
$
618
 
Purchase obligations (2)
   
440
     
124
     
123
     
61
     
132
 
Operating leases
   
184
     
33
     
44
     
36
     
71
 
Asset retirement obligations
   
76
     
3
     
4
     
3
     
66
 
                                         
Total
 
$
4,460
   
$
495
   
$
538
   
$
2,540
   
$
887
 
 

(1)
We calculated the Term Loan interest at a base rate of 1% plus a margin of 3.5%. See Note 14 of notes to our consolidated financial statements.
(2)
Includes obligations to purchase requirements of process chemicals, supplies, utilities and services. We have various purchase commitments for materials, supplies, and services entered into in the ordinary course of business. Included in the purchase commitments table above are contracts which require minimum volume purchases that extend beyond one year or are renewable annually and have been renewed for 2017. Certain contracts allow for changes in minimum required purchase volumes in the event of a temporary or permanent shutdown of a facility. We believe that all of our purchase obligations will be utilized in our normal operations.
(3)
The table excludes contingent obligations, as well as any possible payments for uncertain tax positions given the inability to estimate the possible amounts and timing of any such payments.
(4)
The table excludes commitments pertaining to our pension and other postretirement obligations.
 
Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, which are used by management to measure performance, are not presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Management believes that EBITDA is useful to investors, as it is commonly used in the industry as a means of evaluating operating performance. We do not intend for these non-U.S GAAP financial measures to be a substitute for any U.S. GAAP financial information. Readers of these statements should use these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures only in conjunction with the comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures. Since other companies may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, as presented herein, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

Management believes these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures:

Reflect our ongoing business in a manner that allows for meaningful period-to-period comparison and analysis of trends in our business, as they exclude income and expense that are not reflective of ongoing operating results;

Provide useful information in understanding and evaluating our operating results and comparing financial results across periods;

Provide a normalized view of our operating performance by excluding items that are either noncash or infrequently occurring in nature; and

Assist investors in assessing our compliance with financial covenants under our debt instruments.

Adjusted EBITDA is one of the primary measures management uses for planning and budgeting processes, and to monitor and evaluate financial and operating results. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA is a factor in evaluating management’s performance when determining incentive compensation.

The following table reconciles net loss to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
Net loss
 
$
(58
)
 
$
(307
)
 
$
(417
)
Interest and debt expense, net
   
184
     
176
     
133
 
Interest income
   
(3
)
   
(7
)
   
(13
)
Income tax provision (benefit)
   
(115
)
   
41
     
268
 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense
   
236
     
294
     
295
 
                         
EBITDA
   
244
     
197
     
266
 
Amortization of inventory step-up from purchase accounting (a)
   
     
9
     
 
Alkali Transaction costs (b)
   
     
29
     
 
Share-based compensation (c)
   
25
     
22
     
22
 
Restructuring expense (d)
   
1
     
21
     
15
 
Net loss on liquidation of non-operating subsidiaries (e)
   
     
     
35
 
(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt (f)
   
(4
)
   
     
8
 
Foreign currency remeasurement (gain) loss (g)
   
32
     
(21
)
   
(4
)
Other items (h)
   
16
     
15
     
11
 
                         
Adjusted EBITDA (i)
 
$
314
   
$
272
   
$
353
 
 

(a)
Amortization of inventory step-up from purchase accounting related to the acquisition of the Alkali business which is included in “Cost of goods sold” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(b)
One-time non-operating items and the effect of acquisition which is included in "Selling, general and administrative expenses" in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(c)
Represents share-based compensation. See Note 20 of notes to consolidated financial statements.
(d)
Represents severance and other costs associated with the shutdown of our sodium chlorate plant, and other global TiO 2 restructuring efforts, and the Alkali Transaction which was recorded in "Restructuring expense" in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 3 of Notes to consolidated financial statements.
(e)
During 2014, we completed the liquidation of a non-operating subsidiary, Tronox Pigments International GmbH, for which we recognized a noncash loss from the realization of cumulative translation adjustments of $35 million, which was recorded in “Net gain (loss) on liquidation of non-operating subsidiaries” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 4 of notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
  (f)
During 2016, we recognized $4 million of gain associated with the repurchase of $20 million face value of our Senior Notes due 2020 and Senior Notes 2022, which was recorded in "Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt" in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. During 2014, we entered into a Third Amendment to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement for the Term Loan and recognized an $8 million charge for the early extinguishment of debt resulting from the write-off of deferred debt issuance costs and discount on debt associated with the Second Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement. See Note14 of notes to consolidated financial statements.
(g)
Represents foreign currency remeasurement which is included in “Other income (expense), net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(h)
Includes noncash pension and postretirement costs, severance expense, adjustment of transfer tax related to the Exxaro Transaction, insurance settlement gain and other items included in “Selling general and administrative expenses” and “Cost of goods sold”  in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(i)
No income tax impact given full valuation allowance except for South Africa related restructuring costs.  See Notes 3 and 5 of notes to consolidated financial statements.

Adjusted EBITDA by segments was as follows:

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
TiO2 segment
 
$
6
   
$
(123
)
 
$
78
 
Alkali segment
   
84
     
69
     
 
Corporate
   
(54
)
   
(64
)
   
(78
)
Income (loss) from operations (U.S. GAAP)
   
36
     
(118
)
   
 
TiO2 segment
   
171
     
246
     
289
 
Alkali segment
   
59
     
42
     
 
Corporate
   
6
     
6
     
6
 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense
   
236
     
294
     
295
 
TiO2 segment
   
59
     
92
     
70
 
Alkali segment
   
6
     
18
     
 
Corporate
   
(23
)
   
(14
)
   
(12
)
Other
   
42
     
96
     
58
 
TiO2 segment
   
236
     
215
     
437
 
Alkali segment
   
149
     
129
     
 
Corporate
   
(71
)
   
(72
)
   
(84
)
                         
Adjusted EBITDA (non-U.S. GAAP)
 
$
314
   
$
272
   
$
353
 
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions regarding matters that are inherently uncertain and that ultimately affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The estimates and assumptions are based on management’s experience and understanding of current facts and circumstances. These estimates may differ from actual results. Certain of our accounting policies are considered critical as they are both important to reflect our financial position and results of operations and require significant or complex judgment on the part of management. The following is a summary of certain accounting policies considered critical by management.

Inventories, net

Pigment and Alkali inventories are stated at the lower of actual cost or market, net of allowances for obsolete and slow-moving inventory. The cost of finished goods inventories is determined using the first-in, first-out method. Carrying values include material costs, labor, and associated indirect manufacturing expenses. Costs for materials and supplies, excluding ore, are determined by average cost to acquire. Raw materials are carried at actual cost. Mineral Sands inventories are stated at the lower of the weighted-average cost of production or market. We periodically review the cost of our inventory in comparison to its net realizable value. We also periodically review our inventory for obsolescence (inventory that is no longer marketable for its intended use). In either case, we record any write-down equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and its estimated net realizable value based on assumptions about alternative uses, market conditions and other factors. Inventories expected to be sold or consumed within twelve months after the balance sheet date are classified as current assets and all other inventories are classified as non-current assets.

Business Combinations

Business acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations , which requires recording assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value as of the acquisition date. Under the acquisition method of accounting, each tangible and separately identifiable intangible asset acquired and liability assumed is recorded based on their estimated fair values on the acquisition date. Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred and are included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Long-Lived Assets

Key estimates related to long-lived assets (property, plant and equipment, mineral leaseholds, and intangible assets) include useful lives, recoverability of carrying values, and the existence of any retirement obligations. As a result of future decisions, such estimates could be significantly modified. The estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment range from three to forty years, and depreciation is recognized on a straight-line basis. Useful lives are estimated based upon our historical experience, engineering estimates, and industry information. These estimates include an assumption regarding periodic maintenance and an appropriate level of annual capital expenditures to maintain the assets. Mineral leaseholds are depreciated over their useful lives as determined under the units of production method. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized on the straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The amortization methods and remaining useful lives are reviewed quarterly.

We evaluate the recoverability of the carrying value of long-lived assets that are held and used whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Under such circumstances, we assess whether the projected undiscounted cash flows of our long-lived assets are sufficient to recover the carrying amount of the asset group being assessed. If the undiscounted projected cash flows are not sufficient, we calculate the impairment amount by discounting the projected cash flows using our weighted-average cost of capital. For assets that satisfy the criteria to be classified as held for sale, an impairment loss, if any, is recognized to the extent the carrying amount exceeds fair value, less cost to sell.  The amount of the impairment of long-lived assets is written off against earnings in the period in which the impairment is determined.

On February 21, 2017, the Company announced that it entered into an agreement with The National Titanium Dioxide Company Ltd. (“Cristal”), and Cristal Inorganic Chemicals Netherlands Coöperatief W.A, pursuant to which it agreed to acquire Cristal’s titanium dioxide business for $1.673 billion in cash, subject to a working capital adjustment at closing, plus 37,580,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company. Concurrently with this announcement, the Company announced its intent to begin a process to sell its Alkali business. See Note 27 of notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information. As of December 31, 2016, we performed an analysis of the recoverability of our Alkali asset group under the held and used model. We used a weighted average probability approach that considered various alternative sources of cash flows to recover the carrying amount of the asset group, which included the sale of these assets and their continued use should we not sell this asset group. Our evaluation resulted in a conclusion that the carrying value of the asset group was recoverable as of December 31, 2016. Accordingly, no impairment loss was recorded during the three and twelve months periods ended December 31, 2016.
 
Asset Retirement Obligations

To the extent a legal obligation exists, an asset retirement obligation (“ARO”) is recorded at its estimated fair value and accretion expense is recognized over time as the discounted liability is accreted to its expected settlement value. Fair value is measured using expected future cash outflows discounted at our credit-adjusted risk-free interest rate. No market-risk premium has been included in our calculation of ARO balances since we can make no reliable estimate. Our consolidated financial statements classify accretion expense related to asset retirement obligations as a production cost, which is included in “Cost of goods sold” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

We used the following assumptions in determining asset retirement obligations at December 31, 2016: inflation rates between 2.5% - 5.1% per year; credit adjusted risk-free interest rates between 7.0% - 16.1%; the life of mines between 12- 28 years and the useful life of assets of between 5- 34 years.

Income Taxes

We have operations in several countries around the world and are subject to income and similar taxes in these countries. The estimation of the amounts of income tax involves the interpretation of complex tax laws and regulations and how foreign taxes affect domestic taxes, as well as the analysis of the realizability of deferred tax assets, tax audit findings and uncertain tax positions. Although we believe our tax accruals are adequate, differences may occur in the future, depending on the resolution of pending and new tax matters.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is provided against a deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. We periodically assess the likelihood that we will be able to recover our deferred tax assets, and reflect any changes in our estimates in the valuation allowance, with a corresponding adjustment to earnings or other comprehensive income (loss) as appropriate. ASC 740, Income Taxes , requires that all available positive and negative evidence be weighted to determine whether a valuation allowance should be recorded.

The amount of income taxes we pay are subject to ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities, which may result in proposed assessments. Our estimate for the potential outcome for any uncertain tax issue is highly judgmental. We assess our income tax positions, and record tax benefits for all years subject to examination based upon our evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date. For those tax positions for which it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, we record the amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. Interest and penalties are accrued as part of tax expense, where applicable. If we do not believe that it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit is recognized.

Pension and Postretirement Benefits

We provide pension and postretirement healthcare benefits for qualifying employees worldwide. These plans are accounted for and disclosed in accordance with ASC 715 , Compensation — Retirement Benefits .

During 2014, our benefits committee, in response to tax and pension legislation changes, approved changes to the Netherlands pension plan which includes moving the plan from a defined benefit plan to a multi-employer plan to be administered by the industrywide Pension Fund for the Graphical Industry, effective January 1, 2015. This action eliminates the future benefit accrual for participants under the current plan effective January 1, 2015, and resulted in a curtailment gain of $3 million which was recognized in “Other income (expense), net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during 2014. Additionally, during 2014, our benefits committee approved changes to the unfunded U.S. postretirement healthcare plan which eliminated the pre-65 retiree medical coverage effective January 1, 2015. Retired participants will receive a one-time subsidy aggregating less than $1 million towards medical cost through a health reimbursement arrangement that we will be establishing for them. As a result of this action, we recorded a curtailment gain of $6 million during 2014, which was included in “Other income (expense), net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 21 of notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
In August 2016, we agreed with the Board of Trustees of the Netherlands Pension Plan to settle the VPL portion of the plan. The VPL Plan was a small transition arrangement established in 2005 for the benefit of certain of our Botlek employees, which was added to the Netherlands Pension Plan when it was established in 2007. Under the settlement agreement, we transferred $1 million into accounts established with industrywide Pension Fund for the Graphical Industry (“PGB”) for the benefit of the participants as a full settlement of our obligation under the VPL Plan. Accordingly, during the third quarter of 2016, we recognized a curtailment gain of $1 million included in “Other income (expense), net” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. This amount had previously been recognized in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as prior service credits. Consequently, as of August 31, 2016, we remeasured the plan assets and the projected benefit obligation of the Netherlands Pension Plan which resulted in €19 million (approximately $21 million) of actuarial losses which was recognized in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” during the third quarter of 2016.

On November 1, 2016 (the “Settlement Date”), we agreed with the Board of Trustees to settle the remaining portion of the Netherlands Pension Plan. Under the settlement agreement, we transferred the Netherlands Botlek Pension Plan assets of $126 million to the Pension Fund for Graphical Industry (the “PGB”) for the benefit of the participants as a full settlement of our obligation under the Pension Plan. Consequently, we derecognized the pension liability from our Consolidated Balance Sheet, resulting in a settlement gain of $31 million, which was recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2016 and a settlement loss of $2 million, which was recorded in the “Other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2016.

U.S. Plans

Discount Rate — The discount rates selected for estimation of the actuarial present value of the benefit obligations for the qualified plan were 4.25% and 4.75% as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The 2016 and 2015 rates were selected based on the results of a cash flow matching analysis, which projected the expected cash flows of the plans using a yield curves model developed from a universe of Aa-graded U.S. currency corporate bonds (obtained from Bloomberg) with at least $50 million outstanding. Bonds with features that imply unreliable pricing, a less than certain cash flow, or other indicators of optionality are filtered out of the universe. The remaining universe is categorized into maturity groups, and within each of the maturity groups yields are ranked into percentiles.

The discount rates selected for estimating the actuarial present value of the benefit obligation of Alkali plan was 4.5% and 5.5% as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which was selected based on the results of a cash flow matching analysis, which projected the expected cash flows of the plans using Aon Hewitt AA Above Median yield curve developed from a U.S. currency corporate bonds with at least $250 million outstanding.

Expected Return on Plan Assets —In forming the assumption of the U.S. long-term rate of return on plan assets, we took into account the expected earnings on funds already invested, earnings on contributions expected to be received in the current year, and earnings on reinvested returns. The long-term rate of return estimation methodology for U.S. plans is based on a capital asset pricing model using historical data and a forecasted earnings model. An expected return on plan assets analysis is performed which incorporates the current portfolio allocation, historical asset-class returns and an assessment of expected future performance using asset-class risk factors.

Foreign Benefit Plans

We currently provide a defined benefit retirement plan (funded) for qualifying employees in the Netherlands. The various assumptions used and the attribution of the costs to periods of employee service are fundamental to the measurement of net periodic cost and pension obligations associated with the retirement plans. The following are considered significant assumptions related to our Netherlands retirement plan:

Discount Rate — The discount rates selected for the Netherlands plan to determine 2016 and 2015 net periodic cost was 2.25% for both periods. The discount rates selected for estimating the actuarial present value of the benefit obligation of The Netherlands plan was 2.25% at both December 31, 2016 and 2015, which is based on long-term Euro corporate bond index rates that correlate with anticipated cash flows associated with future benefit payments.

Expected Long-term Rate of Return — The expected long-term rate of return assumptions for the Netherlands plan of 4.75% at both December 31, 2016 and 2015 was developed considering the portfolio mix and country-specific economic data that includes the expected long-term rates of return on local government and corporate bonds.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 of notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for recently issued accounting pronouncements.
 
Environmental Matters

We are subject to a broad array of international, federal, state, and local laws and regulations relating to safety, pollution, protection of the environment, and the generation, storage, handling, transportation, treatment, disposal, and remediation of hazardous substances and waste materials. In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to frequent environmental inspections and monitoring, and occasional investigations by governmental enforcement authorities. Under these laws, we are or may be required to obtain or maintain permits or licenses in connection with our operations. In addition, under these laws, we are or may be required to remove or mitigate the effects on the environment of the disposal or release of chemical, petroleum, low-level radioactive and other substances at our facilities. We may incur future costs for capital improvements and general compliance under environmental, health, and safety laws, including costs to acquire, maintain, and repair pollution control equipment. Environmental laws and regulations are becoming increasingly stringent, and compliance costs are significant and will continue to be significant in the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that such laws and regulations or any environmental law or regulation enacted in the future is not likely to have a material effect on our business. We believe we are in compliance with applicable environmental rules and regulations in all material respects.

Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to various market, credit, operational, and liquidity risks in the normal course of business, which are discussed below. We manage these risks through normal operating and financing activities and, when appropriate, through the use of derivative instruments. We do not invest in derivative instruments for speculative purposes, but historically have entered into, and may enter into, derivative instruments for hedging purposes in order to reduce the exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, natural gas prices and exchange rates.

Market Risk

A substantial portion of our products and raw materials are commodities that reprice as market supply and demand fundamentals change. Accordingly, product margins and the level of our profitability tend to vary with changes in the business cycle. Our TiO 2 prices may do so in the near term as ore prices and pigment prices are expected to fluctuate over the next few years. Margins in our Alkali business could be affected if product prices change because our competitors add or reduce capacity or demand changes due to economic reasons. Alkali margins could be impacted as well by fluctuations in input costs (such as energy, labor and transportation) that are subject to similar supply and demand dynamics. We try to protect against such instability through various business strategies. These include provisions in sales contracts allowing us to pass on higher raw material costs through timely price increases and formula price contracts to transfer or share commodity price risk, as well as using varying contract term lengths and selling to a diverse mix of customers by geography and industry to reap the benefits of a diverse portfolio.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk that a borrower or a counterparty will fail to meet their obligations. A significant portion of our liquidity is concentrated in trade accounts receivable that arise from sales of our products to customers. In the case of TiO 2, the high level of industry concentration has the potential to impact our overall exposure to credit risk, either positively or negatively, in that our customers may be similarly affected by changes in economic, industry or other conditions. While our customer base is more diverse in the case of the Alkali segment, we have significant exposure to credit risk in industries that are affected by cyclical economic fluctuations, such as flat glass manufacturing and mining. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and use credit risk insurance policies from time to time, as deemed appropriate, to mitigate credit risk but generally do not require collateral. Our contracts typically enable us to tighten credit terms if we perceive additional credit risk and historic losses due to write offs of bad debt have been relatively low. In addition, due to our international operations in our TiO 2 segment, we are subject to potential trade restrictions and sovereign risk in certain countries we operate in. Because the Alkali segment sells to ANSAC for resale to foreign buyers, we avoid the risks of significant credit exposure to individual international buyers and regions. We maintain allowances for potential credit losses based on specific customer review and current financial conditions. During 2016, 2015 and 2014, our ten largest third-party TiO 2 customers represented 22%, 29% and 34%, respectively, of our consolidated net sales. During 2016 and 2015, our ten largest third-party Alkali customers represented 24% and 18%, respectively, of our consolidated net sales. During 2016 and 2015 ANSAC accounted for 13% and 10% of our consolidated net sales. No single customer accounted for 10% of our consolidated net sales in 2014. See Note 24 of notes to consolidated financial statements for further details.
 
Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk arises from the probability that changes in interest rates will impact our financial results. Our exposure to interest rate risk is minimized by the fact that our $1.5 billion of floating rate debt includes a LIBOR floor of 1%. As such, LIBOR would need to increase from the rate in effect at December 31, 2016 to greater than 1% before our borrowing rate would increase. Using a sensitivity analysis as of December 31, 2016, a hypothetical 1% increase in interest rates would result in an increase to pre-tax loss of approximately $13 million on an annualized basis. This is due to the fact that earnings on our floating rate financial assets of $248 million at December 31, 2016 would increase by the full 1% while the interest expense on our floating rate debt would increase by the full 1% on the $150 million UBS Revolver balance and less than the full 1% on our $1.5 billion Term Loan balance.

Currency Risk

Currency risk arises from the possibility that fluctuations in foreign exchange rates will impact the value of our assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, as well as our earnings due to the translation of our balance sheets and remeasurement of our statements of operations from local currencies to U.S. dollars. We manufacture and market our products in a number of countries throughout the world and, as a result, are exposed to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly in Australia, South Africa, and the Netherlands. The exposure is more prevalent in South Africa and Australia as the majority of revenues are earned in U.S. dollars while expenses are primarily incurred in local currencies. Since we are exposed to movements in the South African Rand and the Australian Dollar versus the U.S. dollar, we may enter into forward contracts to buy and sell foreign currencies as “economic hedges” for these foreign currency transactions.
 
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 
Page No.
Tronox Limited Audited Annual Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
68
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014
69
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014
70
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2016 and 2015
71
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014
72
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014
73
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
74
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors
and Shareholders of Tronox Limited

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive income (loss), of changes in shareholders’ equity, and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Tronox Limited and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Stamford, Connecticut
February 23, 2017
 
TRONOX LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
Net sales
 
$
2,093
   
$
2,112
   
$
1,737
 
Cost of goods sold
   
1,846
     
1,992
     
1,530
 
                         
Gross profit
   
247
     
120
     
207
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
   
(210
)
   
(217
)
   
(192
)
Restructuring expense
   
(1
)
   
(21
)
   
(15
)
                         
Income (loss) from operations
   
36
     
(118
)
   
 
Interest and debt expense, net
   
(184
)
   
(176
)
   
(133
)
Net loss on liquidation of non-operating subsidiaries
   
     
     
(35
)
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt
   
4
     
     
(8
)
Other income (expense), net
   
(29
)
   
28
     
27
 
                         
Loss before income taxes
   
(173
)
   
(266
)
   
(149
)
Income tax (provision) benefit
   
115
     
(41
)
   
(268
)
                         
Net loss
 
$
(58
)
 
$
(307
)
 
$
(417
)
                         
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
   
1
     
11
     
10
 
                         
Net loss attributable to Tronox Limited
 
$
(59
)
 
$
(318
)
 
$
(427
)
                         
Loss per share, basic and diluted
 
$
(0.50
)
 
$
(2.75
)
 
$
(3.74
)
                         
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted (in thousands)
   
116,161
     
115,566
     
114,281
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
TRONOX LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
Net loss
 
$
(58
)
 
$
(307
)
 
$
(417
)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                       
Foreign currency translation adjustments
   
119
     
(292
)
   
(95
)
Pension and postretirement plans:
                       
Actuarial gains (losses), net of taxes of less than $1 million in 2016, 2015, and 2014
   
(18
)
   
12
     
(83
)
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial losses, net of taxes of less than $1 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014
   
2
     
3
     
1
 
Prior service credit (no tax impact, see Note 5)
   
(4
)
   
     
(3
)
Pension and postretirement benefit curtailments gain (loss) (no tax impact, see Note 5)
   
(1
)    
     
37
 
Settlement gain on the Netherlands Pension Plan, (no tax impact; See Note 5)
   
31
 
   
     
 
Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments, (no tax impact; See Note 5)
   
3
     
     
 
                         
Other comprehensive income (loss)
   
132
     
(277
)
   
(143
)
                         
Total comprehensive income (loss)
 
$
74
   
$
(584
)
 
$
(560
)
                         
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest:
                       
Net income
   
1
     
11
     
10
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
   
31
     
(77
)
   
(31
)
                         
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest
   
32
     
(66
)
   
(21
)
                         
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Tronox Limited
 
$
42
   
$
(518
)
 
$
(539
)

See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
TRONOX LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

   
December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
 
ASSETS
           
Current Assets
           
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
248
   
$
229
 
Restricted cash
   
3
     
5
 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts
   
421
     
391
 
Inventories, net
   
532
     
630
 
Prepaid and other assets
   
49
     
46
 
Total current assets
   
1,253
     
1,301
 
Noncurrent Assets
               
Property, plant and equipment, net
   
1,831
     
1,843
 
Mineral leaseholds, net
   
1,607
     
1,604
 
Intangible assets, net
   
223
     
244
 
Inventories, net
   
14
     
12
 
Other long-term assets
   
22
     
23
 
                 
Total assets
 
$
4,950
   
$
5,027
 
                 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
               
Current Liabilities
               
Accounts payable
 
$
181
   
$
159
 
Accrued liabilities
   
174
     
180
 
Short-term debt
   
150
     
150
 
Long-term debt due within one year
   
16
     
16
 
Income taxes payable
   
1
     
43
 
Total current liabilities
   
522
     
548
 
Noncurrent Liabilities
               
Long-term debt
   
2,888
     
2,910
 
Pension and postretirement healthcare benefits
   
122
     
141
 
Asset retirement obligations
   
73
     
77
 
Long-term deferred tax liabilities
   
152
     
143
 
Other long-term liabilities
   
32
     
98
 
                 
Total liabilities
   
3,789
     
3,917
 
                 
Commitments and Contingencies
               
Shareholders’ Equity
               
Tronox Limited Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.01 65,998,306 shares issued and 65,165,672 shares outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 65,443,363 shares issued and 64,521,851 shares outstanding at December 31, 2015
   
1
     
1
 
Tronox Limited Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.01 — 51,154,280 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015
   
     
 
Capital in excess of par value
   
1,524
     
1,500
 
(Accumulated deficit) retained earnings
   
(13
)
   
93
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
   
(495
)
   
(596
)
                 
Total Tronox Limited shareholders’ equity
   
1,017
     
998
 
Noncontrolling interest
   
144
     
112
 
                 
Total equity
   
1,161
     
1,110
 
                 
Total liabilities and equity
 
$
4,950
   
$
5,027
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
TRONOX LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
                 
Net loss
 
$
(58
)
 
$
(307
)
 
$
(417
)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
   
236
     
294
     
295
 
Corporate Reorganization
   
(107
)
   
     
 
Deferred income taxes
   
(9
)
   
     
237
 
Share-based compensation expense
   
25
     
22
     
20
 
Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs and discount on debt
   
11
     
11
     
10
 
Pension and postretirement healthcare benefit (income) expense
   
8
     
5
     
(3
)
Net loss on liquidation of non-operating subsidiaries
   
     
     
35
 
(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt
   
(4
)
   
     
8
 
Amortization of fair value inventory step-up
   
     
9
     
 
Other, net
   
55
     
(4
)
   
1
 
Contributions to employee pension and postretirement plans
   
(25
)
   
(17
)
   
(18
)
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                       
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable
   
(27
)
   
20
     
23
 
(Increase) decrease in inventories
   
111
     
157
     
(101
)
(Increase) decrease in prepaid and other assets
   
(9
)
   
18
     
9
 
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
   
8
     
(12
)
   
22
 
Increase (decrease) in taxes payable
   
(4
)
   
20
     
20
 
                         
Cash provided by operating activities
   
211
     
216
     
141
 
                         
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
                       
Capital expenditures
   
(119
)
   
(191
)
   
(187
)
Proceeds from the sale of assets
   
2
     
1
     
 
Acquisition of business
   
     
(1,650
)
   
 
                         
Cash used in investing activities
   
(117
)
   
(1,840
)
   
(187
)
                         
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
                       
Repayments of debt
   
(31
)
   
(18
)
   
(20
)
Proceeds from debt
   
     
750
     
 
Debt issuance costs
   
     
(15
)
   
(2
)
Dividends paid
   
(46
)
   
(117
)
   
(116
)
Proceeds from the exercise of warrants and options
   
     
3
     
6
 
                         
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities
   
(77
)
   
603
     
(132
)
                         
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
   
2
     
(26
)
   
(21
)
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
   
19
     
(1,047
)
   
(199
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
   
229
     
1,276
     
1,475
 
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 
$
248
   
$
229
   
$
1,276
 
                         
Supplemental cash flow information:
                       
Interest paid, net
 
$
171
   
$
152
   
$
126
 
                         
Income taxes paid
 
$
2
   
$
23
   
$
3
 
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
TRONOX LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   
Tronox
Limited
Class A
Ordinary
Shares
   
Tronox
Limited
Class B
Ordinary
Shares
   
Capital
in
Excess
of par
Value
   
(Accumulated
Deficit)
Retained
 Earnings
   
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
   
Total
Tronox
Limited
Shareholders’
Equity
   
Non-
controlling
Interest
   
Total
Equity
 
Balance at January 1, 2014
 
$
1
   
$
   
$
1,448
   
$
1,073
   
$
(284
)
 
$
2,238
   
$
199
   
$
2,437
 
Net income (loss)
   
     
     
     
(427
)
   
     
(427
)
   
10
     
(417
)
Other comprehensive loss
   
     
     
     
     
(112
)
   
(112
)
   
(31
)
   
(143
)
Shares-based compensation
   
     
     
22
     
     
     
22
     
     
22
 
Class A and Class B share dividends
   
     
     
     
(117
)
   
     
(117
)
   
     
(117
)
Warrants and options exercised
   
     
     
6
     
     
     
6
     
     
6
 
                                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2014
 
$
1
   
$
   
$
1,476
   
$
529
   
$
(396
)
 
$
1,610
   
$
178
   
$
1,788
 
Net income (loss)
   
     
     
     
(318
)
   
     
(318
)
   
11
     
(307
)
Other comprehensive loss
   
     
     
     
     
(200
)
   
(200
)
   
(77
)
   
(277
)
Shares-based compensation
   
     
     
21
     
     
     
21
     
     
21
 
Class A and Class B share dividends
   
     
     
     
(118
)
   
     
(118
)
   
     
(118
)
Warrants and options exercised
   
     
     
3
     
     
     
3
     
     
3
 
                                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2015
 
$
1
   
$
   
$
1,500
   
$
93
   
$
(596
)
 
$
998
   
$
112
   
$
1,110
 
Net income (loss)
   
     
     
     
(59
)
   
     
(59
)
   
1
     
(58
)
Other comprehensive income
   
     
     
     
     
101
     
101
     
31
     
132
 
Shares-based compensation
   
     
     
25
     
     
     
25
     
     
25
 
Class A and Class B share dividends
   
     
     
     
(47
)
   
     
(47
)
   
     
(47
)
Shares cancelled
   
     
     
(1
)
   
     
     
(1
)
   
     
(1
)
                                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2016
 
$
1
   
$
   
$
1,524
   
$
(13
)
 
$
(495
)
 
$
1,017
   
$
144
   
$
1,161
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
TRONOX LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Millions of U.S. dollars, except share, per share and metric tons data or unless otherwise noted)

1. The Company

Tronox Limited and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “Tronox,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) is a public limited company registered under the laws of the State of Western Australia. We are a global leader in the production and marketing of titanium bearing mineral sands and titanium dioxide (“TiO 2 ”) pigment, and the world’s largest producer of natural soda ash. Titanium feedstock is primarily used to manufacture TiO 2 . Zircon, a hard, glossy mineral, is used for the manufacture of ceramics, refractories, TV screen glass, and a range of other industrial and chemical products. Pig iron is a metal material used in the steel and metal casting industries to create wrought iron, cast iron, and steel. Our TiO 2 products are critical components of everyday applications such as paint and other coatings, plastics, paper, and other uses and our related mineral sands product streams include titanium feedstock, zircon, and pig iron.  Our soda ash products are used by customers in the glass, detergent, and chemicals manufacturing industries.

We have global operations in North America, Europe, South Africa, and the Asia-Pacific region. Within our TiO 2 segment, we operate three pigment production facilities at the following locations: Hamilton, Mississippi; Botlek, the Netherlands; and Kwinana, Western Australia, and we operate three separate mining operations: KwaZulu-Natal (“KZN”) Sands and Namakwa Sands both located in South Africa, and Cooljarloo located in Western Australia.

On April 1, 2015 (the “Alkali Transaction Date”), we completed the acquisition of 100% of the Alkali Chemicals business (“Alkali”) from FMC Corporation (“FMC”) for an aggregate purchase price of $1.65 billion in cash (the “Alkali Transaction”).  See Note 22 for additional information regarding the Alkali Transaction.

As a result of the Alkali Transaction, we produce natural soda ash from a mineral called trona, which we mine at two facilities we own near Green River, Wyoming. Our Wyoming facilities process the trona ore into chemically pure soda ash and specialty sodium products such as sodium bicarbonate (baking soda).  We sell soda ash directly to customers in the United States (“U.S”), Canada and Europe and to the American Natural Soda Ash Corporation (“ANSAC”), a non-profit foreign sales association in which we and two other U.S. soda ash producers are members, for resale to customers elsewhere around the world. We use a portion of our soda ash at Green River to produce specialty sodium products such as sodium bicarbonate and sodium sesquicarbonate that have uses in food, animal feed, pharmaceutical, and medical applications.

In June 2012, Tronox Limited issued Class B ordinary shares (“Class B Shares”) to Exxaro Resources Limited (“Exxaro”) and one of its subsidiaries in consideration for 74% of Exxaro’s South African mineral sands business, and the existing business of Tronox Incorporated was combined with the mineral sands business in an integrated series of transactions whereby Tronox Limited became the parent company (the “Exxaro Transaction”).  Exxaro has agreed not to acquire any voting shares of Tronox Limited if, following such acquisition, Exxaro will have a voting interest in Tronox Limited of 50% or more unless Exxaro brings any proposal to make such an acquisition to the Board of Directors of Tronox Limited on a confidential basis. In the event an agreement regarding the proposal is not reached, Exxaro is permitted to make a takeover offer for all the shares of Tronox Limited not held by affiliates of Exxaro, subject to certain non-waivable conditions. At both December 31, 2016 and 2015, Exxaro held approximately 44% of the voting securities of Tronox Limited. See Note 23 for additional information regarding Exxaro transactions.

Basis of Presentation

We are considered a domestic company in Australia and, as such, are required to report in Australia under International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). Additionally, as we are not considered a “foreign private issuer” in the U.S., we are required to comply with the reporting and other requirements imposed by the U.S. securities law on U.S. domestic issuers, which, among other things, requires reporting under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K are prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP. We publish our consolidated financial statements, in both U.S. GAAP and IFRS, in U.S. dollars.

Exxaro has a 26% ownership interest in each of our Tronox KZN Sands (Pty) Ltd. and Tronox Mineral Sands (Pty) Ltd. subsidiaries in order to comply with the ownership requirements of the Black Economic Empowerment (“BEE”) legislation in South Africa. We account for such ownership interest as “Noncontrolling interest” in our consolidated financial statements. See Note 19.

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of all majority-owned subsidiary companies. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the manner and presentation in the current period.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded out-of-period adjustments that should have been recorded during 2012 that decreased cost of goods sold by $6 million, decreased loss before income taxes by $6 million, decreased net loss by $5 million and decreased loss per share by $0.03. Also during the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded out-of-period adjustments that should have been recorded during 2013 that increased cost of goods sold by $6 million, increased selling, general and administrative expenses by $1 million, increased loss before income taxes by $7 million, increased net loss by $5 million and increased loss per share by $0.04. After evaluating the quantitative and qualitative aspects of the adjustments, we concluded that the effect of these adjustments, individually and in the aggregate, was not material to our previously issued consolidated financial statements or to our 2014 consolidated financial statements.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we recorded out-of-period adjustments that should have been recorded in 2012 through 2014 that decreased cost of goods sold by $5 million, decreased loss before income taxes by $5 million, decreased net loss by $3 million, and decreased loss per share by $0.02. After evaluating the quantitative and qualitative aspects of the adjustments, we concluded the effect of these adjustments, individually and in the aggregate, was not material to our previously issued consolidated financial statements and was not material to our 2015 consolidated financial statements.

  Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. It is at least reasonably possible that the effect on the financial statements of a change in estimate due to one or more future confirming events could have a material effect on the financial statements.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Foreign Currency

The U.S. dollar is the functional currency for our operations, except for our South African operations, whose functional currency is the Rand, and our European operations, whose functional currency is the Euro. We determine the functional currency of each subsidiary based on a number of factors, including the predominant currency for revenues, expenditures and borrowings. Adjustments from the remeasurement of non-functional currency monetary assets and liabilities are recorded in “Other income (expense), net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. When the subsidiary’s functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, translation adjustments resulting from translating the functional currency financial statements into U.S. dollar equivalents are recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Gains and losses on intercompany foreign currency transactions that are not expected to be settled in the foreseeable future are reported in the same manner as translation adjustments.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when risk of loss and title to the product is transferred to the customer, pricing is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured. All amounts billed to a customer in a sales transaction related to shipping and handling represent revenues earned and are reported as “Net sales” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Accruals are made for sales returns, rebates and other allowances, which are recorded in “Net sales” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, and are based on our historical experience and current business conditions.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold includes costs for purchasing, receiving, manufacturing, and distributing products, including raw materials, energy, labor, depreciation, depletion, shipping and handling, freight, warehousing, and other production costs.

Research and Development

Research and development costs, included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operation comprising of salaries, building costs, utilities, administrative expenses, and allocations of corporate costs, were $11 million, $13 million, and $11 million during 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively, and were expensed as incurred.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses include costs related to marketing, agent commissions, and legal and administrative functions such as corporate management, human resources, information technology, investor relations, accounting, treasury, and tax compliance.

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. The estimation of the amounts of income taxes involves the interpretation of complex tax laws and regulations and how foreign taxes affect domestic taxes, as well as the analysis of the realizability of deferred tax assets, tax audit findings, and uncertain tax positions.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is provided against a deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. We periodically assess the likelihood that we will be able to recover our deferred tax assets, and reflect any changes in our estimates in the valuation allowance, with a corresponding adjustment to earnings or other comprehensive income (loss), as appropriate. All available positive and negative evidence is weighted to determine whether a valuation allowance should be recorded.

The amount of income taxes we pay is subject to ongoing audits by federal, state, and foreign tax authorities, which may result in proposed assessments. Our estimate for the potential outcome for any uncertain tax issue is highly judgmental. We assess our income tax positions, and record tax benefits for all years subject to examination based upon our evaluation of the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date. For those tax positions for which it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, we record the amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. Interest and penalties are accrued as part of tax expense, where applicable. If we do not believe that it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit is recognized. See Note 5.

Earnings per Share

Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated using the two-class method. Under the two-class method, earnings used to determine basic earnings per share are reduced by an amount allocated to participating securities. Participating securities include restricted shares issued under the Tronox Management Equity Incentive Plan (the “MEIP”) (see Note 20) and the T-Bucks Employee Participation Plan (“T-Bucks EPP”) (see Note 20), both of which contain non-forfeitable dividend rights. Our unexercised options, unexercised Series A and Series B Warrants (see Note 18), and unvested restricted share units do not contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends and, as such, are not considered in the calculation of basic earnings per share. Our unvested restricted shares do not have a contractual obligation to share in losses; therefore, when we record a net loss, none of the loss is allocated to participating securities. Consequently, in periods of net loss, the two class method does not have an effect on basic loss per share.

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net earnings allocable to ordinary shares by the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the period, as adjusted for the potential dilutive effect of non-participating restricted share units, options, and Series A and Series B Warrants. The options and Series A and Series B Warrants are included in the calculation of diluted earnings per ordinary share utilizing the treasury stock method. See Note 6.
 
Fair Value Measurement

We measure fair value on a recurring basis utilizing valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs, to the extent possible, and consider counterparty credit risk in our assessment of fair value. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities;

Level 2 – Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data; and,

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets and liabilities

See Note 7.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. We maintain cash and cash equivalents in bank deposit and money market accounts that may exceed federally insured limits. The financial institutions where our cash and cash equivalents are held are generally highly rated and geographically dispersed, and we have a policy to limit the amount of credit exposure with any one institution. We have not experienced any losses in such accounts and believe we are not exposed to significant credit risk.

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, we had restricted cash in Australia related to outstanding performance bonds of $3 million and $5 million, respectively.

Accounts Receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts

We perform credit evaluations of our customers, and take actions deemed appropriate to mitigate credit risk. Only in certain specific occasions do we require collateral in the form of bank or parental guarantees or guarantee payments. We maintain allowances for potential credit losses based on specific customer review and current financial conditions. See Note 8.

Inventories, net

Pigment and Alkali inventories are stated at the lower of actual cost or market (“LOCM”), net of allowances for obsolete and slow-moving inventory. The cost of inventories is determined using the first-in, first-out method. Carrying values include material costs, labor, and associated indirect manufacturing expenses. Costs for materials and supplies, excluding titanium ore, are determined by average cost to acquire. Mineral Sands inventories including titanium ore are stated at the lower of the weighted-average cost of production or market. Inventory costs include those costs directly attributable to products, including all manufacturing overhead but excluding distribution costs. Raw materials are carried at actual cost.

We review, annually and at the end of each quarter, the cost of our inventory in comparison to its net realizable value. We also periodically review our inventory for obsolescence. In either case, we record any write-down equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and its estimated net realizable value based on assumptions about alternative uses, market conditions and other factors. Inventories expected to be sold or consumed within twelve months after the balance sheet date are classified as current assets and all other inventories are classified as non-current assets. See Note 9.
 
Long Lived Assets

Property, plant and equipment, net is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation, and is depreciated over its estimated useful life using the straight-line method as follows:

Land improvements
10 — 20 years
Buildings
10 — 40 years
Machinery and equipment
3 — 25 years
Furniture and fixtures
10 years

Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, except for costs of replacements or renewals that improve or extend the lives of existing properties, which are capitalized. Upon retirement or sale, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective account, and any resulting gain or loss is included in “Cost of goods sold” or “Selling, general, and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 10.

We capitalize interest costs on major projects that require an extended period of time to complete. See Note 14.

Mineral property acquisition costs are capitalized as tangible assets when management determines that probable future benefits consisting of a contribution to future cash inflows have been identified and adequate financial resources are available or are expected to be available as required to meet the terms of property acquisition and anticipated exploration and development expenditures. Mineral leaseholds are depleted over their useful lives as determined under the units of production method. Mineral property exploration costs are expensed as incurred. When it has been determined that a mineral property can be economically developed as a result of establishing proven and probable reserves, the costs incurred to develop such property through the commencement of production are capitalized. See Note 11.

Intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization, and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which range from 3 to 20 years. See Note 12.

We evaluate the recoverability of the carrying value of long-lived assets that are held and used whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Under such circumstances, we assess whether the projected undiscounted cash flows of our long-lived assets are sufficient to recover the carrying amount of the asset group being assessed. If the undiscounted projected cash flows are not sufficient, we calculate the impairment amount by discounting the projected cash flows using our weighted-average cost of capital. For assets that satisfy the criteria to be classified as held for sale, an impairment loss, if any, is recognized to the extent the carrying amount exceeds fair value, less cost to sell. The amount of the impairment of long-lived assets is written off against earnings in the period in which the impairment is determined.

Business Acquisitions

Business acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”), which requires recording assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value as of the acquisition date.  Under the acquisition method of accounting, each tangible and separately identifiable intangible asset acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded based on their preliminary estimated fair values on the acquisition date.  The initial valuations are derived from estimated fair value assessments and assumptions used by management. Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred and are included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 22.

Long-term Debt

Long-term debt is stated net of unamortized original issue premium or discount. Premiums or discounts are amortized using the effective interest method with amortization expense recorded in “Interest and debt expense, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Deferred debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability are presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts and are amortized using the effective interest method with amortization expense recorded in “Interest and debt expense, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 14.
 
Asset Retirement Obligations

Asset retirement obligations are recorded at their estimated fair value, and accretion expense is recognized over time as the discounted liability is accreted to its expected settlement value. Fair value is measured using expected future cash outflows discounted at our credit-adjusted risk-free interest rate, which are considered Level 3 inputs. We classify accretion expense related to asset retirement obligations as a production cost, which is included in “Cost of goods sold” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 15.

Derivative Instruments

Derivative instruments are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at their fair values. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments not designated for hedge accounting treatment are recorded in “Other income (expense), net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The effective portion of the change in the fair value of cash flow hedges is deferred in other comprehensive loss and is subsequently recognized in the “Cost of goods sold” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for commodity hedges, when the hedged item impacts earnings. Changes in fair value of derivative assets and liabilities designated as hedging instruments are shown in “Other noncash items affecting net loss” within operating activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Any portion of the change in fair value of derivatives designated as hedging instruments that is determined to be ineffective is recorded in “Other income (expense), net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 16.

Environmental Remediation and Other Contingencies

We recognize a loss and record an undiscounted liability when litigation has commenced or a claim or assessment has been asserted, or, based on available information, commencement of litigation or assertion of a claim or assessment is probable, and the associated costs can be reasonably estimated. See Note 17.

Self-Insurance

We are self-insured for certain levels of general and vehicle liability, property, workers’ compensation and health care coverage. The cost of these self-insurance programs is accrued based upon estimated fully developed settlements for known and anticipated claims. Any resulting adjustments to previously recorded reserves are reflected in current operating results. We do not accrue for general or unspecific business risks.

Share-based Compensation

Equity Restricted Share and Restricted Share Unit Awards — The fair value of equity instruments is measured based on the share price on the grant date and is recognized over the vesting period. These awards contain service, market, and/or performance conditions. For awards containing only a service or a market condition, we have elected to recognize compensation costs using the straight-line method over the requisite service period for the entire award. For awards containing a market condition, the fair value of the award is measured using the Monte Carlo simulation under a lattice model approach. For awards containing a performance condition, the fair value is the grant date close price and compensation expense is not recognized until we conclude that it is probable that the performance condition will be met. We reassess the probability at least quarterly. See Note 20.

Liability Restricted Share Awards — Restricted share awards classified as liability awards contain only a service condition, and have graded vesting provisions. Liability awards are re-measured to fair value at each reporting date. See Note 20.

Option Awards — The Black-Scholes option pricing model is utilized to measure the fair value of options on the grant date. The options contain only service conditions, and have graded vesting provisions. We have elected to recognize compensation costs using the straight-line method over the requisite service period for the entire award. See Note 20.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2015-16, Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments (“ASU 2015-16”). ASU 2015-16 simplifies the accounting for measurement-period adjustments by eliminating the requirement to restate prior period financial statements for measurement period adjustments. The new guidance requires that the cumulative impact of a measurement period adjustment (including the impact on prior periods) be recognized in the reporting period in which the adjustment is identified. We adopted ASU 2015-16 during the first quarter of 2016. Its adoption did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-15, Interest – Imputation of Interest (“ASU 2015-15”) and in April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, Interest— Imputation of Interest (“ASU 2015-03”) . ASU 2015-15 and ASU 2015-03 change and simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs. ASU 2015-03 requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts.  ASU 2015-15 stated that it would also be acceptable to present debt issuance costs related to a line of credit arrangement as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of debt. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected by the amendments in these ASUs. We adopted these standards retroactively during the first quarter of 2016. The adoption of ASU 2015-03 resulted in decreases to long-term debt and other long term assets as of December 31, 2015 of $45 million. The adoption of ASU 2015-15 did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2016, debt issuance costs of $36 million are presented as a decrease to long-term debt and $4 million are presented as other long-term assets.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”), which requires management of all entities to evaluate whether there are conditions and events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the financial statements are issued. The guidance is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods thereafter, with early adoption permitted. We adopted ASU 2014-15 during the fourth quarter of 2016. Its adoption did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business (“ASU 2017-01”), which clarifies the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist companies and other reporting organizations with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. ASU 2017-01 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those periods. Early application of the amendments in ASU 2017-01 is allowed under certain circumstances. The amendments in ASU 2017-01 should be applied prospectively on or after the effective date. No disclosures are required at transition. The impact, if any, that ASU 2017-01 will have on our consolidated financial statements will depend on the nature of future acquisitions of assets or businesses.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash (“ASU 2016-18”), which requires that the reconciliation of the beginning-of-period and end-of period amounts shown in the statement of cash flows include restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents. ASU 2016-18 does not define restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents, but an entity will need to disclose the nature of the restrictions. ASU 2016-18 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The guidance should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2016-18 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory (“ASU 2016-16”), which reduces the complexity in the accounting standards by allowing the recognition of current and deferred income taxes for an intra-entity asset transfer, other than inventory, when the transfer occurs. Historically, recognition of the income tax consequence was not recognized until the asset was sold to an outside party. This amendment should be applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment directly to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. ASU 2016-16 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods. Early adoption is permitted for all entities as of the beginning of an annual reporting period for which financial statements (interim or annual) have not been issued or made available for issuance. The impact, if any, that ASU 2016-16 will have on our consolidated financial statements will depend upon future intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-15”) which provides guidance intended to reduce diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-15   is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted, provided that all of the amendments are adopted in the same period. The guidance requires application using a retrospective transition method. We have not yet determined the impact, if any, that ASU 2016-15 will have on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments –   Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”), which requires that entities use a current expected credit loss model which is a new impairment model based on expected losses rather than incurred losses. Under this model, an entity would recognize an impairment allowance equal to its current estimate of all contractual cash flows that the entity does not expect to collect from financial assets measured at amortized cost. The entity's estimate would consider relevant information about past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. ASU 2016-13 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019 with early adoption permitted for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2016-13 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2016-09”), which amends ASC Topic 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation which simplifies various aspects related to how share-based payments are accounted for and presented in the financial statements including income taxes and forfeitures of awards. ASU 2016-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted in any interim or annual period, with any adjustments reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2016-09 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-05, Derivatives and Hedging: Effect of Derivative Contract Novations on Existing Hedge Accounting Relationships (“ASU 2016-05”), which clarifies that a change in the counterparty to a derivative instrument that has been designated as the hedging instrument in an existing hedging relationship would not, in and of itself, be considered a termination of the derivative instrument or a change in a critical term of the hedging relationship. As long as all other hedge accounting criteria in ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”) are met, a hedging relationship in which the hedging derivative instrument is novated would not be discontinued or require redesignation. This clarification applies to both cash flow and fair value hedging relationships. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2016-05 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (“ASU 2016-02”)   which includes a lessee accounting model that recognizes two types of leases - finance leases and operating leases. The standard requires that a lessee recognize on the balance sheet assets and liabilities for leases with lease terms of more than 12 months. The recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease by a lessee will depend on its classification as a finance or an operating lease. The standard is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The new standard must be adopted using a modified retrospective transition, and provides for certain practical expedients. Transition will require application of the new guidance at the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented. We have developed an implementation plan for adopting ASU 2016-02, which includes utilizing a software program to manage our lease obligations. We are evaluating the impact that ASU 2016-02 will have on our consolidated financial statements and have concluded that we will not early adopt ASU 2016-02. Refer to Note 17 regarding current obligations under operating lease agreements.

In July 2015, as part of its simplification initiative, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, S implifying the Measurement of Inventory (“ASU 2015-11”). ASU 2015-11 simplifies the subsequent measurement of inventory by requiring entities to remeasure inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value, which is defined as the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. We are required to adopt this standard in the first quarter of 2017. This standard is required to be applied prospectively with earlier application permitted as of the beginning of an interim or annual period. The adoption of ASU 2015-11 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) which states that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 also requires several new disclosures. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted, and may be applied either retrospectively or on a modified retrospective basis. Subsequent to the issuance of the May 2014 guidance, several clarifications and updates have been issued on this topic, the most recent of which was issued in December 2016. We concluded that we will not early adopt this guidance. We have developed an implementation plan for adopting ASU 2014-09 and are currently operating in line with that plan. We are evaluating the impact, if any, that ASU 2014-09, and any amendments thereto, will have on our consolidated financial statements. We concluded that we will not early adopt this guidance. We have developed an implementation plan for adopting ASU 2014-09 and are currently operating in line with that plan. We and have tentatively concluded to apply the modified retrospective basis approach to ASU 2014-09.
 
3. Restructuring Expense

During 2014, we initiated a cost improvement initiative. The initiative resulted in a reduction in our workforce by approximately 135 employees and outside contractor positions. At December 31, 2014, the remaining liability was $4 million. During 2015, we paid $4 million of cash related to such restructuring.

In 2015, as part of our commitment to reduce operating costs and working capital, we commenced a global restructuring of our TiO 2 segment, (the “Global TiO 2 Restructure”), which we completed in 2016. A portion of this initiative involved a reduction in our global TiO 2 workforce by approximately 500 employees and outside contractor positions. The restructuring streamlined the operations of our TiO 2 segment resulting in the creation of a more commercially and operationally efficient business segment. This action resulted in a charge, consisting of employee severance and associated costs, of $14 million, which was recorded in “Restructuring expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations of which $2 million was paid during 2015. During 2016, we recorded an additional charge related to our TiO 2 segment, consisting of employee severance costs of $1 million, which was recorded in “Restructuring expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The charge consisted of employee severance costs and other associated costs. During 2016, we made cash payments of $13 million.

As part of our cost improvement initiative, in November 2015, we ceased production at our sodium chlorate plant in Hamilton, Mississippi, (the “Sodium Chlorate Plant Restructure”), resulting in a reduction in our workforce of approximately 50 employees. This action resulted in a charge, consisting primarily of employee severance costs, of $4 million, which was recorded in “Restructuring expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2015, of which $3 million and $1 million was paid during 2016 and 2015, respectively.

In line with our goal of aligning production output to market requirements, during the third quarter of 2015, we decided that the operation of our Cooljarloo North Mine in Western Australia would be suspended on December 31, 2015, resulting in a reduction in our workforce of approximately 30 employees. This action resulted in a charge, consisting primarily of employee severance costs, of $3 million, which was recorded in “Restructuring expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and paid during 2015.

A summary in the changes in the liability established for restructuring, which is included in “Accrued liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, is as follows:

   
2016
   
2015
 
Balance, January 1,
 
$
15
   
$
4
 
Restructuring expense
   
1
     
21
 
Cash payments
   
(16
)
   
(10
)
                 
Balance, December 31,
 
$
   
$
15
 

Restructuring expense by segment during 2016, 2015 and 2014 was as follows:

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
TiO 2 segment
 
$
1
   
$
20
   
$
12
 
Corporate
   
     
1
     
3
 
                         
Total
 
$
1
   
$
21
   
$
15
 
 
4. Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net is comprised of the following:

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
Net realized and unrealized foreign currency gains (losses)
 
$
(32
)
 
$
21
   
$
5
 
Interest income
   
3
     
7
     
13
 
Pension and postretirement benefit curtailment gains/(settlement losses) (1)
   
(1
)
   
     
9
 
Other, net
   
1
     
     
 
                         
Total
 
$
(29
)
 
$
28
   
$
27
 
 

(1)
During 2014, we recognized curtailment gains related to our U.S. postretirement healthcare plan and our Netherlands pension plan. During 2016, we recognized net settlement losses related to our Netherlands pension plan. See Note 21.

5. Income Taxes

Our operations are conducted through various subsidiaries in a number of countries throughout the world. We have provided for income taxes based upon the tax laws and rates in the countries in which operations are conducted and income is earned.

Income (loss) before income taxes is comprised of the following:

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
Australia
 
$
(139
)
 
$
(353
)
   
(242
)
International
   
(34
)
   
87
     
93
 
                         
Loss before income taxes
 
$
(173
)
 
$
(266
)
 
$
(149
)

The income tax (provision) benefit is summarized below:

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
Australian:
                 
Current
 
$
65
   
$
(17
)
 
$
(15
)
Deferred
   
     
     
(183
)
International:
                       
Current
   
41
     
(24
)
   
(15
)
Deferred
   
9
     
     
(55
)
                         
Income tax (provision) benefit
 
$
115
   
$
(41
)
 
$
(268
)
 
The following table reconciles the applicable statutory income tax rates to our effective income tax rates for “Income tax (provision) benefit” as reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
Statutory tax rate
   
30
%
   
30
%
   
30
%
Increases (decreases) resulting from:
                       
Tax rate differences
   
65
     
39
     
78
 
Disallowable expenditures
   
(25
)
   
(4
)
   
(17
)
Valuation allowances
   
135
     
(89
)
   
(1,577
)
Corporate Reorganization
   
(188
)
   
     
 
Anadarko litigation settlement
   
     
     
1,341
 
State NOL limitations
   
     
     
(15
)
State rate changes
   
(6
)
   
17
     
 
Withholding taxes
   
63
     
(15
)
   
(24
)
Prior year accruals
   
(4
)
   
3
     
(2
)
Foreign exchange
   
     
0
     
1
 
Tax credits
   
     
1
     
2
 
Branch taxation
   
(4
)
   
1
     
4
 
Other, net
   
     
2
     
(1
)
                         
Effective tax rate
   
66
%
   
(15
)%
   
(180
)%

The effective tax rate for each of 2016, 2015, and 2014 differs from the Australian statutory rate of 30%. Historically, the differences were primarily due to valuation allowances, income in foreign jurisdictions taxed at rates lower than 30%, and withholding tax accruals on interest income. Additionally, the effective tax rate for 2014 is impacted by $58 million and $255 million, respectively, due to increases to full valuation allowances in the Netherlands and Australia. During 2014, the Anadarko Litigation settlement of $5.2 billion provided us with additional deferred tax assets of $2.0 billion, which were offset by full valuation allowances in the United States of $2.0 billion. As a result of an ownership change on June 15, 2012, our ability to use federal losses was not impacted; however, due to state apportionment impacts and carryforward periods, our state losses were limited. This limitation which was recorded in 2014 resulted in the loss of $23 million of deferred tax assets but was fully offset by a reduction of the related valuation allowances.

During the fourth quarter of 2016, we implemented various steps of an internal corporate restructuring plan to simplify our corporate structure and thereby improve operational, administrative, and commercial synergies within each of our operating segments (the “Corporate Reorganization”). As a result of the Corporate Reorganization, we reduced our cross jurisdictional financing arrangements and consequently reversed the deferred tax assets related to intercompany interest deductions. The related withholding tax amounts were also reversed as a result of the Corporate Reorganization. Additionally, we reduced our deferred tax assets related to loss carryforwards which will no longer be available to utilize. The changes to deferred taxes are offset by valuation allowances and result in no impact to the consolidated provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2016. The net income impact of the Corporate Reorganization was a benefit of $137 million in the fourth quarter of 2016, reflecting the reversal of $139 million of withholding tax accruals, offset by a foreign currency loss of $2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the net income impact was $107 million, reflecting a net reduction in withholding tax accruals of $110 million, offset by of a foreign currency loss of $3 million.

Changes in our state apportionment factors, state statutory rate changes, and the acquisition of the Alkali entities, caused our overall effective state tax rates to change. Due to the large deferred tax asset created by the Anadarko litigation settlement in 2014, these state rate changes have a material impact on deferred taxes for 2015 and 2016. These are reflected within the State rate changes line above. The changes to deferred tax are offset by valuation allowances.

The statutory tax rates on income earned in South Africa (28% for limited liability companies), the Netherlands (25% for corporations), and the United Kingdom (20% for corporations and limited liability companies and not applicable for certain limited liability partners) are lower than the Australian statutory rate of 30%. The statutory tax rate, applied against losses in the United States (35% for corporations), is higher than the Australian statutory rate of 30%. Also, we continue to maintain a full valuation allowance in Australia, the Netherlands, and the United States.

As a result of the Alkali Transaction, we expect to offset a portion of our previously existing US tax attributes with income generated by the Alkali entities. This expectation, however, does not change our overall judgement regarding the utilization of existing deferred tax assets.
 
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were comprised of the following:

   
December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
 
Deferred tax assets:
           
Net operating loss and other carryforwards
 
$
1,900
   
$
1,614
 
Property, plant and equipment, net
   
106
     
343
 
Reserves for environmental remediation and restoration
   
25
     
23
 
Obligations for pension and other employee benefits
   
78
     
86
 
Investments
   
25
     
25
 
Grantor trusts
   
1,055
     
1,231
 
Inventories, net
   
11
     
6
 
Interest
   
326
     
445
 
Other accrued liabilities
   
9
     
11
 
Unrealized foreign exchange losses
   
1
     
3
 
Other
   
13
     
15
 
                 
Total deferred tax assets
   
3,549
     
3,802
 
Valuation allowance associated with deferred tax assets
   
(3,338
)
   
(3,576
)
                 
Net deferred tax assets
   
211
     
226
 
                 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Property, plant and equipment, net
   
(270
)
   
(222
)
Intangible assets, net
   
(85
)
   
(96
)
Inventories, net
   
(1
)
   
(8
)
Unrealized foreign exchange gains
   
(2
)
   
(40
)
Other
   
(5
)
   
(3
)
                 
Total deferred tax liabilities
   
(363
)
   
(369
)
                 
Net deferred tax liability
 
$
(152
)
 
$
(143
)
                 
Balance sheet classifications:
               
Deferred tax assets — long-term
   
     
 
Deferred tax liabilities — long-term
   
(152
)
   
(143
)
                 
Net deferred tax liability
 
$
(152
)
 
$
(143
)

The net deferred tax liabilities reflected in the above table include deferred tax assets related to grantor trusts, which were established as Tronox Incorporated emerged from bankruptcy during 2011. The balances relate to the assets contributed to such grantor trusts by Tronox Incorporated. Additionally, as a result of the resolution of the Anadarko Litigation of $5.2 billion during 2014, we recorded additional deferred tax assets of $2.0 billion. This increase was fully offset by valuation allowances. During 2015 and 2016, the U.S. net operating loss increased as the grantor trusts spent a portion of the funds received from the litigation.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740) : Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes . The standard requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as noncurrent on the balance sheet rather than being separated into current and noncurrent. We early adopted ASU 2015-17 during the fourth quarter of 2015 on a prospective basis. Accordingly, we classified all deferred taxes as noncurrent at December 31, 2015. The adoption did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
 
There was a decrease to our valuation allowance of $238 million during 2016 and an increase of $231 million in 2015. The table below sets forth the changes, by jurisdiction:

   
December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
 
Australia
 
$
(258
)
 
$
112
 
United States
   
20
     
114
 
The Netherlands
   
     
6
 
South Africa
   
     
(1
)
                 
Total increase (decrease) in valuation allowances
 
$
(238
)
 
$
231
 

The decrease to our valuation allowance in Australia during 2016 is primarily the result of the Corporate Reorganization. When we reduced our deferred tax assets related to intercompany interest deductions and loss carryforwards which will no longer be available to utilize, it caused a corresponding reduction to the valuation allowance and resulted in no impact to the consolidated provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase to our valuation allowances in both Australia and the United States during 2015 was to offset deferred tax assets generated from deferred intercompany interest deductions.

At December 31, 2016, we maintain full valuation allowances related to the total net deferred tax assets in Australia, the United States, and the Netherlands, as we cannot objectively assert that these deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized. Future provisions for income taxes will include no tax benefits with respect to losses incurred and tax expense only to the extent of current state tax payments until the valuation allowances are eliminated. Additionally, we have valuation allowances against specific tax assets in South Africa.

These conclusions were reached by the application of ASC 740, Income Taxes , and require that all available positive and negative evidence be weighted to determine whether a valuation allowance should be recorded. The more significant evidential matter in Australia, the United States, and the Netherlands relates to recent book losses and the lack of sufficient projected taxable income. The more significant evidential matter for South Africa relates to assets that cannot be depleted or depreciated for tax purposes.

An ownership change occurred during 2012, as a result of the Exxaro Transaction. These ownership changes resulted in a limitation under IRC Sections 382 and 383 related to U.S. net operating losses. We do not expect that the application of these net limitations will have any material effect on our U.S. federal income tax liabilities; however, for 2014, we reduced our state net operating loss carryforwards and the related deferred tax benefits. The loss of these benefits is offset by a corresponding reduction in the valuation allowances.

The deferred tax assets generated by tax loss carryforwards in Australia, the United States, and the Netherlands have been fully offset by valuation allowances. The expiration of these carryforwards at December 31, 2016 is shown below. The Australian and South African tax loss carryforwards do not expire.

   
Australia
   
U.S. Federal
   
U.S. State
   
Other
   
Tax Loss
Carryforwards
Total
 
2017
 
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
 
2018
   
     
     
21
     
     
21
 
2019
   
     
     
1
     
     
1
 
2020
   
     
     
16
     
     
16
 
2021
   
     
     
3
     
17
     
20
 
Thereafter
   
     
3,880
     
3,942
     
199
     
8,021
 
No Expiration
   
542
     
     
     
17
     
559
 
                                         
Total tax loss carryforwards
 
$
542
   
$
3,880
   
$
3,983
   
$
233
   
$
8,638
 

At December 31, 2016, Tronox Limited had foreign subsidiaries with undistributed earnings. Although we would not be subject to income tax on these earnings, amounts totaling $135 million could be subject to withholding tax if distributed. Tronox Incorporated no longer has foreign subsidiaries. We have made no provision for deferred taxes for Tronox Limited related to these undistributed earnings because they are considered to be indefinitely reinvested outside of the parents’ taxing jurisdictions.
 
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits for 2016 and 2015 is as follows:

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
 
Balance at January 1
 
$
1
   
$
1
 
Reductions for tax positions related to prior years
   
(1
)
   
 
                 
Balance at December 31
 
$
   
$
1
 

The noncurrent liabilities section of our Consolidated Balance Sheet does not reflect a reserve for uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2016 and reflects $1 million for December 31, 2015.

Our Australian returns are closed through 2011. However, under Australian tax laws, transfer pricing issues have no limitation period. Our U.S. returns are closed for years through 2012, with the exception of an amendment filed for the 2007 tax year. Our Netherlands returns are closed through 2012. In accordance with the Alkali Transaction, we are not liable for income taxes of the acquired companies with respect to periods prior to the Alkali Transaction Date.

We believe that we have made adequate provision for income taxes that may be payable with respect to years open for examination; however, the ultimate outcome is not presently known and, accordingly, additional provisions may be necessary and/or reclassifications of noncurrent tax liabilities to current may occur in the future.

Anadarko Litigation

On January 23, 2015, Anadarko Petroleum Corp. (“Anadarko”) paid $5.2 billion, including approximately $65 million of accrued interest, pursuant to the terms of a settlement agreement with Tronox Incorporated. We did not receive any portion of the settlement amount. Instead, 88% of the $5.2 billion went to trusts and other governmental entities for the remediation of polluted sites by Kerr-McGee Corporation (“Kerr-McGee”). The remaining 12% was distributed to a tort trust to compensate individuals injured as a result of Kerr-McGee’s environmental failures.

We received a private letter ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service confirming that the trusts that held the claims against Anadarko are grantor trusts of Tronox Incorporated solely for federal income tax purposes. As a result, we believe we are entitled to tax deductions equal to the amount spent by the trusts to remediate environmental matters and to compensate the injured individuals. These deductions will accrue over the life of the trusts as the $5.2 billion is spent. We believe that these expenditures and the accompanying tax deductions may continue for years. At December 31, 2014, we had recorded deferred tax assets of $2.0 billion related to the $5.2 billion of expected future tax deductions from trust expenditures. These deferred tax assets were fully offset by valuation allowances. At December 31, 2016, approximately $2 billion of the trust from the litigation proceeds have been incurred.
 
6. Loss Per Share

The computation of basic and diluted loss per share for the periods indicated is as follows:

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
Numerator – Basic and Diluted:
                 
Net loss
 
$
(58
)
 
$
(307
)
 
$
(417
)
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
   
1
     
11
     
10
 
                         
Undistributed net loss
   
(59
)
   
(318
)
   
(427
)
Percentage allocated to ordinary shares (1)
   
100
%
   
100
%
   
100
%
                         
Net loss available to ordinary shares
 
$
(59
)
 
$
(318
)
 
$
(427
)
                         
Denominator – Basic and Diluted:
                       
Weighted-average ordinary shares (in thousands)
   
116,161
     
115,566
     
114,281
 
                         
Net loss per Ordinary Share  (2) :
                       
Basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share
 
$
(0.50
)
 
$
(2.75
)
 
$
(3.74
)


(1)
Our participating securities do not have a contractual obligation to share in losses; therefore, when we have a net loss, none of the loss is allocated to participating securities. Consequently, for 2016, 2015, and 2014, the two-class method did not have an effect on our net loss per ordinary share calculation, and as such, dividends paid during the year did not impact this calculation.
(2)
Net loss per ordinary share amounts were calculated from exact, not rounded net loss and share information.

 In computing diluted net loss per share under the two-class method, we considered potentially dilutive shares. Anti-dilutive shares not recognized in the diluted net loss per share calculation were as follows:

   
December 31, 2016
   
December 31, 2015
   
December 31, 2014
 
   
Shares
   
Average
Exercise Price
   
Shares
   
Average
Exercise Price
   
Shares
   
Average
Exercise Price
 
Options
   
1,970,481
   
$
21.19
     
2,189,967
   
$
21.15
     
2,560,875
   
$
21.14
 
Series A Warrants
   
1,440,662
   
$
8.51
     
1,354,529
   
$
9.63
     
1,273,917
   
$
11.04
 
Series B Warrants
   
1,953,207
   
$
9.37
     
1,833,834
   
$
10.63
     
1,715,986
   
$
12.19
 
Restricted share units
   
5,587,331
   
$
7.19
     
1,494,027
   
$
23.04
     
875,776
   
$
22.17
 

7. Fair Value Measurement

For financial instruments that are subsequently measured at fair value, the fair value measurement is grouped into levels. See Note 2.

At December 31, 2016, our financial instruments measured at fair value were our natural gas commodity price swap contracts and environmental rehabilitation trust, which amounted to $3 million and $13 million, respectively, and were categorized as Level 2. At December 31, 2015, the only financial instrument measured at fair value was the environmental rehabilitation trust, which amounted to $12 million and was categorized as Level 2 as it was recorded at amortized cost which approximates fair value. See Notes 15 and 16.

The carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other current assets, accounts payable, short-term debt, and other current liabilities approximate their fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments.

Our debt is recorded at historical amounts. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the fair value of the Term Loan, defined below, was $1.5 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the fair value of the Senior Notes due 2020, defined below, was $841 million and $520 million, respectively. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the fair value of the Senior Notes due 2022, defined below, was $544 million and $347 million, respectively. We determined the fair value of the Term Loan, the Senior Notes due 2020 and the Senior Notes due 2022 using quoted market prices. The fair value hierarchy for the Term Loan, the Senior Notes due 2020 and the Senior Notes due 2022 is a Level 1 input. Balances outstanding under our UBS Revolver are carried at contracted amounts, which approximate fair value based on the short term nature of the borrowing and the variable interest rate. The fair value hierarchy for our UBS Revolver is a Level 2 input. See Note 14.
 
8. Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, consisted of the following:

   
December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
 
Trade receivables
 
$
408
   
$
367
 
Other
   
15
     
25
 
                 
Subtotal
   
423
     
392
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
   
(2
)
   
(1
)
                 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts
 
$
421
   
$
391
 

 Bad debt expense was $2 million for the year ended 2016, and less than $1 million for each of the years ended 2015 and 2014.  Bad debt expense was recorded in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

9. Inventories, net

Inventories, net consisted of the following:

   
December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
 
Raw materials
 
$
194
   
$
248
 
Work-in-process
   
41
     
43
 
Finished goods, net
   
204
     
245
 
Materials and supplies, net (1)
   
107
     
106
 
                 
Total
   
546
     
642
 
Less: Inventories, net – non-current
   
(14
)
   
(12
)
                 
Inventories, net – current
 
$
532
   
$
630
 


(1)
Consists of processing chemicals, maintenance supplies, and spare parts, which will be consumed directly and indirectly in the production of our products.

Finished goods includes inventory on consignment of $24 million and $30 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, inventory obsolescence reserves were $17 million and $18 million, respectively. At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, reserves for lower of cost or market were $26 million and $63 million, respectively.
 
10. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation, consisted of the following:

   
December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
 
Land and land improvements
 
$
159
   
$
143
 
Buildings
   
309
     
189
 
Machinery and equipment
   
1,888
     
1,765
 
Construction-in-progress
   
146
     
261
 
Other
   
50
     
44
 
                 
Total
   
2,552
     
2,402
 
Less: accumulated depreciation
   
(721
)
   
(559
)
                 
Property, plant and equipment, net (1)
 
$
1,831
   
$
1,843
 

(1)
Substantially all of these assets are pledged as collateral for our debt.  See Note 14.

Depreciation expense related to property, plant and equipment during 2016, 2015, and 2014 was $171 million, $187 million, and $158 million, respectively, of which $167 million, $183 million, and $155 million, respectively, was recorded in “Cost of goods sold” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Depreciation expense of $4 million each for 2016 and 2015 and $3 million for 2014 was recorded in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In April 2016, we commissioned our Fairbreeze mine in KZN and began depreciating related assets placed in service.

11. Mineral Leaseholds, net

Mineral leaseholds, net of accumulated depletion, consisted of the following:

   
December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
 
Mineral leaseholds
 
$
1,996
   
$
1,948
 
Less accumulated depletion
   
(389
)
   
(344
)
                 
Mineral leaseholds, net
 
$
1,607
   
$
1,604
 

Depletion expense related to mineral leaseholds during 2016, 2015, and 2014 was $40 million, $81 million, and $110 million, respectively, and was recorded in “Cost of goods sold” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

12. Intangible Assets, net

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, consisted of the following:

   
December 31, 2016
   
December 31, 2015
 
   
Gross
Cost
   
Accumulated
Amortization
   
Net Carrying
Amount
   
Gross
Cost
   
Accumulated
Amortization
   
Net Carrying
Amount
 
Customer relationships
 
$
291
   
$
(115
)
 
$
176
   
$
294
   
$
(98
)
 
$
196
 
TiO 2 technology
   
32
     
(9
)
   
23
     
32
     
(8
)
   
24
 
Internal-use software
   
45
     
(21
)
   
24
     
37
     
(13
)
   
24
 
Other
   
     
     
     
9
     
(9
)
   
 
                                                 
Intangible assets, net
 
$
368
   
$
(145
)
 
$
223
   
$
372
   
$
(128
)
 
$
244
 

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $25 million, $26 million and $27 million during 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, of which $24 million, $25 million and $26 million was recorded during 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, in “Selling general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. During 2016, 2015 and 2014, $1 million each of amortization expense was recorded in “Cost of goods sold” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Estimated future amortization expense related to intangible assets is $25 million for each of the years from 2017 through 2021, and $98 million thereafter.
 
13. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

   
December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
 
Employee-related costs and benefits
 
$
83
   
$
69
 
Restructuring costs
   
     
15
 
Interest
   
35
     
35
 
Sales rebates
   
25
     
28
 
Taxes other than income taxes
   
10
     
11
 
Other
   
21
     
22
 
                 
Accrued liabilities
 
$
174
   
$
180
 

14. Debt

Our short-term debt consisted of a UBS Revolver, defined below, and was $150 million at both December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. The average effective interest rates of our UBS Revolver were 4.2% and 3.5% during 2016 and 2015, respectively.

UBS Revolver

 We have a global senior secured asset-based syndicated revolving credit facility with UBS AG (“UBS”) with a maturity date of June 18, 2017 (the “UBS Revolver”). Through March 31, 2015, the UBS Revolver provided us with a committed source of capital with a principal borrowing amount of up to $300 million, subject to a borrowing base. Balances due under the UBS Revolver are carried at contracted amounts, which approximate fair value based on the short term nature of the borrowing and the variable interest rate.
 
On April 1, 2015, in connection with the Alkali Transaction, we entered into an amended and restated asset-based revolving syndicated facility agreement with UBS, which provides for up to $500 million of revolving credit lines, with a $85 million sublimit for letters of credit with a new maturity that is the earlier of the date which is five years after the closing date and the date which is three months prior to the maturity of the Term Loan, defined below; provided that in no event shall the Revolving Maturity be earlier than June 18, 2017. Availability of revolving credit loans and letters of credit are subject to a borrowing base. Borrowings bear interest at our option, at either a base rate or an adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) as the greatest of (a) the Administrative Agent’s prime rate, (b) the Federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (c) the adjusted LIBOR for a one-month period plus 1.00%. The applicable margin ranges from 0.50% to 1.00% for borrowings at the base rate and from 1.50% to 2.00% for borrowings at the adjusted LIBOR, in each case, based on the average daily borrowing availability.

On April 1, 2015, we borrowed $150 million against the UBS Revolver, which was outstanding at both December 31, 2016 and 2015. During 2016, we had no additional drawdowns or repayments on the UBS Revolver. There are $2 million of deferred debt issuance costs related to the UBS Revolver included in “Other long-term assets” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2015. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, our amount available to borrow was $190 million and $217 million, respectively.

ABSA Revolving Credit Facility

 We have a R1.3 billion (approximately $95 million at December 31, 2016) revolving credit facility with ABSA Bank Limited (“ABSA”) acting through its ABSA Capital Division with a maturity date of June 14, 2017 (the “ABSA Revolver”). The ABSA Revolver bears interest at (i) the base rate (defined as one month Johannesburg Interbank Agreed Rate, which is the mid-market rate for deposits in South African Rand for a period equal to the relevant period which appears on the Reuters Screen SAFEY Page alongside the caption YLD) as of 11h00 Johannesburg time on the first day of the applicable period, plus (ii) the Margin, which is 3.9%.
 
 During 2016, 2015 and 2014, we had no drawdowns or repayments on the ABSA Revolver. At both December 31, 2016 and 2015, there were no outstanding borrowings on the ABSA Revolver.
 
Long-term debt, net of an unamortized discount and debt issuance costs, consisted of the following:

   
Original
Principal
   
Annual
Interest
Rate
   
Maturity
Date
 
December 31,
2016
   
December 31,
2015
 
Term Loan, net of unamortized discount (1)
 
$
1,500
   
Variable
   
3/19/2020
 
$
1,441
   
$
1,454
 
Senior Notes due 2020
 
$
900
     
6.375
%
 
8/15/2020
   
896
     
900
 
Senior Notes due 2022
 
$
600
     
7.50
%
 
3/15/2022
   
584
     
600
 
Co-generation Unit Financing Arrangement
 
$
16
     
6.50
%
 
2/1/2016
   
-
     
1
 
Lease financing
                       
19
     
16
 
Total borrowings
                       
2,940
     
2,971
 
Less: Long-term debt due within one year
                       
(16
)
   
(16
)
Debt issuance costs
                       
(36
)
   
(45
)
                                     
Long-term debt
                        
$
2,888
   
$
2,910
 
 

(1)
Average effective interest rate of 4.9%, 4.7% and 4.6% during 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

At December 31, 2016, the scheduled maturities of our long-term debt were as follows:

   
Total Borrowings
 
2017
 
$
16
 
2018
   
16
 
2019
   
16
 
2020
   
2,298
 
2021
   
1
 
Thereafter
   
598
 
         
Total
   
2,945
 
Remaining accretion associated with the Term Loan
   
(5
)
         
Total borrowings
 
$
2,940
 

Term Loan

On March 19, 2013, we, along with our wholly owned subsidiary, Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V., and certain of our subsidiaries named as guarantors, entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement (the “Second Agreement”) with Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, UBS Securities LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and RBC Capital Markets, as joint lead arrangers, joint bookrunners and co-syndication agents. Pursuant to the Second Agreement, we obtained a $1.5 billion senior secured term loan (the “Term Loan”). The Term Loan was issued net of an original issue discount. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the unamortized discount was $5 million and $6 million, respectively. We made principal repayments during 2016 and 2015 of $15 million each.

On April 23, 2014, we, along with our wholly owned subsidiary, Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V., and certain of our subsidiaries named as guarantors, entered into a Third Amendment to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement (the “Third Agreement”) with the lender parties thereto and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent, which amends the Second Agreement. The Third Agreement provides for the re-pricing of the Term Loan by replacing the existing definition of “Applicable Margin” with a grid pricing matrix dependent upon our public corporate family rating as determined by Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s (with the interest rate under the Third Agreement remaining subject to Eurodollar Rate and Base Rate floors, as defined in the Third Agreement). Pursuant to the Third Agreement, based upon our current public corporate family rating by Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s, the current interest rate per annum is 350 basis points plus LIBOR (subject to a LIBOR floor of 1% per annum) compared to 350 basis points plus LIBOR (subject to a LIBOR floor of 1% per annum) in the Second Agreement. The Third Agreement also amended certain provisions of the Second Agreement to permit us and certain of our subsidiaries to obtain new cash flow revolving credit facilities in place of our existing asset based revolving credit facility. The maturity date under the Second Agreement and all other material terms of the Second Agreement remain the same under the Third Agreement. Debt issuance cost related to the Term Loan of $17 million was recorded as a direct reduction to the carrying value of the long-term debt as described below.
 
Senior Notes due 2020

On August 20, 2012, our wholly owned subsidiary, Tronox Finance LLC (“Tronox Finance”), completed a private placement offering of $900 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes at par value (the “Senior Notes due 2020”). The Senior Notes due 2020 bear interest semiannually at a rate equal to 6.375%, and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior, unsecured basis by us and certain of our subsidiaries. The Senior Notes due 2020 were initially offered to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and outside the United States to non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. Debt issuance costs related to the Senior Notes Due 2020 of $9 million were recorded as a direct reduction to the carrying value of the long-term debt as described below.

On September 17, 2013, Tronox Finance issued $900 million in aggregate principal amount of registered 6.375% Senior Notes due 2020 in exchange for its then existing $900 million in aggregate principal amount of its 6.375% Senior Notes due 2020. The Senior Notes due 2020 are guaranteed by Tronox and certain of its subsidiaries. See Note 25. There were no repayments during 2016 and 2015. During 2016, we repurchased $4 million of face value of notes at a price of 77% of par, resulting in a net gain of approximately $1 million which was included in “Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Senior Notes due 2022

On March 6, 2015, Evolution Escrow Issuer LLC (“Evolution”), a special purpose limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware, was formed. Evolution was wholly owned by Stichting Evolution Escrow, a Dutch foundation not affiliated with the Company.

On March 19, 2015, Evolution closed an offering of $600 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.50% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Senior Notes due 2022”). The Senior Notes due 2022 were offered and sold by Evolution in reliance on an exemption pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act. The Senior Notes due 2022 were issued under an Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2015 (the “Indenture”), between Evolution and Wilmington Trust, National Association (the “Trustee”).

On April 1, 2015, in connection with the Alkali Transaction, Evolution merged with and into Tronox Finance, Tronox Finance assumed the obligations of Evolution under the Indenture and the Senior Notes due 2022, and the proceeds from the offering were released to us to partially pay the purchase price for the Alkali Transaction. We and certain of our subsidiaries entered into a supplemental indenture (the “First Supplemental Indenture”), by and among us, Tronox Finance, the guarantors party thereto, and the Trustee, pursuant to which we and such subsidiaries became guarantors of the Senior Notes due 2022 under the Indenture. The Senior Notes due 2022 have not been registered under the Securities Act, and may not be offered or sold in the U.S. absent registration or an applicable exemption from registration requirements. There were no repayments during the 2016 and 2015. During 2016, we repurchased $16 million of face value of notes at a weighted average price of 76% of par, resulting in a net gain of approximately $3 million which was included in “Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Debt issuance costs related to the Senior Notes due 2022 of $10 million were recorded as a direct reduction of the carrying value of the long- term debt as described below.

The Indenture and the Senior Notes due 2022 provide, among other things, that the Senior Notes due 2022 are senior unsecured obligations of Tronox Finance. Interest is payable on March 15 and September 15 of each year beginning on September 15, 2015 until their maturity date of March 15, 2022. The terms of the Indenture, among other things, limit, in certain circumstances, the ability of us to: incur certain additional indebtedness and issue preferred stock; make certain dividends, distributions, investments and other restricted payments; sell certain assets; incur liens; agree to any restrictions on the ability of certain subsidiaries to make payments to the Company; consolidate or merge with or into, or sell substantially all of our assets to, another person; enter into transactions with affiliates; and enter into new lines of business.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2016 we had $190 million available under the $500 million UBS Revolver, $95 million available under the ABSA Revolver and $248 million in cash and cash equivalents.

Lease Financing

We have capital lease obligations in South Africa, which are payable through 2031 at a weighted average interest rate of approximately 14%.  At December 31, 2016 and 2015, assets recorded under capital lease obligations were $21 million and $18 million, respectively. Related accumulated amortization was $6 million and $5 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. During 2016, 2015, and 2014 we made principal payments of less than $1 million for all periods.
 
At December 31, 2016, future minimum lease payments, including interest, were as follows:

   
Principal
Repayments
   
Interest
   
Total
Payments
 
2017
 
$
1
   
$
2
   
$
3
 
2018
   
1
     
2
     
3
 
2019
   
1
     
2
     
3
 
2020
   
1
     
2
     
3
 
2021
   
1
     
2
     
3
 
Thereafter
   
14
     
11
     
25
 
                         
Total
 
$
19
   
$
21
   
$
40
 

Bridge Facility

In connection with the Alkali Transaction, we entered into a $600 million senior unsecured bridge facility (the “Bridge Facility”). The Bridge Facility was not utilized and terminated with the completion of the Alkali Transaction. During 2015, we incurred $8 million of financing fees related to the Bridge Facility, which were included in “Interest and debt expense, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Debt Covenants

 At December 31, 2016, we had financial covenants in the UBS Revolver, the ABSA Revolver and the Term Loan; however, only the ABSA Revolver had a financial maintenance covenant that applies to local operations and only when the ABSA Revolver is drawn upon. The Term Loan and the UBS Revolver are subject to an intercreditor agreement pursuant to which the lenders’ respective rights and interests in the security are set forth. We were in compliance with all our financial covenants as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Interest and Debt Expense, Net

Interest and debt expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations consisted of the following:

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
Interest on debt
 
$
174
   
$
160
   
$
124
 
Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs and discounts on debt
   
11
     
11
     
10
 
Bridge Facility
   
     
8
     
 
Capitalized interest
   
(4
)
   
(6
)
   
(3
)
Other
   
3
     
3
     
2
 
                         
Total interest and debt expense, net
 
$
184
   
$
176
   
$
133
 

In connection with obtaining debt, we incurred debt issuance costs, which are being amortized through the respective maturity dates using the effective interest method. At both December 31, 2016 and 2015, we had deferred debt issuance costs of $4 million related to the UBS Revolver and ABSA Revolver which are recorded in “Other long-term assets” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and $36 million and $45 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, of Term Loan, Senior Notes due 2020 and Senior Notes due 2022, as a direct reduction of the carrying value of the long-term debt.
 
15. Asset Retirement Obligations

Asset retirement obligations consist primarily of rehabilitation and restoration costs, landfill capping costs, decommissioning costs, and closure and post-closure costs. Activity related to asset retirement obligations was as follows:

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
 
Balance, January 1,
 
$
81
   
$
90
 
Additions
   
1
     
3
 
Accretion expense
   
5
     
5
 
Remeasurement/translation
   
1
     
(12
)
Changes in estimates, including cost and timing of cash flows
   
(11
)
   
(3
)
Settlements/payments
   
(1
)
   
(2
)
                 
Balance, December 31,
 
$
76
   
$
81
 
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
 
Asset retirement obligations were classified as follows:
           
             
Current portion included in “Accrued liabilities”
 
$
3
   
$
4
 
Noncurrent portion included in “Asset retirement obligations”
   
73
     
77
 
 
               
Asset retirement obligations
 
$
76
   
$
81
 

We used the following assumptions in determining asset retirement obligations at December 31, 2016: inflation rates between 2.5% - 5.1% per year; credit adjusted risk-free interest rates between 7.0% -16.1%; the life of mines between 12-28 years and the useful life of assets of between 5-34 years.

During 2016, we amended our lease agreement for our TiO 2   pigment facility in Botlek, the Netherlands, which included an option to extend the lease term for an additional 25 years. This amendment increased the estimated useful life used in determining the asset retirement obligation and consequently, we recognized a $10 million reduction to this liability.

Environmental Rehabilitation Trust

In accordance with applicable regulations, we have established an environmental rehabilitation trust for the prospecting and mining operations in South Africa, which receives, holds, and invests funds for the rehabilitation or management of asset retirement obligations. The trustees of the fund are appointed by us, and consist of sufficiently qualified employees capable of fulfilling their fiduciary duties. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the environmental rehabilitation trust assets were $13 million and $12 million, respectively, which were recorded in “Other long-term assets” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

16. Derivative Instruments

We manufacture and market our products in a number of countries throughout the world and, as a result, are exposed to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly in South Africa, Australia, and the Netherlands. Costs in South Africa and Australia are primarily incurred in local currencies, while the majority of revenues are in U.S. dollars. In Europe, the majority of revenues and costs are in the local currency. This leaves us exposed to movements in the South African Rand and the Australian dollar versus the U.S. dollar.

Our businesses rely on natural gas as one of the main fuel sources in our production process. Natural gas prices have historically been volatile. Natural gas prices could increase as a result of reduced domestic drilling and production activity. Drilling and production operations are subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign laws and government regulations, which could directly curtail such activity or increase the cost of drilling, resulting in reduced levels of drilling activity and therefore increased natural gas prices. This exposes us to commodity price risk.

We mitigate our exposures to currency risks and commodity price risks, through a controlled program of risk management that includes the use of derivative financial instruments. We enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to reduce the effects of fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates. We also use commodity price swap contracts and forward purchase contracts to manage forecasted energy exposure.
 
We formally document all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking our hedge transactions. This process includes relating derivatives that are designated as cash flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. We also formally assess both at the inception of the hedge and throughout its term, whether each derivative is highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of the hedged item. If we determine that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge, or if a derivative ceases to be a highly effective hedge, we discontinue hedge accounting with respect to that derivative prospectively. On the date the derivative instrument is entered into, we assess whether to designate the derivative a hedge of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a forecasted transaction (cash flow hedge) or not. We recognize all derivatives in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value.

Our currency forward contracts are not designated for hedge accounting treatment under ASC 815. As such, changes in the fair value are recorded in “Other income (expense), net” in Consolidated Statements of Operations. We did not record any gains or losses during 2016, 2015 and 2014 related to forward contracts. At both December 31, 2016 and 2015, we did not have any currency forward contracts in place.

We have designated our natural gas commodity price swap contracts, which qualify as cash flow hedges, for hedge accounting treatment under ASC 815. Our current natural gas derivative contracts matured on December 31, 2016. We perform an analysis for effectiveness of the derivatives at the end of each quarter based on the terms of the contract and the underlying item being hedged. The effective portion of the change in the fair value of cash flow hedges is deferred in other comprehensive loss and is subsequently recognized in “Cost of goods sold” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for commodity hedges, when the hedged item impacts earnings. Changes in fair value of derivative assets and liabilities designated as hedging instruments are shown in “Other noncash items affecting net loss” within operating activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Any portion of the change in fair value of derivatives designated as hedging instruments that is determined to be ineffective is recorded in “Other income (expense), net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

At December 31, 2016, we recorded the fair value of the natural gas hedge of $3 million in “Prepaid and other assets” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, with the offset of $3 million unrealized gain recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss with no tax impact which is expected to be reclassified as earnings within the next twelve months. See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements. The current open commodity contract hedges forecasted transactions until December 31, 2017. At December 31, 2016, we had an equivalent of 4.8 MMBTUs (millions of British Thermal Units) in aggregate notional volume of outstanding natural gas commodity forward contract to hedge forecasted purchases. The fair value of the natural gas commodity price contract was based on market price quotations and the use of a pricing model. The contract was considered a level 2 input in the fair value hierarchy at December 31, 2016. We did not have any natural gas hedge positions at December 31, 2015.
 
17. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases —We lease office space, railcars, storage, and equipment under non-cancelable lease agreements, which expire on various dates through 2030. Total rental expense related to operating leases recorded in “Cost of goods sold” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations was $39 million, $38 million and $24 million during 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  Total rental expense related to operating leases recorded in “Selling, general and administrative expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, was $3 million each during 2016 and 2015 and $2 million during 2014.

At December 31, 2016, minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases were as follows:

   
Operating
 
2017
 
$
33
 
2018
   
25
 
2019
   
19
 
2020
   
18
 
2021
   
18
 
Thereafter
   
71
 
         
Total
 
$
184
 

Purchase Commitments —At December 31, 2016, purchase commitments were $124 million for 2017, $73 million for 2018, $50 million for 2019, $36 million for 2020, $25 million for 2021, and $132 million thereafter.
 
  Letters of Credit —At December 31, 2016, we had outstanding letters of credit, bank guarantees, and performance bonds of $69 million, of which $42 million were letters of credit issued under the UBS Revolver, $20 million were bank guarantees and letters of credit issued by ABSA, $5 million were bank guarantees issued by Standard Bank and $2 million were performance bonds issued by Westpac Banking Corporation.

  Other Matters —From time to time, we may be party to a number of legal and administrative proceedings involving legal, environmental, and/or other matters in various courts or agencies. These proceedings, individually and in the aggregate, may have a material adverse effect on us. These proceedings may be associated with facilities currently or previously owned, operated or used by us and/or our predecessors, some of which may include claims for personal injuries, property damages, cleanup costs, and other environmental matters. Current and former operations may also involve management of regulated materials that are subject to various environmental laws and regulations including the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act or state equivalents. Similar environmental laws and regulations and other requirements exist in foreign countries in which we operate. Currently, we are not party to any pending legal or administrative proceedings that may have a material adverse effect, either individually or in the aggregate, on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
18. Shareholders’ Equity

The changes in outstanding Class A ordinary shares (“Class A Shares”) and Class B Shares for 2015 and 2016 were as follows:

Class A Shares:
     
Balance, January 1, 2015
   
63,968,616
 
Shares issued for share-based compensation
   
403,213
 
Shares issued upon warrants exercised
   
8,549
 
Shares issued upon options exercised
   
141,473
 
         
Balance, December 31, 2015
   
64,521,851
 
Shares issued for share-based compensation
   
732,724
 
Shares cancelled for share-based compensation
   
(89,062
)
Shares issued upon warrants exercised
   
159
 
         
Balance, December 31, 2016
   
65,165,672
 
         
Class B Shares:
       
Balance at December 31, 2016 and 2015
   
51,154,280
 

Warrants

We have outstanding Series A Warrants (the “Series A Warrants”) and Series B Warrants (the “Series B Warrants”), together (the “Warrants”). At December 31, 2016, holders of the Series A Warrants and the Series B Warrants were entitled to purchase 6.02 and 6.03 of Class A Shares, respectively, and receive $12.50 in cash at an exercise price of $51.21 for each Series A Warrant and $56.51 for each Series B Warrant. The Warrants have a seven-year term from the date initially issued and will expire on February 14, 2018. A holder may exercise the Warrants by paying the applicable exercise price in cash or exercising on a cashless basis. The Warrants are freely transferable by the holder. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, there were 239,306 and 239,316 Series A Warrants outstanding, respectively, and 323,915 and 323,999 Series B Warrants outstanding, respectively.

Dividends

During 2016 and 2015, we declared and paid quarterly dividends to holders of our Class A Shares and Class B Shares as follows:

     
Q1 2016
     
Q2 2016
     
Q3 2016
     
Q4 2016
 
Dividend per share
 
$
0.25
   
$
0.045
   
$
0.045
   
$
0.045
 
Total dividend
 
$
30
   
$
5
   
$
5
   
$
6
 
Record date (close of business)
 
March 4
   
May 16
   
August 17
   
November 16
 

     
Q1 2015
     
Q2 2015
     
Q3 2015
     
Q4 2015
 
Dividend per share
 
$
0.25
   
$
0.25
   
$
0.25
   
$
0.25
 
Total dividend
 
$
29
   
$
30
   
$
30
   
$
29
 
Record date (close of business)
 
March 9
   
May 18
   
August 19
   
November 16
 
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss Attributable to Tronox Limited

The tables below present changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component for 2016, 2015 and 2014.

   
Cumulative
Translation
Adjustment
   
Pension
Liability
Adjustment
   
Unrealized
Gains on
Derivatives
   
Total
 
Balance, January 1, 2014
 
$
(215
)
 
$
(69
)
 
$
   
$
(284
)
Other comprehensive loss
   
(99
)
   
(46
)
   
     
(145
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss (1)
   
35
     
(2
)
   
     
33
 
                                 
Balance, December 31, 2014
 
$
(279
)
 
$
(117
)
 
$
   
$
(396
)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
   
(215
)
   
12
     
     
(203
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss
   
     
3
     
     
3
 
                                 
Balance, December 31, 2015
 
$
(494
)
 
$
(102
)
 
$
   
$
(596
)
Other comprehensive income
   
88
     
8
     
4
     
100
 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss
   
     
2
     
(1
)
   
1
 
                                 
Balance, December 31, 2016
 
$
(406
)
 
$
(92
)
 
$
3
   
$
(495
)
 

(1)
During 2014, we completed the liquidation of a non-operating subsidiary, Tronox Pigments International GmbH, for which we recognized a noncash loss from the realization of cumulative translation adjustment of $35 million, which was recorded in “Net gain (loss) on liquidation of non-operating subsidiaries” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations
 
19. Noncontrolling Interest

Exxaro has a 26% ownership interest in each of our Tronox KZN Sands (Pty) Ltd. and Tronox Mineral Sands (Pty) Ltd. subsidiaries in order to comply with the ownership requirements of the BEE legislation in South Africa. Exxaro is entitled to exchange this interest for approximately 3.2% in additional Class B Shares under certain circumstances. Exxaro also has a 26% ownership interest in certain of our other non-operating subsidiaries. We account for such ownership interest as “Noncontrolling interest” in the consolidated financial statements.

Noncontrolling interest activity was as follows:

Balance, January 1, 2014
 
$
199
 
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
   
10
 
Effect of exchange rate changes
   
(31
)
         
Balance, December 31, 2014
 
$
178
 
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
   
11
 
Effect of exchange rate changes
   
(77
)
         
Balance, December 31, 2015
 
$
112
 
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
   
1
 
Effect of exchange rate changes
   
31
 
         
Balance, December 31, 2016
 
$
144
 

20. Share-based Compensation

Share-based compensation expense consisted of the following:

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
Restricted shares and restricted share units
 
$
21
   
$
15
   
$
13
 
Options
   
2
     
5
     
7
 
T-Bucks Employee Participation Plan
   
2
     
2
     
2
 
Long-term incentive plan
   
     
     
(2
)
                         
Total share-based compensation expense
 
$
25
   
$
22
   
$
20
 

Tronox Limited Management Equity Incentive Plan

On June 15, 2012, we adopted the MEIP, which permits the grant of awards that are comprised of incentive options, nonqualified options, share appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted share units, performance awards, and other share-based awards, cash payments, and other forms as the compensation committee of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) in its discretion deems appropriate, including any combination of the above. Subject to further adjustment, the maximum number of shares which may be the subject of awards (inclusive of incentive options) is 20,781,225 Class A Shares. These shares were increased by 8,000,000 on the affirmative vote of our shareholders on May 25, 2016.

Restricted Shares

During 2016, we granted 244,362 restricted shares which vest ratably over a three-year period and 62,283 shares which vested immediately. The 62,283 restricted shares that vested immediately were granted to certain members of the Board in lieu of cash fees earned during the first and second quarters of 2016. These awards are classified as equity awards, and are accounted for using the fair value established at the grant date.
 
The following table presents a summary of activity for 2016:

   
Number
of Shares
   
Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 
Outstanding, January 1, 2016
   
373,278
   
$
22.02
 
Granted
   
306,645
     
4.16
 
Vested
   
(184,386
)
   
16.31
 
Forfeited
   
(211,137
)
   
22.37
 
                 
Outstanding, December 31, 2016
   
284,400
   
$
6.09
 
                 
Expected to vest, December 31, 2016
   
284,400
   
$
6.09
 

At December 31, 2016, there was $1 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested restricted shares which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.7 years. Since the restricted shares were granted to certain members of our Board as indicated above, the unrecognized compensation expense was not adjusted for estimated forfeitures. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of restricted shares granted during 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $4.16 per share, $22.60 per share, and $22.17 per share, respectively. The total fair value of restricted shares that vested during 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $3 million, $4 million, and $8 million, respectively.

Restricted Share Units (“RSUs”)

During 2016, we granted RSUs which have time and/or performance conditions. Both the time-based awards and the performance-based awards are classified as equity awards. The time-based awards vest ratably over a three-year period, and are valued at the weighted average grant date fair value. The performance-based awards cliff vest at the end of the three years. Included in the performance-based awards are RSUs for which vesting is determined by a Total Stockholder Return (“TSR”) calculation over the applicable measurement period. The TSR metric is considered a market condition for which we use a Monte Carlo simulation to determine the grant date fair value.

The following table presents a summary of activity for 2016:

   
Number
of Shares
   
Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 
Outstanding, January 1, 2016
   
1,494,027
   
$
23.04
 
Granted
   
4,906,660
     
4.07
 
Vested
   
(548,338
)
   
17.49
 
Forfeited
   
(265,018
)
   
17.31
 
                 
Outstanding, December 31, 2016
   
5,587,331
   
$
7.19
 
                 
Expected to vest, December 31, 2016
   
6,211,035
   
$
6.81
 

At December 31, 2016, there was $18 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested RSUs, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of RSUs granted during 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $4.07 per share, $23.47 per share, and $22.37 per share, respectively. The total fair value of RSUs that vested during 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $10 million, $6 million and $3 million, respectively.
 
Options

The following table presents a summary of activity for 2016:

   
Number of
Options
   
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
   
Weighted
Average
Contractual
Life (years)
   
Intrinsic
Value
 
Outstanding, January 1, 2016
   
2,189,967
   
$
21.15
     
7.39
   
$
 
Forfeited
   
(46,149
)
   
20.98
                 
Expired
   
(173,337
)
   
20.76
                 
                                 
Outstanding, December 31, 2016
   
1,970,481
   
$
21.19
     
6.38
   
$
 
                                 
Expected to vest, December 31, 2016
   
224,369
   
$
22.04
     
7.12
   
$
 
                                 
Exercisable, December 31, 2016
   
1,745,575
   
$
21.08
     
6.29
   
$
 

The aggregate intrinsic values in the table represent the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between our share price at the indicated dates and the options’ exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their in-the-money options at the end of the year. The amount will change based on the fair market value of our stock. No options were exercised during 2016 and consequently, there was no related intrinsic value. Total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2015 and 2014 was less than $1 million and $2 million, respectively. We issue new shares upon the exercise of options. Since no stock options were exercised during 2016, no cash was received. During 2015 and 2014, we received $3 million and $6 million, respectively, in cash for the exercise of stock options.

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, unrecognized compensation expense related to options, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, was less than $1 million and $3 million, respectively, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1 year.

We did not issue any options during 2016. During 2015 and 2014, we granted 2,380 and 915,988 options, respectively, with a weighted average grant date fair value of $7.04 and $8.19, respectively.

Fair value of options granted is determined on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and is recognized in earnings on a straight-line basis over the employee service period of three years, which is the vesting period. The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model on the grant date were as follows:

The fair value is based on the closing price of our Class A Shares on the grant date. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury Strips available with a maturity period consistent with the expected life assumption. The expected volatility assumption is based on historical price movements of our peer group. Dividend yield is determined based on the Company’s expected dividend payouts.

T-Bucks EPP

During 2012, we established the T-Bucks EPP for the benefit of certain qualifying employees of our South African subsidiaries. We funded the T-Bucks Trust (the “Trust”) with R124 million (approximately $15 million), which was used to acquire Class A Shares. Additional contributions may be made in the future at the discretion of the Board. The T-Bucks EPP is classified as an equity-settled shared-based payment plan, whereby participants were awarded share units in the Trust, which entitles them to receive Class A Shares upon completion of the vesting period on May 31, 2017. Participants are entitled to receive dividends on the shares during the vesting period. Forfeited shares are retained by the Trust, and are allocated to future participants. Compensation costs are recognized over the vesting period using the straight-line method. During 2012, the Trust purchased 548,234 Class A Shares at $25.79 per share, which was the fair value on the date of purchase. The balance at both December 31, 2016 and 2015 was 548,234 shares.

 Long-Term Incentive Plan

We have a long-term incentive plan (the “LTIP”) for the benefit of certain qualifying employees of Tronox subsidiaries in South Africa and Australia. The LTIP is classified as a cash settled compensation plan, and is re-measured to fair value at each reporting date. At both December 31, 2016 and 2015, the LTIP plan liability was less than $1 million.
 
21. Pension and Other Postretirement Healthcare Benefits

We sponsor two noncontributory defined benefit retirement plans, the qualified retirement plan and Alkali qualified retirement plan in the United States, a defined benefit retirement plan in the Netherlands, a collective defined contribution plan in the Netherlands, and a South Africa postretirement healthcare plan.

U.S. Plans

Qualified Retirement Plan — We sponsor a noncontributory qualified defined benefit plan (funded) (the “U.S. Qualified Plan”) in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) and the Internal Revenue Code. We made contributions into funds managed by a third-party, and those funds are held exclusively for the benefit of the plan participants. Benefits under the U.S. Qualified Plan were generally calculated based on years of service and final average pay. The U.S. Qualified Plan was frozen and closed to new participants on June 1, 2009.

Postretirement Healthcare Plan — We sponsored an unfunded U.S. postretirement healthcare plan. Effective January 1, 2015, we eliminated the pre-65 retiree medical programs. Participants who retired prior to January 1, 2015 received a one-time subsidy aggregating to less than $1 million towards medical cost through a health reimbursement arrangement that we established for them. Benefits under this plan for participants who have not retired by January 1, 2015 were eliminated. As a result of this action, we recorded a curtailment gain of $6 million, which was included in “Other income (expense), net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during 2014. Additionally, this action resulted in an unrecognized settlement gain of $3 million, which was recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets during 2014.

Tronox Alkali Qualified Retirement   Plan — As part of the Alkali Transaction, we established the Alkali Corporation Union Retirement Plan (the “Alkali Qualified Plan”) to cover eligible employees of Tronox Alkali Corporation effective April 1, 2015. The plan is open to union employees of Alkali. The Alkali Qualified Plan is the same as the FMC Corporation Employees’ Retirement Program Part II Union Hourly Employees’ Retirement Plan provided to eligible participants for services prior to the Alkali Transaction Date. These two plans are aggregated to form the full pension for eligible participants. Under the Tronox Alkali Qualified Plan, each eligible employee will automatically become a participant upon completion of one year of credited services. Retirement benefits under this plan are calculated based on the total years of service of an eligible participant, multiplied by a specified benefit rate in effect at the termination of the plan participant’s years of service. FMC will be responsible for the portion of this total benefit accrued to eligible participants for all the years of service up to March 31, 2015, and we will be responsible for the portion of the total benefit accrued to participants from April 1, 2015 up to the date of termination of a participant’s years of service.

Foreign Plans

The Netherlands Plan — On January 1, 2007, we established the TDF-Botlek Pension Fund Foundation (the “Netherlands Plan”) to provide defined pension benefits to qualifying employees of Tronox Pigments (Holland) B.V. and its related companies. During the fourth quarter of 2014, in response to the tax and pension legislation changes in the Netherlands, our benefit committee approved to end future benefit accruals under the Netherlands Plan and replaced it with a multiemployer plan effective January 1, 2015 (the “TDF-Botlek Pension Plan”). As a result of this decision, effective from January 1, 2015, benefit contributions commenced under the multiemployer plan while the Netherlands Plan became effectively “frozen”. This action ended future benefit accrual for participants under the current plan, resulting in a curtailment gain of $3 million, which was recognized in “Other income (expense), net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during 2014. Such amounts had previously been recognized as unamortized prior service costs in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

In August 2016, we agreed with the Board of Trustees of the Netherlands Pension Plan to settle the VPL portion of the plan. The VPL Plan was a small transition arrangement established in 2005 for the benefit of certain of our Botlek employees, which was added to the Netherlands Pension Plan when it was established in 2007. Under the settlement agreement, we transferred $1 million into accounts established with industrywide Pension Fund for the Graphical Industry (“PGB”) for the benefit of the participants as a full settlement of our obligation under the VPL Plan. Accordingly, during the third quarter of 2016, we recognized a curtailment gain of $1 million included in “Other income (expense), net” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. This amount had previously been recognized in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as prior service credits. Consequently, as of August 31, 2016, we remeasured the plan assets and the projected benefit obligation of the Netherlands Pension Plan which resulted in €19 million (approximately $21 million) of actuarial losses which was recognized in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” during the third quarter of 2016.

On November 1, 2016 (the “Settlement Date”), we agreed with the Board of Trustees to settle the remaining portion of the Netherlands Pension Plan. Under the settlement agreement, we transferred the Netherlands Botlek Pension Plan assets of $126 million to the Pension Fund for Graphical Industry (the “PGB”) for the benefit of the participants as a full settlement of our obligation under the Pension Plan. Consequently, we derecognized the pension liability from our Consolidated Balance Sheet, resulting in a settlement gain of $31 million, which was recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2016 and a settlement loss of $2 million, which was recorded in the “Other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2016.
 
Netherlands Collective Contribution Plan — Effective January 1, 2015, we ceased offering benefits under the Netherlands Plan to qualifying employees and established a multiemployer plan, the collective contribution plan (“CDC Plan”). Under the CDC plan, employees earn benefits based on their pensionable salaries each year determined using a career average benefit formula. The collective bargaining agreement between us and the participants require us to contribute 20.6% of the participants’ pensionable salaries into a pooled fund administered by the industrywide PGB. The pensionable salary is the annual income of employees subject to a cap, which is adjusted each year to reflect the current requirements of the Netherlands’ Wages and Salaries Tax Act of 1964. Our obligation under this new plan is limited to the fixed percentage contribution we make each year. That is, investment risks, mortality risks and other actuarial risks typically associated with a defined benefit plan are borne by the employees. Additionally, the employees are entitled to any returns generated from the investment activities of the fund.

The following table outlines the details of our participation in the CDC Plan for the year ended December 31, 2016. The CDC disclosures provided herein are based on the fund’s 2015 annual report, which is the most recently available public information. Based on the total plan assets and accumulated benefit obligation information in the plan’s annual report, the zone status was green as of December 31, 2015. A green zone status indicates that the plan was at least 80 percent funded. The “FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented” column indicates whether a financial improvement plan (FIP) or a rehabilitation plan (RP) is either pending or has been implemented.  As of December 31, 2016, we are not aware of any financial improvement or rehabilitation plan being implemented or pending. The last column lists the expiration date of the collective-bargaining agreement to which the plan is subject.

            
Pension Protection Act
Zone Status
         
Tronox Contributions
              
Pension
Fund
   
EIN/Pension
Plan
Number
   
2016
   
2015
   
FIP/RP
Pending/
Implemented
   
2016
   
2015
   
Surcharge
Imposed
   
Expiration
date of
Collective-
Bargaining
Agreement
 
PGB
   
NA
    N/A    
Green
   
No
    4    
4
   
No
   
12/31/2019
 
 
On the basis of the information available in the CDC Plan 2015 annual report, our contribution does not constitute more than 5 percent of the total contribution to the plan by all participants. During 2016, the fund did not impose any surcharge on us.

South Africa Postretirement Healthcare Plan — As part of the Exxaro Transaction, we established a post-employment healthcare plan, which provides medical and dental benefits to certain Namakwa Sands employees, retired employees and their registered dependents (the “South African Plan”). The South African Plan provides benefits as follows: (i) members employed before March 1, 1994 receive 100% post-retirement and death-in-service benefits; (ii) members employed on or after March 1, 1994 but before January 1, 2002 receive 2% per year of completed service subject to a maximum of 50% post-retirement and death-in-service benefits; and, (iii) members employed on or after January 1, 2002 receive no post-retirement and death-in-service benefits.
 
Benefit Obligations and Funded Status — The following provides a reconciliation of beginning and ending benefit obligations, beginning and ending plan assets, funded status, and balance sheet classification of our pension and postretirement healthcare plans as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. The benefit obligations and plan assets associated with our principal benefit plans are measured on December 31.

   
Retirement Plans
   
Postretirement Healthcare
Plans
 
   
Year Ended December
   
Year Ended December
 
   
2016
   
2015
   
2016
   
2015
 
Change in benefit obligations :
                       
Benefit obligation, beginning of year
 
$
511
   
$
581
   
$
7
   
$
8
 
Service cost
   
5
     
4
     
     
 
Interest cost
   
20
     
19
     
1
     
1
 
Net actuarial (gains) losses
   
43
     
(42
)
   
     
 
Foreign currency rate changes
   
(5
)
   
(16
)
   
     
(2
)
Contributions by plan participants
   
     
     
     
 
Curtailment
   
 
   
     
     
 
Settlement
   
(155
   
     
     
 
Plan amendments
   
4
 
   
     
     
 
Benefits paid
   
(34
)
   
(31
)
   
     
 
Administrative expenses
   
(5
   
(4
)
   
     
 
                                 
Benefit obligation, end of year
   
384
     
511
     
8
     
7
 
                                 
Change in plan assets :
                               
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year
   
377
     
417
     
     
 
Actual return on plan assets
   
41
     
(8
)
   
     
 
Employer contributions (1)
   
21
     
17
     
     
 
Settlement
   
(126
)
   
     
     
 
Foreign currency rate changes
   
(4
)
   
(14
)
   
     
 
Benefits paid (1)
   
(34
)
   
(31
)
   
     
 
Administrative expenses
   
(5
)
   
(4
)
   
     
 
                                 
Fair value of plan assets, end of year
   
270
     
377
     
     
 
                                 
Net over (under) funded status of plans
 
$
(114
)
 
$
(134
)
 
$
(8
)
 
$
(7
)
                                 
Classification of amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets :
                               
Accrued liabilities
 
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
 
Pension and postretirement healthcare benefits
   
(114
)
   
(134
)
 
$
(8
)
   
(7
)
                                 
Total liabilities
   
(114
)
   
(134
)
   
(8
)
   
(7
)
Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss
   
94
     
104
     
(2
)
   
(2
)
                                 
Total
 
$
(20
)
 
$
(30
)
 
$
(10
)
 
$
(9
)
 

(1)
We expect 2017 contributions to be $18 million and $3 million for the qualified retirement plan and Alkali qualified retirement plan, respectively.
 
At December 31, 2016, our qualified retirement plan was in an underfunded status of $107 million. As a result, we have a projected minimum funding requirement of $17 million for 2016, which will be payable in 2017.

   
December 31, 2016
   
December 31, 2015
 
   
US
Qualified
Plan
   
Alkali
Qualified
Plan
   
The
Netherlands
Plan
   
US
Qualified
Plan
   
Alkali
Qualified
Plan
   
The
Netherlands
Plan
 
Accumulated benefit obligation
 
$
369
   
$
15
   
$
   
$
370
   
$
5
   
$
135
 
Projected benefit obligation
   
(369
)
   
(15
)
   
     
(370
)
   
(5
)
   
(135
)
Fair value of plan assets
   
262
     
8
     
     
254
     
2
     
121
 
                                                 
Funded status - underfunded
 
$
(107
)
 
$
(7
)
 
$
   
$
(116
)
 
$
(3
)
 
$
(14
)

Expected Benefit Payments — The following table shows the expected cash benefit payments for the next five years and in the aggregate for the years 2022 through 2026:

   
2017
   
2018
   
2019
   
2020
   
2021
     
2022-2026
 
Retirement Plans
 
$
28
   
$
27
   
$
27
   
$
27
   
$
27
   
$
131
 
Postretirement Healthcare Plan
 
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
2
 

Retirement and Postretirement Healthcare Expense — The table below presents the components of net periodic cost (income) associated with the U.S. and foreign plans recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for 2016, 2015, and 2014:

   
Retirement Plans
   
Postretirement Healthcare Plans
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
Net periodic cost:
                                   
Service cost
 
$
5
   
$
4
   
$
4
   
$
   
$
   
$
1
 
Interest cost
   
20
     
19
     
21
     
1
     
1
     
1
 
Expected return on plan assets
   
(20
)
   
(22
)
   
(23
)
   
     
     
 
Net amortization of actuarial loss
   
2
     
3
     
1
     
     
     
1
 
Curtailment gains
   
(1
)
   
     
(3
)
   
     
     
(6
)
Settlement losses
   
2
     
     
     
     
     
 
                                                 
Total net periodic cost (income)
 
$
8
   
$
4
   
$
   
$
1
   
$
1
   
$
(3
)

Pretax amounts that are expected to be reclassified from “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets to retirement expense during 2017 related to unrecognized actuarial losses are $3 million for the U.S. retirement plans and unrecognized settlement gain of $3 million for the U.S. postretirement healthcare plan.

Assumptions — The following weighted average assumptions were used to determine net periodic cost:

   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
   
US
Qualified
Plan
   
Alkali
Qualified
Plan
   
Netherlands
Plan
   
US
Qualified
Plan
   
Alkali
Qualified
Plan
   
Netherlands
Plan
   
US
Qualified
Plan
   
Alkali
Qualified
Plan
   
Netherlands
Plan
 
Discount rate
   
4.75
%
   
5.00
%
   
2.25
%
   
3.75
%
   
4.15
%
   
2.25
%
   
4.50
%
   
     
3.50
%
Expected return on plan assets
   
5.64
%
   
4.23
%
   
4.25
%
   
5.95
%
   
4.46
%
   
4.75
%
   
6.50
%
   
     
4.75
%
Rate of compensation increases
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
3.25
%
 
The following weighted average assumptions were used in estimating the actuarial present value of the plans’ benefit obligations:

   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
   
US
Qualified
Plan
   
Alkali
Qualified
Plan
   
Netherlands
Plan (1)
   
US
Qualified
Plan
   
Alkali
Qualified
Plan
   
Netherlands
Plan
   
US
Qualified
Plan
   
Alkali
Qualified
Plan
   
Netherlands
Plan
 
Discount rate
   
4.25
%
   
4.50
%
   
1.50
%
   
4.75
%
   
5.00
%
   
2.25
%
   
3.75
%
   
     
2.25
%
 

(1)
This reflects the rate used to calculate the final Netherlands Plan benefit obligation immediately before the Settlement Date.

During 2014, the Society of Actuaries issued an updated mortality table and improvement scale that indicated significant mortality improvement over the prior table. We concluded that the updated table represented our best estimate of mortality. In 2016, the mortality improvement scale that had been used in the 2015 was updated by the Society of Actuaries to reflect actual experience in mortality rates. We updated our mortality assumption accordingly resulting in a decrease of $6 million to our projected benefit obligation as compared to December 31, 2015.

The following weighted-average assumptions were used in determining the actuarial present value of the South African Plan:

   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
Discount rate
   
10.87
%
   
10.94
%
  9.16
%

Expected Return on Plan Assets — In forming the assumption of the U.S. long-term rate of return on plan assets, we took into account the expected earnings on funds already invested, earnings on contributions expected to be received in the current year, and earnings on reinvested returns. The long-term rate of return estimation methodology for U.S. plans is based on a capital asset pricing model using historical data and a forecasted earnings model. An expected return on plan assets analysis is performed which incorporates the current portfolio allocation, historical asset-class returns, and an assessment of expected future performance using asset-class risk factors. Our assumption of the long-term rate of return for the Netherlands Plan was developed considering the portfolio mix and country-specific economic data that includes the rates of return on local government and corporate bonds.

Discount Rate — The discount rate selected for estimation of the actuarial present value of the benefit obligations of the qualified plan were 4.25% and 4.75% at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The 2016 and 2015 rates were selected based on the results of a cash flow matching analysis, which projected the expected cash flows of the plans using a yield curves model developed from a universe of Aa-graded U.S. currency corporate bonds (obtained from Bloomberg) with at least $50 million outstanding. Bonds with features that imply unreliable pricing, a less than certain cash flow, or other indicators of optionality are filtered out of the universe. The remaining universe is categorized into maturity groups, and within each of the maturity groups yields are ranked into percentiles.

The discount rates selected for estimating the actuarial present value of the benefit obligation of Alkali Qualified Plan were 4.50% and 5.0% as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The 2016 and 2015 rates were selected based on the results of a cash flow matching analysis, which projected the expected cash flows of the plan using Aon Hewitt AA Above Median yield curve developed from U.S. currency corporate bonds with at least $250 million outstanding.

The discount rates selected for estimating the actuarial present value of the benefit obligation of the Netherlands Plan was 1.50% as the Settlement Date and 2.25% as of December 31, 2015. These rates were based on long-term Euro corporate bond index rates that correlate with anticipated cash flows associated with future benefit payments.
 
Plan Assets — Asset categories and associated asset allocations for our funded retirement plans at December 31, 2016 and 2015:

   
December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
 
   
Actual
   
Target
   
Actual
   
Target
 
Qualified Plan:
                       
Comingled equity funds
   
36
%
   
38
%
   
37
%
   
38
%
Debt securities
   
61
     
62
     
61
     
62
 
Cash and cash equivalents
   
3
     
     
2
     
 
                                 
Total
   
100
%
   
100
%
   
100
%
   
100
%
                                 
Alkali Qualified Plan:
                               
Debt securities
   
100
%
   
100
%
   
100
%
   
100
%
                                 
Total
   
100
%
   
100
%
   
100
%
   
100
%
Netherlands:
                               
Equity securities
   
%
   
%
   
24
%
   
25
%
Debt securities
   
     
     
64
     
62
 
Real estate
   
     
     
11
     
10
 
Cash and cash equivalents
   
     
     
1
     
3
 
                                 
Total
   
%
   
%
   
100
%
   
100
%

The U.S. Qualified Plan is administered by a board-appointed committee that has fiduciary responsibility for the plan’s management. The committee maintains an investment policy stating the guidelines for the performance and allocation of plan assets, performance review procedures and updating of the policy. At least annually, the U.S. plan’s asset allocation guidelines are reviewed in light of evolving risk and return expectations.

Substantially all of the plan’s assets are invested with nine equity fund managers, three fixed-income fund managers and one money-market fund manager. To control risk, equity fund managers are prohibited from entering into the following transactions, (i) investing in commodities, including all futures contracts, (ii) purchasing letter stock, (iii) short selling, and (iv) option trading. In addition, equity fund managers are prohibited from purchasing on margin and are prohibited from purchasing Tronox securities. Equity managers are monitored to ensure investments are in line with their style and are generally permitted to invest in U.S. common stock, U.S. preferred stock, U.S. securities convertible into common stock, common stock of foreign companies listed on major U.S. exchanges, common stock of foreign companies listed on foreign exchanges, covered call writing, and cash and cash equivalents.

Fixed-income fund managers are prohibited from investing in (i) direct real estate mortgages or commingled real estate funds, (ii) private placements above certain portfolio thresholds, (iii) tax exempt debt of state and local governments above certain portfolio thresholds, (iv) fixed income derivatives that would cause leverage, (v) guaranteed investment contracts, and (vi) Tronox securities. They are permitted to invest in debt securities issued by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, commercial paper rated A3/P3, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances and corporate debt obligations. Each fund manager’s portfolio has an average credit rating of A or better.

The Alkali Qualified Plan is administered by a board-appointed committee that has fiduciary responsibility for the plan’s management.  The committee is responsible for the oversight and management of the plan’s investments. The committee maintains an investment policy that provides guidelines for selection and retention of investment managers or funds, allocation of plan assets and performance review procedures and updating of the policy. At least annually, the Alkali Qualified Plan’s asset allocation guidelines are reviewed in light of evolving risk and return expectations.

The objective of the committee’s investment policy is to manage the plan assets in such a way that will allow for the on-going payment of the Company’s obligation to the beneficiaries. To meet this objective, the committee has structured a portfolio that will provide liquidity to meet the plan benefit payments and expense payable from the plan under ERISA and manage the plan asset in a liability framework. To provide adequate liquidity and control risk, the investment policy sets our broad investment guidelines that permit investment managers and funds to invest in liability-hedging assets to control the plan’s surplus volatility. This includes investment in high-quality, investment grade bonds with durations that approximate the durations of the liabilities.
 
Fixed income portfolio managers are permitted to use fixed income derivative contracts to achieve general portfolio objectives in accordance with the risk management and internal control procedures agreed between the manager and the committee’s advisor. The overall performance of the liability-hedging assets will be determined primarily by how they track the investable custom liability-hedging mandate they are designed to hedge. Cash equivalents can he held to meet the benefits obligations of the plan and to pay fees. The plan’s cash equivalents investments could be invested in a diversified mix of high-quality, short-term debt securities, including commercial paper, bankers’ acceptance, certificates of deposits and US government obligations. Investment in return seeking assets is prohibited.

The Netherlands plan is administered by a pension committee representing the employer, the employees, and the pensioners. The pension committee has six members, whereby three members are elected by the employer, two members are elected by the employees and one member is elected by the pensioners, and each member has one vote. The pension committee meets at least quarterly to discuss regulatory changes, asset performance, and asset allocation. The plan assets are managed by one Dutch fund manager against a mandate set at least annually by the pension committee.  The plan assets are evaluated annually by a multinational benefits consultant against state defined actuarial tests to determine funding requirements.

The fair values of pension investments as of December 31, 2016 are summarized below:

   
U.S. Qualified Plan
 
   
Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2016, Using:
 
   
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
   
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
   
Total
 
Asset category:
                       
Commingled Equity Funds
 
$
95
(1)  
 
$
   
$
   
$
95
 
Debt securities:
                               
Corporate
   
     
78
(2)
   
     
78
 
Government
   
81
(3)  
   
     
     
81
 
Cash & cash equivalents:
                               
Commingled cash equivalents fund
   
8
(4)  
   
     
     
8
 
                                 
Total at fair value
 
$
184
   
$
78
   
$
   
$
262
 


(1)
For commingled equity funds owned by the funds, fair value is based on observable quoted prices on active exchanges, which are level 1 inputs.
(2)
For corporate related debt securities, the fair value is based on observable inputs of comparable market transactions, which are level 2 inputs.
(3)
For government related debt securities, the fair value is based on observable quoted prices on active exchanges, which are level 1 inputs.
(4)
For commingled cash equivalents funds, fair value is based on observable quoted prices on active exchanges, which are level 1 inputs.
 
   
Alkali Qualified Plan
 
   
Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2016, Using:
 
   
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
   
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
   
Total
 
Asset category:
                       
Debt securities:
                       
Fixed income funds
 
$
8
(1)
 
$
   
$
   
$
8
 
                                 
Total at fair value
 
$
8
   
$
   
$
   
$
8
 


(1)
For commingled fixed income funds, fair value is based on observable quoted prices on active exchanges, which are Level 1 inputs.

The fair values of pension investments for the U.S. Qualified Plan as of December 31, 2015 are summarized below:

   
Fair Value
Measurement
at December
31, 2015 (1)
 
Asset category:
     
Commingled Equity Funds
 
$
93
 
Debt securities:
       
Commingled Fixed Income Funds
   
155
 
Cash & cash equivalents:
       
Commingled Cash Equivalents Fund
   
6
 
         
Total at fair value
 
$
254
 


(1)
The fair values were measured at net asset value under ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement , as a practical expedient.

   
Alkali Qualified Plan
 
   
Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2015, Using:
 
   
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
   
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
   
Total
 
Asset category:
                       
Debt securities:
                       
US Fixed Income Funds
 
$
1
(1)
 
$
   
$
   
$
1
 
Commingled Fixed Income Funds
   
     
1
(2)
   
     
1
 
                                 
Total at fair value
 
$
1
   
$
1
   
$
   
$
2
 


(1)
For US fixed income funds owned by the funds, fair value is based on observable quoted prices on active exchanges, which are Level 1.
(2)
For commingled fixed income funds, fair value is based on observable inputs of comparable market transactions, which are Level 2 inputs.
 
   
Netherlands Pension
 
   
Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2015, Using:
 
   
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
   
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
   
Total
 
Asset category:
                 
Equity securities — Non-U.S. Pooled Funds
 
$
   
$
29
(1)
 
$
   
$
29
 
Debt securities — Non-U.S. Pooled Funds
   
     
77
(2)
   
     
77
 
Real Estate Pooled Funds
   
     
13
(3)
   
     
13
 
Cash equivalents
   
     
2
(4)
   
     
2
 
                                 
Total at fair value
 
$
   
$
121
   
$
   
$
121
 


(1)
For equity securities in the form of fund units that are redeemable at the measurement date, the unit value is deemed a Level 2 input.
(2)
For pooled fund debt securities, the fair value is based on observable inputs, but do not solely rely on quoted market prices, and are therefore deemed Level 2 inputs.
(3)
For real estate pooled funds, the fair value is based on observable inputs, but do not solely rely on quoted market prices, and are therefore deemed Level 2 inputs.
(4)
For cash equivalents, the fair value is based on observable inputs but do not solely rely on quoted market prices and are therefore deemed level 2 inputs.

Defined Contribution Plans

U.S. Savings Investment Plan

In 2006, we established the U.S. Savings Investment Plan (the “SIP”), a qualified defined contribution plan under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the SIP, our regular full-time and part-time employees contribute a portion of their earnings, and we match these contributions up to a predefined threshold. Our matching contribution was 100% of the first 6% of employee contributions. Effective January 1, 2013, we established a profit sharing contribution at 6% of employees’ pay (“discretionary contribution”). The discretionary contribution is subject to our Board of Directors’ approval each year. The Board approved discretionary contribution of 6% of pay for 2016, 2015 and 2014. Our matching contribution to the SIP vests immediately; however, our discretionary contribution is subject to vesting conditions that must be satisfied over a three year vesting period. Contributions under the SIP, including our match, are invested in accordance with the investment options elected by plan participants. Compensation expenses associated with our matching contribution to the SIP was $5 million each during 2016 and 2015, and $4 million during 2014, which was included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Compensation expense associated with our discretionary contribution was $6 million, $5 million and $4 million in 2016 2015 and 2014, respectively, which was included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

U.S. Benefit Restoration Plan

In 2006, we established the U.S. Benefit Restoration Plan (the “BRP”), a nonqualified defined contribution plan, for employees whose eligible compensation is expected to exceed the IRS compensation limits for qualified plans. Under the BRP, participants can contribute up to 20% of their annual compensation and incentive. Our matching contribution under the BRP is the same as the SIP. Our matching contribution under this plan vests immediately to plan participants. Contributions under the BRP, including our match, are invested in accordance with the investment options elected by plan participants. Compensation expense associated with our matching contribution to the BRP was $1 million each during 2016, 2015 and 2014 which was included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

22. Acquisition of Alkali Chemicals Group

On April 1, 2015, we acquired Alkali because it diversifies our end markets and revenue base, and increases our participation in faster growing emerging market economies. We believe it also provides us greater opportunity to utilize a portion of our U.S. tax attributes in future periods. See Note 5 for a discussion of the tax impact of the Alkali Transaction. We accounted for the Alkali Transaction using the acquisition method under ASC 805 which requires recording assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded based on their preliminary estimated fair values on the Alkali Transaction Date. The results of the Alkali chemical business are included in the Alkali segment. The results of the Alkali chemical business are included in the Alkali segment. The valuations were derived from estimated fair value assessments and assumptions used by management.
 
We funded the Alkali Transaction through existing cash and new debt. See Note 14 for further details of the Alkali Transaction financing.

Purchase Price Allocation

   
Valuation
 
Consideration:
     
Purchase price
 
$
1,650
 
         
Fair Value of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed:
       
Current Assets:
       
Accounts receivable
 
$
147
 
Inventories
   
48
 
Prepaid and other assets
   
32
 
         
Total Current Assets
   
227
 
Property, plant and equipment (1)
   
767
 
Mineral leaseholds (2)
   
739
 
Other long-term assets
   
3
 
         
Total Assets
 
$
1,736
 
         
Current Liabilities:
       
Accounts payable
   
46
 
Accrued liabilities
   
28
 
         
Total Current Liabilities
   
74
 
Noncurrent Liabilities:
       
Other
   
12
 
         
Total Liabilities
   
86
 
         
Net Assets
 
$
1,650
 


(1)
The fair value of property, plant and equipment was determined using the cost approach, which estimates the replacement cost of each asset using current prices and labor costs, less estimates for physical, functional and technological obsolescence, based on the estimated useful life ranging from 5 to 38 years.
(2)
The fair value of mineral rights was determined using the Discounted Cash Flow method, which was based upon the present value of the estimated future cash flows for the expected life of the asset taking into account the relative risk of achieving those cash flows and the time value of money. A discount rate of 10.4% was used taking into account the risks associated with such assets.

There were no contingent liabilities currently recorded in the fair value of net assets acquired as of the Alkali Transaction Date, and the fair value of net assets acquired includes accounts receivables with book value that approximates fair value.
 
Condensed Combined Financial Information

The following condensed financial information presents the resulting operations of Alkali from the Alkali Transaction Date to December 31, 2015:

   
For the period
April 1, 2015 through
December 31, 2015
 
Net sales
 
$
602
 
Income from operations
 
$
69
 
Net income
 
$
52
 

Supplemental Pro forma financial information

The following unaudited pro forma information gives effect to the Alkali Transaction as if it had occurred on January 1, 2014. The unaudited pro forma financial information reflects certain adjustments related to the acquisition, such as (1) conforming the accounting policies of Alkali to those applied by Tronox, (2) recording certain incremental expenses resulting from purchase accounting adjustments, such as incremental depreciation expense in connection with fair value adjustments to property, plant and equipment, and depletion expense in connection with fair value adjustments to mineral leaseholds, (3) to record the effect on interest expense related to borrowings in connection with the Alkali Transaction and (4) to record the related tax effects. The unaudited pro forma financial information was adjusted to include the effect of certain non-recurring items as of January 1, 2014 such as the impact of transaction costs related to the Alkali Transaction of approximately $29 million, inventory step-up amortization of $9 million and $8 million of interest expense incurred on the Bridge Facility (see Note 14). All of these non-recurring costs were excluded from the 2015 supplemental pro forma information. The unaudited pro forma financial information is for illustrative purposes only and should not be relied upon as being indicative of the historical results that would have been obtained if the Alkali Transaction had actually occurred on that date, nor the results of operations in the future.

In accordance with ASC 805, the supplemental pro forma results of operations for 2015 and 2014, as if the Alkali Transaction had occurred on January 1, 2014, are as follows:

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2015
    2014  
Net sales
  $ 2,307     $ 2,520  
Income (loss) from operations
  $ (67 )   $ 67  
Net loss
  $ (260 )   $ (405
)
Loss per share, basic and diluted
  $ (2.25 )   $ (3.54
)

23. Related Party Transactions

Exxaro

 We have service level agreements with Exxaro for research and development that expire in 2017. We also had service level agreements with Exxaro for services such as tax preparation and information technology which expired during 2015. Such service level agreements amounted to expenses of $1 million, $2 million, and $3 million during 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which was included in “Selling general and administrative expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Additionally, we have a professional service agreement with Exxaro related to the Fairbreeze construction project. We made payments to Exxaro of $2 million during 2016 and $3 million each in 2015, and 2014, which was capitalized in “Property, plant and equipment, net” in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, we had less than $1 million and $1 million, respectively, of related party payables, which were recorded in “Accounts payable” in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

ANSAC

 We hold a membership in ANSAC, which is responsible for promoting exports of US-produced soda ash. Under the ANSAC membership agreement, Alkali’s exports of soda ash to all markets except Canada, the European community, the European Free Trade Association and the Southern African Customs Union are exclusively through ANSAC. Certain sales and marketing costs incurred by ANSAC are charged directly to us. Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations include amounts charged to us by ANSAC principally consisting of salaries, benefits, office supplies, professional fees, travel, rent and certain other costs, which amounted to $4 million and $3 million for 2016 and 2015, respectively. During 2016 and 2015, we recorded net sales to ANSAC of $276 million and $210 million, respectively, which was included in “Net sales” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, we had $60 million and $47 million, respectively, of related party receivables from ANSAC which were recorded in “Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts” in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, we had related party payables due to ANSAC of $1 million and $2 million, respectively, recorded in “Accounts payable” in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Additionally, during 2016 and 2015, “Cost of goods sold” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations included $4 million each of charges to us by ANSAC for freight costs incurred on our behalf. We did not have a liability to ANSAC at December 31, 2016 and $1 million of liabilities in 2015 for freight costs incurred on our behalf, included in “Accounts payable” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
Natron x Technologies LLC

In connection with the Alkali Transaction, we acquired FMC’s one-third ownership interest in a joint venture, Natron x Technologies LLC (“Natron x ”). Natron x manufactured and marketed sodium-based, dry sorbents for air pollution control in electric utility and industrial boiler operations. Pursuant to an agreement with Natron x , we purchased ground trona from a third-party vendor as an agent on its behalf (the “Supply Agreement”). We also provided certain administrative services such as accounting, technology and customer services to Natron x under a service level agreement (the “SLA”). We are reimbursed by Natron x for the related costs incurred under the Supply Agreement and the SLA. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, we had less than $1 million and $1 million of receivables related to these agreements, which were recorded in “Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

During April 2016, Natron x notified its customers of its intent to cease operations and end deliveries of product on June 30, 2016. On September 1, 2016, the Board of Directors of Natron x approved the demolition of the plant located at Alkali’s Westvaco facility and other costs associated with dissolving the joint venture. During the second half of 2016, a reserve of $1 million, representing our one-third share of the estimated expenses related to the termination of the Natron x business, including severance and other exit activities, was recognized and included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and in “Accrued liabilities” in our Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016. We do not expect to incur any additional future expenses related to the termination of the Natron x business.

24. Segment Information

The reportable segments presented below represent our operating segments for which separate financial information is available and which is utilized on a regular basis by our Chief Executive Officer, who is our chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), to assess performance and to allocate resources.

Prior to the Alkali Transaction, we had two operating and reportable segments, Mineral Sands and Pigment, based on the way the management team was organized and our CODM monitored performance, aligned strategies, and allocated resources. As a result of the increased interdependency between the Mineral Sands and Pigment businesses and related organizational changes, our CODM determined that it was better to review the Mineral Sands and Pigment businesses, along with our electrolytic business, as a combined one, TiO 2 , and to assess performance and allocate resources at that level. Following the Alkali Transaction, we restructured our organization to reflect two business segments, TiO 2 and Alkali. The change in reportable segments for financial reporting purposes that occurred in the second quarter of 2015 has been retrospectively applied.

Our TiO 2 operating segment includes the following:

exploration, mining, and beneficiation of mineral sands deposits;

production of titanium feedstock (including chloride slag, slag fines, and rutile), pig iron, and zircon;

production and marketing of TiO 2 ; and

electrolytic manganese dioxide manufacturing and marketing.

Our Alkali operating segment includes the mining of trona ore for the production from trona of natural soda ash and its derivatives: sodium bicarbonate, sodium sesquicarbonate and caustic soda (collectively referred to as “alkali-products”).

Segment performance is evaluated based on segment operating income (loss), which represents the results of segment operations before unallocated costs, such as general corporate expenses not identified to a specific segment, interest expense, other income (expense), and income tax expense or benefit.
 
Net sales and income (loss) from operations by segment were as follows:

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
TiO 2 segment
 
$
1,309
   
$
1,510
   
$
1,737
 
Alkali segment
   
784
     
602
     
 
                         
Net sales
 
$
2,093
   
$
2,112
   
$
1,737
 
                         
TiO 2 segment
 
$
6
   
$
(123
)
 
$
78
 
Alkali segment
   
84
     
69
     
 
Corporate
   
(54
)
   
(64
)
   
(78
)
                         
Income (loss) from operations
   
36
     
(118
)
   
 
Interest and debt expense, net
   
(184
)
   
(176
)
   
(133
)
Net loss on liquidation of non-operating subsidiaries
   
     
     
(35
)
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt
   
4
     
     
(8
)
Other income, net
   
(29
)
   
28
     
27
 
                         
Loss before income taxes
   
(173
)
   
(266
)
   
(149
)
Income tax (provision) benefit
   
115
     
(41
)
   
(268
)
                         
Net loss
 
$
(58
)
 
$
(307
)
 
$
(417
)

Net sales to external customers, by geographic region, based on country of production, were as follows:

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
U.S. operations
 
$
1,354
   
$
1,223
   
$
749
 
International operations:
                       
Australia
   
352
     
380
     
426
 
South Africa
   
200
     
313
     
329
 
The Netherlands
   
187
     
196
     
233
 
                         
Total net sales
 
$
2,093
   
$
2,112
   
$
1,737
 

Net sales from external customers for each similar product were as follows:

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
Pigment
 
$
966
   
$
976
   
$
1,179
 
Alkali
   
784
     
602
     
 
Titanium feedstock and co-products
   
286
     
426
     
445
 
Electrolytic
   
57
     
108
     
113
 
                         
Total net sales
 
$
2,093
   
$
2,112
   
$
1,737
 
 
During 2016, 2015 and 2014 our ten largest third-party TiO 2 customers represented 22%, 29% and 34%, respectively, of our consolidated net sales. During 2016 and 2015, our ten largest third-party Alkali customers represented 24% and 18%, respectively, of our consolidated net sales. During 2016 and 2015, ANSAC accounted for 13% and 10% of our consolidated net sales. No single customer accounted for 10% of our consolidated net sales in 2014. See Note 23 for further details.
 
Depreciation, amortization and depletion by segment were as follows:

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
TiO 2 segment
 
$
171
   
$
246
   
$
289
 
Alkali segment
   
59
     
42
     
 
Corporate
   
6
     
6
     
6
 
                         
Total depreciation, amortization and depletion
 
$
236
   
$
294
   
$
295
 

Capital expenditures by segment were as follows:

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
TiO 2 segment
 
$
84
   
$
164
   
$
184
 
Alkali segment
   
33
     
26
     
 
Corporate
   
2
     
1
     
3
 
                         
Total capital expenditures
 
$
119
   
$
191
   
$
187
 

Total assets by segment were as follows:

   
December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
 
TiO 2 segment
 
$
2,990
   
$
3,055
 
Alkali segment
   
1,669
     
1,690
 
Corporate
   
291
     
282
 
                 
Total
 
$
4,950
   
$
5,027
 

Property, plant and equipment, net and mineral leaseholds, net, by geographic region, were as follows:

   
December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
 
U.S. operations
 
$
1,663
   
$
1,687
 
International operations:
               
South Africa
   
844
     
747
 
Australia
   
896
     
968
 
The Netherlands
   
35
     
45
 
                 
Total
 
$
3,438
   
$
3,447
 

25. Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements

The obligations of Tronox Finance, our wholly-owned subsidiary, under the Senior Notes due 2020 are fully and unconditionally (subject to certain customary circumstances providing for the release of a guarantor subsidiary) guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis, jointly and severally, by Tronox Limited (referred to for purposes of this note only as the “Parent Company”) and each of its current and future restricted subsidiaries, other than excluded subsidiaries, that guarantee any indebtedness of the Parent Company or its restricted subsidiaries (collectively, the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”). The Subsidiary Issuer, Tronox Finance, and each of the Guarantor Subsidiaries are 100% owned, directly or indirectly, by the Parent Company. Our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Senior Notes due 2020 are referred to as the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries.” The guarantor condensed consolidating financial statements presented below presents the statements of operations, statements of comprehensive income (loss), balance sheets and statements of cash flow data for: (i) the Parent Company, the Guarantor Subsidiaries, the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, and the subsidiary issuer, on a consolidated basis (which is derived from Tronox historical reported financial information); (ii) the Parent Company, alone (accounting for our Guarantor Subsidiaries, the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, and Tronox Finance on an equity basis under which the investments are recorded by each entity owning a portion of another entity at cost, adjusted for the applicable share of the subsidiary’s cumulative results of operations, capital contributions and distributions, and other equity changes); (iii) the Guarantor Subsidiaries alone; (iv) the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries alone; and (v) the subsidiary issuer, Tronox Finance.
 
The guarantor condensed consolidating financial statements are presented on a legal entity basis, not on a business segment basis. The indentures governing the Senior Notes due 2020 provide for a Guarantor Subsidiary to be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from its guarantee obligations in certain customary circumstances, including:

Sale or other disposition of such Guarantor Subsidiary’s capital stock or all or substantially all of its assets and all of the indenture obligations (other than contingent obligations) of such Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of all other indebtedness of the Subsidiary Guarantors terminate upon the consummation of such transaction;

Designation of such Guarantor Subsidiary as an “unrestricted subsidiary” under the indenture;

In the case of certain Guarantor Subsidiaries that incur or guarantee indebtedness under certain credit facilities, upon the release or discharge of such Guarantor Subsidiary’s guarantee or incurrence of indebtedness that resulted in the creation of such guarantee, except a discharge or release as a result of payment under such guarantee;

Legal defeasance, covenant defeasance, or satisfaction and discharge of the indenture obligations;

Payment in full of the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Senior Notes due 2020 and all other obligations under the indenture; or

Release or discharge of the Guarantor Subsidiary’s guarantee of certain other indebtedness.
 
At December 31, 2016, certain entities which were created as part of the Corporate Reorganization were designated as non-guarantor entities. Pursuant to the Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 14, 2017, to the Indenture, dated August 20, 2012 among Tronox Finance LLC, as Issuer, Tronox Limited as Parent, the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, these entities have been designated as guarantor entities, effective prospectively.
GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Year Ended December 31, 2016
(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   
Consolidated
   
Eliminations
   
Tronox
Finance
LLC
   
Parent
Company
   
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Net sales
 
$
2,093
   
$
(199
)
 
$
   
$
   
$
1,742
   
$
550
 
Cost of goods sold
   
1,846
     
(206
)
   
     
     
1,550
     
502
 
                                                 
Gross profit
   
247
     
7
     
     
     
192
     
48
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
   
(210
)
   
3
     
     
(27
)
   
(142
)
   
(44
)
Restructuring expenses
   
(1
)
   
     
     
     
1
     
(2
)
                                                 
Income (loss) from operations
   
36
     
10
     
     
(27
)
   
51
     
2
 
Interest and debt expense, net
   
(184
)
   
     
(105
)
   
     
(4
)
   
(75
)
Gain on extinguishment of debt
   
4
     
     
4
     
     
     
 
Other income (expense), net
   
(29
)
   
     
     
45
     
64
     
(138
)
Intercompany interest income (expense)
   
     
     
     
509
     
(562
)
   
53
 
Equity in earnings of subsidiary
   
     
55
     
     
(281
)
   
(195
)
   
421
 
                                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
   
(173
)
   
65
     
(101
)
   
246
     
(646
)
   
263
 
Income tax benefit (provision)
   
115
     
     
30
     
(305
)
   
374
     
16
 
                                                 
Net income (loss)
   
(58
)
   
65
     
(71
)
   
(59
)
   
(272
)
   
279
 
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
   
1
     
1
     
     
     
     
 
                                                 
Net income (loss) attributable to Tronox Limited
 
$
(59
)
 
$
64
   
$
(71
)
 
$
(59
)
 
$
(272
)
 
$
279
 
 
GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
Year Ended December 31, 2016
(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   
Consolidated
   
Eliminations
   
Tronox
Finance
LLC
   
Parent
Company
   
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Net income (loss)
 
$
(58
)
 
$
65
   
$
(71
)
 
$
(59
)
 
$
(272
)
 
$
279
 
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                                               
Foreign currency translation adjustments
   
119
     
(228
)
   
     
88
     
137
     
122
 
Pension and postretirement plans
   
10
     
(18
)
   
     
10
     
1
     
17
 
Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative financial instruments
   
3
     
(3
)
   
     
3
     
3
     
 
                                                 
Other comprehensive income (loss)
   
132
     
(249
)
   
     
101
     
141
     
139
 
                                                 
Total comprehensive income (loss)
 
$
74
   
$
(184
)
 
$
(71
)
   
42
   
$
(131
)
   
418
 
                                                 
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest:
                                               
Net income
   
1
     
1
     
     
     
     
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
   
31
     
31
     
     
     
     
 
                                                 
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest
   
32
     
32
     
     
     
     
 
                                                 
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Tronox Limited
 
$
42
   
$
(216
)
 
$
(71
)
 
$
42
   
$
(131
)
 
$
418
 
 
GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
As of December 31, 2016
(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   
Consolidated
   
Eliminations
   
Tronox
Finance
LLC
   
Parent
Company
   
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
ASSETS
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
248
   
$
   
$
1
   
$
2
   
$
181
   
$
64
 
Restricted cash
   
3
     
     
     
     
3
     
 
Accounts receivable, net
   
421
     
     
     
     
322
     
99
 
Inventories, net
   
532
     
(13
)
   
     
     
363
     
182
 
Other current assets
   
49
     
(842
)
   
62
     
91
     
277
     
461
 
Investment in subsidiaries
   
     
(8,789
)
   
     
1,005
     
4,069
     
3,715
 
Property, plant and equipment, net
   
1,831
     
     
     
     
1,322
     
509
 
Mineral leaseholds, net
   
1,607
     
     
     
     
1,236
     
371
 
Intercompany loans receivable
   
     
(6,365
)
   
1,200
     
405
     
37
     
4,723
 
Other long-term assets
   
259
     
     
     
     
228
     
31
 
                                                 
Total assets
 
$
4,950
   
$
(16,009
)
 
$
1,263
   
$
1,503
   
$
8,038
   
$
10,155
 
                                                 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
                                               
Short-term debt
 
$
150
   
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
150
   
$
 
Other current liabilities
   
372
     
(842
)
   
43
     
484
     
491
     
196
 
Long-term debt
   
2,888
     
     
1,462
     
     
     
1,426
 
Intercompany loans payable
   
     
(6,365
)
   
     
     
6,328
     
37
 
Other long-term liabilities
   
379
     
     
     
2
     
199
     
178
 
                                                 
Total liabilities
   
3,789
     
(7,207
)
   
1,505
     
486
     
7,168
     
1,837
 
Total equity
   
1,161
     
(8,802
)
   
(242
)
   
1,017
     
870
     
8,318
 
                                                 
Total liabilities and equity
 
$
4,950
   
$
(16,009
)
 
$
1,263
   
$
1,503
   
$
8,038
   
$
10,155
 
 
GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Year Ended December 31, 2016
(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   
Consolidated
   
Eliminations
   
Tronox
Finance
LLC
   
Parent
Company
   
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
                                   
Net income (loss)
 
$
(58
)
 
$
65
   
$
(71
)
 
$
(59
)
 
$
(272
)
 
$
279
 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
   
236
     
     
     
     
185
     
51
 
Other
   
33
     
(65
)
   
(34
)
   
124
     
357
     
(349
)
                                                 
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities
   
211
     
     
(105
)
   
65
     
270
     
(19
)
                                                 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
                                               
Capital expenditures
   
(119
)
   
     
     
     
(77
)
   
(42
)
Proceeds on sale of assets
   
2
     
     
     
     
1
     
1
 
Collections of intercompany loans
   
     
(209
)
   
126
     
8
     
     
75
 
Intercompany loans
   
     
100
     
(5
)
   
     
(95
)
   
 
                                                 
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities
   
(117
)
   
(109
)
   
121
     
8
     
(171
)
   
34
 
                                                 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
                                               
Repayments of debt
   
(31
)
   
     
(15
)
   
     
     
(16
)
Repayments of intercompany loans
   
     
209
     
     
(126
)
   
(83
)
   
 
Proceeds from intercompany loans
   
     
(100
)
   
     
100
     
     
 
Dividends paid
   
(46
)
   
     
     
(46
)
   
     
 
                                                 
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities
   
(77
)
   
109
     
(15
)
   
(72
)
   
(83
)
   
(16
)
                                                 
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
   
2
     
     
     
     
     
2
 
                                                 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
   
19
     
     
1
     
1
     
16
     
1
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
 
$
229
   
$
   
$
   
$
1
   
$
165
   
$
63
 
                                                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 
$
248
   
$
   
$
1
   
$
2
   
$
181
   
$
64
 
 
GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Year Ended December 31, 2015
(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   
Consolidated
   
Eliminations
   
Tronox
Finance
LLC
   
Parent
Company
   
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Net sales
 
$
2,112
   
$
(178
)
 
$
   
$
   
$
1,636
   
$
654
 
Cost of goods sold
   
1,992
     
(165
)
   
     
     
1,527
     
630
 
                                                 
Gross profit
   
120
     
(13
)
   
     
     
109
     
24
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
   
(217
)
   
3
     
(1
)
   
(23
)
   
(155
)
   
(41
)
Restructuring expenses
   
(21
)
   
     
     
     
(15
)
   
(6
)
                                                 
Income (loss) from operations
   
(118
)
   
(10
)
   
(1
)
   
(23
)
   
(61
)
   
(23
)
Interest and debt expense, net
   
(176
)
   
     
(103
)
   
     
(7
)
   
(66
)
Intercompany interest income (expense)
   
     
     
     
518
     
(568
)
   
50
 
Other income (expense), net
   
28
     
(1
)
   
     
4
     
(2
)
   
27
 
Equity in earnings of subsidiary
   
     
672
     
     
(616
)
   
(56
)
   
 
                                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
   
(266
)
   
661
     
(104
)
   
(117
)
   
(694
)
   
(12
)
Income tax benefit (provision)
   
(41
)
   
     
31
     
(201
)
   
133
     
(4
)
                                                 
Net income (loss)
   
(307
)
   
661
     
(73
)
   
(318
)
   
(561
)
   
(16
)
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
   
11
     
11
     
     
     
     
 
                                                 
Net income (loss) attributable to Tronox Limited
 
$
(318
)
 
$
650
   
$
(73
)
 
$
(318
)
 
$
(561
)
 
$
(16
)
 
GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
Year Ended December 31, 2015
(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   
Consolidated
   
Eliminations
   
Tronox
Finance
LLC
   
Parent
Company
   
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Net income (loss)
 
$
(307
)
 
$
661
   
$
(73
)
 
$
(318
)
 
$
(561
)
 
$
(16
)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                                               
Foreign currency translation adjustments
   
(292
)
   
508
     
     
(215
)
   
(293
)
   
(292
)
Pension and postretirement plans
   
15
     
(14
)
   
     
15
     
18
     
(4
)
                                                 
Other comprehensive income (loss)
   
(277
)
   
494
     
     
(200
)
   
(275
)
   
(296
)
                                                 
Total comprehensive income (loss)
   
(584
)
   
1,155
     
(73
)
   
(518
)
   
(836
)
   
(312
)
                                                 
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest:
                                               
Net income
   
11
     
11
     
     
     
     
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
   
(77
)
   
(77
)
   
     
     
     
 
                                                 
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest
   
(66
)
   
(66
)
   
     
     
     
 
                                                 
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Tronox Limited
 
$
(518
)
 
$
1,221
   
$
(73
)
 
$
(518
)
 
$
(836
)
 
$
(312
)
 
GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
As of December 31, 2015
(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   
Consolidated
   
Eliminations
   
Tronox
Finance
LLC
   
Parent
Company
   
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
ASSETS
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
229
   
$
   
$
   
$
1
   
$
165
   
$
63
 
Restricted cash
   
5
     
     
     
     
5
     
 
Accounts receivable
   
391
     
     
     
     
303
     
88
 
Inventories, net
   
630
     
(24
)
   
     
     
439
     
215
 
Other current assets
   
46
     
(4,345
)
   
657
     
1,473
     
1,149
     
1,112
 
Investment in subsidiaries
   
     
2,596
     
     
(3,274
)
   
678
     
 
Property, plant and equipment, net
   
1,843
     
     
     
     
1,388
     
455
 
Mineral leaseholds, net
   
1,604
     
     
     
     
1,266
     
338
 
Intercompany loans receivable
   
     
(7,106
)
   
688
     
5,936
     
76
     
406
 
Other long-term assets
   
279
     
     
4
     
     
258
     
17
 
                                                 
Total assets
 
$
5,027
   
$
(8,879
)
 
$
1,349
   
$
4,136
   
$
5,727
   
$
2,694
 
                                                 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
                                               
Short-term debt
 
$
150
   
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
150
   
$
 
Other current liabilities
   
398
     
(4,345
)
   
45
     
2,443
     
2,081
     
174
 
Long-term debt
   
2,910
     
     
1,470
     
     
     
1,440
 
Intercompany loans payable
   
     
(7,106
)
   
5
     
694
     
6,338
     
69
 
Other long-term liabilities
   
459
     
     
     
1
     
267
     
191
 
                                                 
Total liabilities
   
3,917
     
(11,451
)
   
1,520
     
3,138
     
8,836
     
1,874
 
Total equity
   
1,110
     
2,572
     
(171
)
   
998
     
(3,109
)
   
820
 
                                                 
Total liabilities and equity
 
$
5,027
   
$
(8,879
)
 
$
1,349
   
$
4,136
   
$
5,727
   
$
2,694
 
 
GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Year Ended December 31, 2015
(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   
Consolidated
   
Eliminations
   
Tronox
Finance
LLC
   
Parent
Company
   
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
                                   
Net income (loss)
 
$
(307
)
 
$
661
   
$
(73
)
 
$
(318
)
 
$
(561
)
 
$
(16
)
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
   
294
     
     
     
     
232
     
62
 
Other
   
229
     
(662
)
   
596
     
352
     
542
     
(599
)
                                                 
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities
   
216
     
(1
)
   
523
     
34
     
213
     
(553
)
                                                 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
                                               
Capital expenditures
   
(191
)
   
     
     
     
(68
)
   
(123
)
Proceeds on sale of assets
   
1
     
     
     
     
1
     
 
Acquisition of business
   
(1,650
)
   
     
     
     
(1,650
)
   
 
Investment in subsidiaries
   
     
1,526
     
     
(1,526
)
   
     
 
Return of capital from subsidiaries
   
     
(24
)
   
     
24
     
     
 
Collections of intercompany loans
   
     
(725
)
   
79
     
26
     
43
     
577
 
Intercompany loans
   
     
1,386
     
(589
)
   
(3
)
   
(237
)
   
(557
)
                                                 
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities
   
(1,840
)
   
2,163
     
(510
)
   
(1,479
)
   
(1,911
)
   
(103
)
                                                 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
                                               
Repayments of debt
   
(18
)
   
     
     
     
(2
)
   
(16
)
Repayments of intercompany loans
   
     
725
     
     
(103
)
   
(602
)
   
(20
)
Proceeds from debt
   
750
     
     
     
     
150
     
600
 
Proceeds from intercompany loans
   
     
(1,386
)
   
     
1,380
     
3
     
3
 
Contribution from parent
   
     
(1,526
)
   
     
     
1,526
     
 
Return of capital to parent
   
     
24
     
     
     
(24
)
   
 
Partnership distribution to parent
   
     
1
     
     
     
(1
)
   
 
Debt issuance costs
   
(15
)
   
     
(13
)
   
     
(2
)
   
 
Dividends paid
   
(117
)
   
     
     
(117
)
   
     
 
Proceeds from the exercise of warrants and options
   
3
     
     
     
3
     
     
 
                                                 
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities
   
603
     
(2,162
)
   
(13
)
   
1,163
     
1,048
     
567
 
                                                 
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
   
(26
)
   
     
     
     
     
(26
)
                                                 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
   
(1,047
)
   
     
     
(282
)
   
(650
)
   
(115
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
 
$
1,276
   
$
   
$
   
$
283
   
$
815
   
$
178
 
                                                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 
$
229
   
$
   
$
   
$
1
   
$
165
   
$
63
 
 
GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Year Ended December 31, 2014
(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   
Consolidated
   
Eliminations
   
Tronox
Finance
LLC
   
Parent
Company
   
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Net sales
 
$
1,737
   
$
(211
)
 
$
   
$
   
$
1,224
   
$
724
 
Cost of goods sold
   
1,530
     
(238
)
   
     
     
1,113
     
655
 
                                                 
Gross profit
   
207
     
27
     
     
     
111
     
69
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
   
(192
)
   
3
     
     
(13
)
   
(140
)
   
(42
)
Restructuring expenses
   
(15
)
   
     
     
     
(6
)
   
(9
)
                                                 
Income (loss) from operations
   
     
30
     
     
(13
)
   
(35
)
   
18
 
Interest and debt expense, net
   
(133
)
   
     
(59
)
   
     
(4
)
   
(70
)
Intercompany interest income (expense)
   
     
     
     
546
     
(578
)
   
32
 
Net loss on liquidation of non-operating subsidiaries
   
(35
)
   
     
     
     
(33
)
   
(2
)
Loss on extinguishment of debt
   
(8
)
   
     
     
     
(2
)
   
(6
)
Other income (expense), net
   
27
     
53
     
     
1
     
(15
)
   
(12
)
Equity in earnings of subsidiary
   
     
759
     
     
(706
)
   
(53
)
   
 
                                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
   
(149
)
   
842
     
(59
)
   
(172
)
   
(720
)
   
(40
)
Income tax benefit (provision)
   
(268
)
   
     
18
     
(255
)
   
20
     
(51
)
                                                 
Net income (loss)
   
(417
)
   
842
     
(41
)
   
(427
)
   
(700
)
   
(91
)
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
   
10
     
10
     
     
     
     
 
                                                 
Net income (loss) attributable to Tronox Limited
 
$
(427
)
 
$
832
   
$
(41
)
 
$
(427
)
 
$
(700
)
 
$
(91
)
 
GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
Year Ended December 31, 2014
(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   
Consolidated
   
Eliminations
   
Tronox
Finance
LLC
   
Parent
Company
   
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Net income (loss)
 
$
(417
)
 
$
842
   
$
(41
)
 
$
(427
)
 
$
(700
)
 
$
(91
)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                                               
Foreign currency translation adjustments
   
(95
)
   
186
     
     
(64
)
   
(85
)
   
(132
)
Pension and postretirement plans
   
(48
)
   
50
     
     
(48
)
   
(47
)
   
(3
)
                                                 
Other comprehensive income (loss)
   
(143
)
   
236
     
     
(112
)
   
(132
)
   
(135
)
                                                 
Total comprehensive income (loss)
   
(560
)
   
1,078
     
(41
)
   
(539
)
   
(832
)
   
(226
)
                                                 
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest:
                                               
Net income
   
10
     
10
     
     
     
     
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
   
(31
)
   
(31
)
   
     
     
     
 
                                                 
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest
   
(21
)
   
(21
)
   
     
     
     
 
                                                 
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Tronox Limited
 
$
(539
)
 
$
1,099
   
$
(41
)
 
$
(539
)
 
$
(832
)
 
$
(226
)
 
GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Year Ended December 31, 2014
(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   
Consolidated
   
Eliminations
   
Tronox
Finance
LLC
   
Parent
Company
   
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
                                   
Net income (loss)
 
$
(417
)
 
$
842
   
$
(41
)
 
$
(427
)
 
$
(700
)
 
$
(91
)
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
   
295
     
     
     
     
217
     
78
 
Other
   
263
     
(842
)
   
(10
)
   
692
     
286
     
137
 
                                                 
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities
   
141
     
     
(51
)
   
265
     
(197
)
   
124
 
                                                 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
                                               
Capital expenditures
   
(187
)
   
     
     
     
(76
)
   
(111
)
Collections of intercompany loans
   
     
(51
)
   
51
     
     
     
 
                                                 
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities
   
(187
)
   
(51
)
   
51
     
     
(76
)
   
(111
)
                                                 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
                                               
Repayments of debt
   
(20
)
   
     
     
     
(3
)
   
(17
)
Repayments of intercompany loans
   
     
51
     
     
(51
)
   
     
 
Debt issuance costs
   
(2
)
   
     
     
     
     
(2
)
Dividends paid
   
(116
)
   
     
     
(116
)
   
     
 
Proceeds from the exercise of warrants and options
   
6
     
     
     
6
     
     
 
                                                 
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities
   
(132
)
   
51
     
     
(161
)
   
(3
)
   
(19
)
                                                 
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
   
(21
)
   
     
     
     
     
(21
)
                                                 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
   
(199
)
   
     
     
104
     
(276
)
   
(27
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
 
$
1,475
   
$
   
$
   
$
179
   
$
1,091
   
$
205
 
                                                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 
$
1,276
   
$
   
$
   
$
283
   
$
815
   
$
178
 
 
26. Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

The following represents our unaudited quarterly results for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. These quarterly results were prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results, and were of a normal recurring nature.

Unaudited quarterly results for 2016:

   
1 st Quarter
   
2 nd Quarter
   
3 rd Quarter
   
4 th Quarter
 
Net sales
 
$
475
   
$
537
   
$
533
   
$
548
 
Cost of goods sold
   
455
     
480
     
453
     
458
 
                                 
Gross profit
   
20
     
57
     
80
     
90
 
                                 
Net income (loss)
   
(92
)
   
(48
)
   
(42
)
   
124
(1)
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest
   
(1
)
   
2
     
(2
)
   
2
 
                                 
Net income (loss) attributable to Tronox Limited
 
$
(91
)
 
$
(50
)
 
$
(40
)
 
$
122
 
                                 
Income (loss) per share, basic
 
$
(0.78
)
 
$
(0.42
)
 
$
(0.35
)
 
$
1.04
 
                                 
Income (loss) per share, diluted
 
$
(0.78
)
 
$
(0.42
)
 
$
(0.35
)
 
$
1.00
 
 

(1)
Includes the net impact of the Corporate Reorganization of a benefit of $137 million in the fourth quarter of 2016, reflecting the reversal of $139 million of withholding tax accruals, offset by a foreign currency loss of $2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the net income impact was $107 million, reflecting a net reduction in withholding tax accruals of $110 million, offset by a foreign currency loss of $3 million.

Unaudited quarterly results for 2015:
 
   
1 st Quarter
   
2 nd Quarter
   
3 rd Quarter
   
4 th Quarter
 
Net sales
 
$
385
   
$
617
   
$
575
   
$
535
 
Cost of goods sold
   
350
     
593
     
536
     
513
 
                                 
Gross profit
   
35
     
24
     
39
     
22
 
Net loss
   
(46
)
   
(118
)
   
(54
)
   
(89
)
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
   
3
     
1
     
6
     
1
 
                                 
Net loss attributable to Tronox Limited
 
$
(49
)
 
$
(119
)
 
$
(60
)
 
$
(90
)
                                 
Loss per share, basic and diluted
 
$
(0.42
)
 
$
(1.03
)
 
$
(0.52
)
 
$
(0.78
)

27. Subsequent Event

On February 21, 2017, the Company, The National Titanium Dioxide Company Ltd., a limited company organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (“Cristal”), and Cristal Inorganic Chemicals Netherlands Coöperatief W.A., a cooperative organized under the laws of the Netherlands and a wholly owned subsidiary of Cristal (“Seller”), entered into a Transaction Agreement (the “Transaction Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to acquire Cristal’s titanium dioxide business for $1.673 billion in cash, subject to a working capital adjustment at closing (the “Cash Consideration”), plus 37,580,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Transaction”). Following the closing of the Transaction, the Seller will own approximately 24% of the outstanding ordinary shares (including both Class A and Class B) of the Company. Concurrently with this announcement, the Company announced its intent to begin a process to sell its Alkali business.  The Cash Consideration is expected to be funded through proceeds from asset sales, including the Company’s Alkali business and selected other non-core assets if appropriate, and cash on hand. The Transaction is conditioned on the Company obtaining financing sufficient to fund the cash consideration, and the Transaction Agreement provides that the Company must pay to Cristal a termination fee of $100 million if all conditions to closing, other than the financing condition, have been satisfied and the Transaction Agreement is terminated because closing of the Transaction has not occurred by May 21, 2018.  The Transaction, which has been unanimously approved by our board of directors, is expected to close before the first quarter 2018, subject to regulatory approvals and satisfaction of customary closing conditions, including the favorable vote of a majority of our outstanding shares.
 
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of December 31, 2016, our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), has conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2016.

Management’s Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

Management of Tronox Limited and its subsidiaries is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal controls over financial reporting. Internal controls over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of our principal executive and principal financial officers to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Our internal controls over financial reporting include those policies and procedures that:

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Company’s management and directors; and

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016. In making this assessment, management used the criteria in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013)   set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our assessment using those criteria, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 was effective.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes to our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2016 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.
Other Information

Not Applicable.
 
PART III

Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information regarding our executive officers, members of the Board of Directors, including its audit committee and audit committee financial experts, as well as information regarding our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to our Chief Executive Officer and senior financial officers, will be presented in Tronox Limited’s definitive proxy statement for its 2017 annual general meeting of shareholders, which will be filed not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.

The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item with respect to compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act will be set forth under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in Tronox Limited’s definitive proxy statement for its 2017 annual general meeting of shareholders, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.
Executive Compensation

Information regarding executive officer and director compensation will be presented in Tronox Limited’s definitive proxy statement for its 2017 annual general meeting of shareholders, filed not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and related shareholder matters will be presented in Tronox Limited’s definitive proxy statement for its 2017 annual general meeting of shareholders, filed not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2016 regarding securities issued under the Tronox Limited Management Equity Incentive Plan (the “Tronox Limited MEIP”).

   
Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding restricted
shares, restricted share
units and options (2)
   
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
restricted shares,
restricted
share units and
   
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
the second column) (1)
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
   
7,842,212
   
$
10.66
     
10,717,849
 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
   
     
     
 
Total
   
7,842,212
   
$
10.66
     
10,717,849
 
          

(1)
Each share unit awarded under the Tronox Limited MEIP was granted at no cost to the persons receiving them and represents the contingent right to receive the equivalent number of Class A Shares.
(2)
Excludes Warrants, as they were not issued under the Tronox Limited MEIP.

Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions and director independence will be presented in Tronox Limited’s definitive proxy statement for its 2017 annual general meeting of shareholders, filed not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

Information regarding principal accounting fees and services will be presented in Tronox Limited’s definitive proxy statement for its 2017 annual general meeting of shareholders, filed not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
PART IV

Item 15.
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)
The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

1.
Consolidated Financial Statements

Reference is made to the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules appearing at “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in this report.

2.
Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules

All financial statement schedules are omitted as they are inapplicable, or the required information has been included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
 
2.1
Amended and Restated Transaction Agreement by and among Tronox Incorporated, Tronox Limited, Concordia Acquisition Corporation, Concordia Merger Corporation, Exxaro Resources Limited, Exxaro Holdings Sands (Proprietary) Limited and Exxaro International BV, dated as of April 20, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Annex A to the proxy statement/prospectus which forms a part of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Tronox Limited and Tronox Incorporated on May 4, 2012).
2.2
Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 3, 2015, by and among FMC Corporation, Tronox US Holdings Inc. and Tronox Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on February 4, 2015).
2.3 Transaction Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2017, by and between Cristal, Tronox Limited and Cristal Inorganic Chemicals Netherlands Coöperatief W.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on February 21, 2017).
Constitution of Tronox Limited, as amended on November 3, 2016 (filed herewith).
4.1
Indenture, dated as of August, 20, 2012, among Tronox Finance LLC, Tronox Limited, the other guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by Tronox Limited on November 14, 2012).
4.2
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 20, 2012, among Tronox Finance LLC, Tronox Limited, the other guarantors named therein and Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as representative of the initial purchasers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by Tronox Limited on November 14, 2012).
4.3
First Supplemental Indenture, dated August 29, 2012, to the Indenture, dated as of August, 20, 2012 among Tronox Finance LLC, Tronox Limited, the other guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by Tronox Limited on November 14, 2012).
4.4
Indenture dated as of March 19, 2015 between Evolution Escrow Issuer LLC to be merged into Tronox Finance LLC and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on April 7, 2015).
4.5
First Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 1, 2015 among Tronox Finance LLC (as successor to Evolution Escrow Issuer LLC), the parties named in Schedule I thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on April 7, 2015).
4.6
Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 1, 2015 among Tronox Finance LLC, the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on April 7, 2015).
4.7 Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 31, 2017, to the Indenture, dated March 19, 2015 among Tronox Finance LLC, as Issuer, Tronox Limited as Parent, the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (filed herewith).
4.8 Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 31, 2017, to the Indenture, dated August 20, 2012 among Tronox Finance LLC, as Issuer, Tronox Limited as Parent, the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (filed herewith).
Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 14, 2017, to the Indenture, dated August 20, 2012 among Tronox Finance LLC, as Issuer, Tronox Limited as Parent, the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (filed herewith).
Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 14, 2017, to the Indenture, dated March 19, 2015 among Tronox Finance LLC, as Issuer, Tronox Limited as Parent, the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (filed herewith).
10.1
Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2012, by and between Tronox Incorporated, Tronox Limited, Computershare Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on June 20, 2012).
10.2*
Employment Agreement entered into as of February 14, 2011 by and between Tronox LLC and John D. Romano (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Tronox Limited and Tronox Incorporated on December 30, 2011).
10.3*
Employment Agreement entered into as of February 14, 2011 by and between Tronox LLC and Michael J. Foster (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Tronox Limited and Tronox Incorporated on December 30, 2011).
 
10.4
Shareholders’ Agreement by and between Tronox Sands Holdings PTY Limited, Tronox Limited, Exxaro Resources Limited, Exxaro Sands (Proprietary) Limited and Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on June 20, 2012).
10.5
Shareholder’s Deed dated June 15, 2012 by and between Tronox Limited, Thomas Casey, and Exxaro Resources Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on June 20, 2012).
10.6
Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated February 8, 2012, by and among Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V., Tronox Incorporated, the guarantors listed therein, the lenders listed therein, and Goldman Sachs Bank USA (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Tronox Limited and Tronox Incorporated on March 22, 2012).
10.07*
Employment Agreement entered into as of April 19, 2012 by and between Tronox LLC and Thomas J. Casey (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Tronox Limited and Tronox Incorporated on April 23, 2012).
10.8*
Tronox Limited Management Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Tronox Limited and Tronox Incorporated on April 23, 2012).
10.9
First Amendment to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated May 11, 2012, by and among Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V., Tronox Incorporated, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, the requisite lenders party thereto and the guarantors party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012 filed by Tronox Limited on February 28, 2013).
10.10
Technical Amendment to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated June 12, 2012, by and among Goldman Sachs Bank USA and Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012 filed by Tronox Limited on February 28, 2013).
10.11
Transition Services Agreement, dated June 15, 2012, by and between Tronox Limited, Exxaro Resources Limited, Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited and Exxaro Sands (Proprietary) Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on June 20, 2012).
10.12
General Services Agreement, dated June 15, 2012, by and between Tronox Limited, Exxaro Resources Limited, Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited and Exxaro Sands (Proprietary) Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on June 20, 2012).
10.13
Template Project Services Agreement, dated June 15, 2012, by and between Tronox Limited and Exxaro Resources Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on June 20, 2012).
10.14
Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated June 18, 2012, among Tronox Incorporated, Tronox Limited, Guarantors named therein, Lenders named therein, UBS Securities LLC, as Arranger, Bookmanager, Documentation Agent and Syndication Agent, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Issuing Bank, Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, UBS Loan Finance LLC, as Swingline Lender, and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Australian Security Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on June 20, 2012).
10.15
First Amendment to Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated August 8, 2012, among Tronox Limited, the other borrowers and the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and UBS AG, Stamford Branch (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012 filed by Tronox Limited on February 28, 2013).
10.16*
Separation Agreement and Release entered into as of February 9, 2013, by and between Tronox Limited and Daniel D. Greenwell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on February 13, 2013).
10.17*
First Amendment to that Certain Employment Agreement entered into as of February 22, 2013, by and between Tronox LLC and Thomas J. Casey (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012 filed by Tronox Limited on February 28, 2013).
10.18
Single Tenant Industrial Lease by and between Le Petomane XXVII, Inc., not individually but solely in the representative capacity as the Trustee of the Nevada Environmental Response Trust, and Tronox LLC dated February 14, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by Tronox Limited on February 27, 2014).
10.19*
Tronox Limited Annual Performance Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit B of the Definitive Proxy Statement of Tronox Limited filed on Form DEF 14A on April 15, 2013).
10.20*
Employment Agreement entered into as of July 25, 2013 by and between Tronox LLC and Jean Francois Turgeon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on August 7, 2013).
10.21*
Employment Agreement entered into as of August 1, 2013 by and between Tronox LLC and Katherine C. Harper. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on August 7, 2013).
10.22*
Employment Agreement entered into as of March 1, 2014 by and between Tronox LLC and Richard L. Muglia (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by Tronox Limited on May 8, 2014).
10.23*
Separation Agreement entered into as of March 1, 2014 by and between Tronox Limited and Michael J. Foster (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by Tronox Limited on May 8, 2014).
 
10.24
Third Amendment to Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2014, among Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V., Tronox Limited, the guarantors listed therein, the lender parties thereto and Goldman Sachs Bank USA (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on April 29, 2014).
10.25*
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of August 14, 2014 by and between Tronox Limited, Tronox LLC and Thomas Casey (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 20, 2014).
10.26*
Amendment to Certain Equity-Based Award Agreements, dated as of August 14, 2014, between Tronox Limited and Thomas Casey (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 20, 2014).
10.27*
Settlement Agreement entered into as of October 6, 2014 by and between Tronox Mineral Sands Proprietary Limited and Pravindran Trevor Arran (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 9, 2014).
10.28*
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of December 23, 2014 by and between Tronox LLC and John Romano (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2014).
10.29*
Employment Agreement dated as of June 15, 2012 by and between Tronox LLC and Willem Van Niekerk (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by Tronox Limited on February 26, 2015).
10.30
Amended and Restated Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement dated as of April 1, 2015, among Tronox Incorporated, Tronox Limited, Tronox Pigments (Holland) B.V., Guarantors named therein, Lenders named therein, UBS Securities LLC, as Lead Arranger and Bookmanager, Goldman Sachs Bank USA and Royal Bank of Canada, as Co-Syndication Agents, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Co-Documentation Agents, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Issuing Bank, Swingline Lender, Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Australian Security Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on April 7, 2015).
10.31
Separation Agreement, General Release and Waiver of Claims entered into as of July 14, 2016 by and between Tronox Limited and Katherine C. Harper (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 15, 2016)
10.32
Employment Agreement Extension entered into as of July 13, 2016 by and between Tronox LLC and Jean-Francois Turgeon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 15, 2016)
10.33
Amendment No. 2 to Tronox Limited Management Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 9, 2016)
10.34*
Employment Agreement entered into as of October 17, 2016 by and between Tronox LLC and Timothy Carlson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 17, 2016)
10.35
Amendment No. 1 to Tronox Limited Management Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A of the Definitive Proxy Statement of Tronox Limited filed on Form DEF 14A on April 8, 2016)
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
14.1
Tronox Code of Business Conduct, Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 27, 2014).
Subsidiaries of Tronox Limited.
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for Tronox Limited.
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Thomas Casey.
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Timothy Carlson.
Section 1350 Certification for Thomas Casey.
Section 1350 Certification for Timothy Carlson.
Mine Safety Disclosures.
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
 
*
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Item 16.
Form 10-K Summary.
 
None.
 
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on this 23 rd day of February 2017.

 
TRONOX LIMITED
 
 
(Registrant)
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Timothy Carlson
 
 
Name:
Timothy Carlson
 
 
Title:
Senior Vice President and Chief
 
   
Financial Officer
 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date
/s/ Thomas Casey
 
Chairman of the Board and
 
February 23, 2017
Thomas Casey
 
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
   
         
/s/ Timothy Carlson
 
Senior Vice President and Chief
 
February 23, 2017
Timothy Carlson
 
Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
   
         
/s/ Kevin V. Mahoney
 
Vice President and Controller
 
February 23, 2017
Kevin V. Mahoney
 
(Principal Accounting Officer)
   
         
/s/ Daniel Blue
       
Daniel Blue
 
Director
 
February 23, 2017
         
/s/ Mxolisi Mgojo
       
Mxolisi Mgojo
 
Director
 
February 23, 2017
         
/s/ Andrew P. Hines
       
Andrew P. Hines
 
Director
 
February 23, 2017
         
/s/ Wayne A. Hinman
       
Wayne A. Hinman
 
Director
 
February 23, 2017
         
/s/ Peter Johnston
       
Peter Johnston
 
Director
 
February 23, 2017
         
/s/ Ilan Kaufthal
       
Ilan Kaufthal
 
Director
 
February 23, 2017
         
/s/ Sipho Nkosi
       
Sipho Nkosi
 
Director
 
February 23, 2017
         
/s/ Jeffry N. Quinn
       
Jeffry N. Quinn
 
Director
 
February 23, 2017
 
 
135


Exhibit 3.1
 
 
 
 
Constitution of Tronox Limited
ACN   153 348 111
 
 
   
 
As amended on November 3, 2016
   
   
 
Level 26
181 William Street
Melbourne VIC 3000
Australia
T    61 3 9679 3000
F    61 3 9679 3111
 
Reference
03 3004 1786
 

Contents
 
   
1.
PRELIMINARY
6
     
 
1.1
Replaceable rules
6
 
1.2
Definitions
6
 
1.3
Interpretation of this document
9
       
2.
DIRECTORS
9
     
 
2.1
Number of Directors
9
 
2.2
Eligibility
10
 
2.3
Nominating Committee
10
 
2.4
Number of Class A and Class B Directors
10
 
2.5
Appointment by Directors
11
 
2.6
Election of directors
11
 
2.7
Election at general meeting
12
 
2.8
Retirement of Directors
14
 
2.9
Time of retirement
14
 
2.10
Cessation of Director's appointment
14
 
2.11
Removal from office
15
 
2.12
Too few Directors
15
       
3.
POWERS OF THE BOARD
15
     
 
3.1
Powers generally
15
 
3.2
Exercise of powers
16
       
4.
EXECUTING NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS
16
     
5.
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
16
     
 
5.1
Appointment and power of Chief Executive Officer
16
 
5.2
Retirement and removal of Chief Executive Officer
16
 
5.3
Termination of appointment of Chief Executive Officer
16
     
6.
DELEGATION OF BOARD POWERS
16
     
 
6.1
Power to delegate
16
 
6.2
Power to revoke delegation
17
 
6.3
Terms of delegation
17
 
6.4
Committees
17
 
6.5
Audit committee
17
       
7.
DIRECTORS' DUTIES AND INTERESTS
17
     
 
7.1
Compliance with duties under the Act and general law
17
 
7.2
Director can hold other offices etc
17
 
7.3
Disclosure of interests
18
 
7.4
Director interested in a matter
18
 
7.5
Agreements with third parties
18
 
7.6
Obligation of secrecy
18
 
7.7
Directors acting in the best interests of a Holding Company
18
       
8.
DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION
19
     
 
8.1
Remuneration of Executive Directors
19
 
Constitution of Tronox Limited
 

8.2
Remuneration of non‑executive Directors
19
 
8.3
Additional Remuneration for extra services
19
 
8.4
Expenses of Directors
19
 
8.5
Directors' retirement benefits
19
       
9.
OFFICERS' INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE
20
     
 
9.1
Indemnity
20
 
9.2
Insurance
20
 
9.3
Former officers
20
 
9.4
Deeds
20
       
10.
BOARD MEETINGS
20
     
 
10.1
Convening Board meetings
20
 
10.2
Notice of Board meeting
21
 
10.3
Use of technology
21
 
10.4
Chairing Board meetings
21
 
10.5
Quorum
21
 
10.6
Board approval
22
 
10.7
Procedural rules
23
 
10.8
Written resolution
23
 
10.9
Additional provisions concerning written resolutions
23
 
10.10
Valid proceedings
23
       
11.
CONTROL AND SIGNIFICANT CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS
24
     
 
11.1
Member approval
24
 
11.2
Equal treatment reorganisations
24
 
11.3
Prohibited acquisitions
25
 
11.4
Action by the Board
25
       
12.
PROPORTIONAL TAKEOVER APPROVAL
27
     
 
12.1
Special definitions
27
 
12.2
Limited life of rule
27
 
12.3
Restriction on registration of transfers
27
 
12.4
Approving Resolution
27
 
12.5
General meeting provisions apply
27
 
12.6
Notice of meeting outcome
28
 
12.7
Failure to propose resolution
28
 
12.8
Rejected resolution
28
       
13.
MEETINGS OF MEMBERS
28
     
 
13.1
Action by meeting
28
 
13.2
Annual general meeting
28
 
13.3
Calling meetings of members
28
 
13.4
Notice of meeting
29
 
13.5
Short notice
29
 
13.6
Postponement or cancellation
29
 
13.7
Fresh notice
29
 
13.8
Notice to joint holders of shares
29
 
13.9
Location of meetings
29
 
13.10
Technology
30
 
13.11
Accidental omission
30
 
13.12
Class meetings
30
 
Constitution of Tronox Limited
 

14.
PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS OF MEMBERS
30
     
 
14.1
Member present at meeting
30
 
14.2
Quorum
30
 
14.3
Quorum not present
30
 
14.4
Chairing meetings of members
30
 
14.5
Attendance at general meetings
31
 
14.6
Adjournment
31
 
14.7
Business at adjourned meetings
31
       
15.
PROXIES, ATTORNEYS AND REPRESENTATIVES
31
     
 
15.1
Appointment of proxies
31
 
15.2
Member's attorney
31
 
15.3
Deposit of proxy appointment forms, powers of attorney and proxy appointment authorities
31
 
15.4
Corporate representatives
32
 
15.5
Appointment for particular meeting, standing appointment and revocation
32
 
15.6
Position of proxy or attorney if member present
32
 
15.7
Priority of conflicting appointments of attorney or representative
32
 
15.8
Additional current proxy appointments
32
 
15.9
Continuing authority
32
 
15.10
Irrevocable proxy
33
       
16.
ENTITLEMENT TO VOTE
33
     
 
16.1
Number of votes
33
 
16.2
Casting vote of chairman
33
 
16.3
Votes of joint holders
33
 
16.4
Votes of transmittees and guardians
33
 
16.5
Voting restrictions
34
 
16.6
Decision on right to vote
34
       
17.
HOW VOTING IS CARRIED OUT
34
     
 
17.1
Method of voting
34
 
17.2
Demand for a poll
34
 
17.3
When and how polls must be taken
34
 
17.4
Direct votes
35
 
17.5
Voting by beneficial owners
35
       
18.
SECRETARY
35
     
 
18.1
Appointment of Secretary
35
 
18.2
Terms and conditions of office
35
 
18.3
Cessation of Secretary's appointment
36
 
18.4
Removal from office
36
       
19.
MINUTES
36
     
 
19.1
Minutes must be kept
36
 
19.2
Minutes as evidence
36
 
19.3
Inspection of minute books
36
       
20.
COMPANY SEALS
36
     
 
20.1
Common seal
36
 
20.2
Use of seals
37
 
20.3
Fixing seals to documents
37
 
Constitution of Tronox Limited
 

21.
FINANCIAL REPORTS AND AUDIT
37
     
 
21.1
Company must keep financial records
37
 
21.2
Financial reporting
37
 
21.3
Financial year end
37
 
21.4
Audit
37
 
21.5
Conclusive reports
37
 
21.6
Inspection of financial records and books
38
       
22.
SHARES
38
     
 
22.1
Class A Shares and Class B Shares
38
 
22.2
Issue at discretion of Board
38
 
22.3
Preference and redeemable preference shares
38
 
22.4
Brokerage and commissions
38
 
22.5
Surrender of shares
38
       
23.
CERTIFICATES
39
     
 
23.1
Certificated shares
39
 
23.2
Multiple certificates and joint holders
39
 
23.3
Lost and worn out certificates
39
       
24.
REGISTER
39
     
 
24.1
Joint holders
39
 
24.2
Non‑beneficial holders
39
       
25.
COMPANY LIENS
40
     
 
25.1
Existence of liens
40
 
25.2
Sale under lien
40
 
25.3
Indemnity for payments required to be made by the Company
40
       
26.
DIVIDENDS
41
     
 
26.1
Accumulation of reserves
41
 
26.2
Payment of dividends
41
 
26.3
Amount of dividend
41
 
26.4
Dividends in kind
41
 
26.5
Payment of dividend by way of securities in another entity or corporation
41
 
26.6
Method of payment
42
 
26.7
Joint holders' receipt
42
 
26.8
Retention of dividends by Company
42
 
26.9
No interest on dividends
42
       
27.
SHARE PLANS
42
     
 
27.1
Implementing share plans
42
 
27.2
Board obligations and discretions
43
       
28.
TRANSFER OF SHARES
43
     
 
28.1
Modes of transfer
43
 
28.2
Market obligations
43
 
28.3
Delivery of transfer and certificate
43
 
28.4
Refusal to register transfer
44
 
28.5
Transferor remains holder until transfer registered
44
 
28.6
Powers of attorney
44
 
Constitution of Tronox Limited
 

29.
TRANSFER AND CONVERSION OF CLASS B SHARES
44
     
 
29.1
Special definitions
44
 
29.2
Conversion of Class B Shares
45
 
29.3
Powers of Board
45
 
29.4
Transfer procedure for Class B Shares
45
       
30.
CONVERSION OF CLASS A SHARES
46
     
31.
TRANSMISSION OF SHARES
46
     
 
31.1
Death of joint holder
46
 
31.2
Death of single holder
46
 
31.3
Transmission of shares on insolvency or mental incapacity
46
 
31.4
Refusal to register holder
46
       
32.
SMALL SHARE PARCELS
47
     
 
32.1
Board power of sale
47
 
32.2
Notice of proposed sale
47
 
32.3
Terms of sale
47
 
32.4
Share transfers
47
 
32.5
Application of proceeds
47
 
32.6
Protections for transferee
47
       
33.
ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL
48
     
 
33.1
Capitalisation of profits
48
 
33.2
Adjustment of capitalised amounts
48
 
33.3
Conversion of shares
48
 
33.4
Adjustments on conversion
48
 
33.5
Reduction of capital
48
 
33.6
Payments in kind
49
 
33.7
Payment in kind by way of securities in another corporation
49
 
33.8
Variation of rights
49
       
34.
WINDING UP
49
     
 
34.1
Entitlement of members
49
 
34.2
Distribution of assets generally
49
 
34.3
No distribution of liabilities
50
 
34.4
Distribution not in accordance with legal rights
50
       
35.
NOTICES
50
     
 
35.1
Notices by Company
50
 
35.2
Overseas members
50
 
35.3
When notice is given
50
 
35.4
Business days
51
 
35.5
Waiver of notice
51
 
35.6
Notice to joint holders
51
 
35.7
Counting days
51
 
35.8
Notices to "lost" members
51
       
36.
UNCLAIMED MONEY
52
     
37.
AMENDMENT TO CONSTITUTION
52
     
SCHEDULE – TERMS OF ISSUE OF PREFERENCE SHARES
53
 
Constitution of Tronox Limited
 

Constitution of Tronox Limited

Tronox Limited

ACN 153 348 111
 
1.
PRELIMINARY


1.1
Replaceable rules

The replaceable rules referred to in section 141 do not apply to the Company and are replaced by the rules set out in this document.

1.2
Definitions

The following definitions apply in this document.

Act means the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

Affiliate has the meaning given as at 15 June 2012 under the rules and regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 (US), as amended.

Approved Fees for a Director (other than an Executive Director) means fees, salary, bonuses, fringe benefits and superannuation contributions provided by the Company, but does not include:

(a)
a payment made as compensation for loss of office or in connection with retirement from office (which includes resignation from office and death while in office);

(b)
an insurance premium paid by the Company or indemnity under rule 9; or

(c)
any issue or acquisition of securities.

Beneficial Ownership has the meaning given to the term "beneficial ownership" in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act without regard to the sixty day requirement in Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i) and, in addition, the term "Beneficial Ownership" will also include any Voting Shares for which a disclosure obligation exists for the Voting Shares pursuant to Section 13d(1)(E) of the Exchange Act in respect of any derivative transaction or derivative securities and Beneficial Owner will have a corresponding meaning.

business day means a day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a public holiday in New York City, United States, Pretoria, South Africa or Perth, Australia.

Board means the Directors acting collectively under this document.

Chief Executive Officer means a Chief Executive Officer appointed under rule 5.1.

Class A Director means a director appointed or elected under rule 2.5(b), 2.5(c) or 2.5(d).

Class A Share means an ordinary share in the Company issued with all of the rights attaching to and provided for a “Class A Share” in this document.

Class B Director means a director appointed or elected under rule 2.5(a), 2.5(c) or 2.5(d).

Class B Share means a share in the Company issued with all of the rights attaching to and provided for a “Class B Share” in this document.
 
6

Class B Voting Interest means the quotient, expressed as a percentage, obtained by dividing the aggregate number of issued Class B Shares by the aggregate number of issued Class A Shares and Class B Shares.

Closing means the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement .

Company means the company named at the beginning of this document whatever its name is for the time being.

Conforming Nomination has the meaning given in rule 2.7(c).

Controlled Affiliate , with respect to a holder of Class B Shares, means any person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, is controlled by that shareholder, and the shareholder shall be deemed to control another person if the shareholder possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of such other person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Director means a person who is, for the time being, a director of the Company.

Effective Time means the effective time of the merger of Concordia Merger Corporation with and into Tronox Incorporated in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Exchange Act means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Executive Director means a Director who is an employee of the Company or a subsidiary or acts in an executive capacity for the Company or a subsidiary under a contract for services and includes a Chief Executive Officer.

Holding Company means a holding company of the Company within the meaning of section 9 of the Act .

Interest Rate means, in respect of each rule in which that term is used:

(a)
the rate for the time being prescribed by the Board in respect of that rule; or

(b)
if no rate is prescribed, 15% each year.

member means a person whose name is entered in the Register as the holder of a share.

Merger Consideration means the consideration payable to the shareholders of Tronox Incorporated following the merger of Concordia Acquisition Corporation with and into Tronox Incorporated in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law, including Class A Shares.

Nominating Committee means a nominating and corporate governance committee of the Board consisting only of Class A Directors who are Non-affiliated Directors.

Non-affiliated Director means a Director who is (a) not a Class B Director, (b) not an Executive Director, (c) not and, within three years of any reference date, has not been an employee, consultant or agent (in either case under a material engagement) or greater than 10% shareholder of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, (d) not a relative or family member of any person described in (a), (b) or (c), and (e) at the time of determination thereof, deemed to be independent by the Board within the meaning of the applicable rules and regulations of any stock exchange on which the Voting Shares are then listed.

ordinary resolution means a resolution passed at a meeting of members by a majority of the votes cast by members entitled to vote on the resolution.
 
7

Plurality means a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the relevant matter , within the meaning of DEL CODE ANN tit 8 s 216(3).

Public Disclosure means a disclosure made in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, The Associated Press or a comparable United States based national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Company with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Register means the register of members kept as required by sections 168 and 169.

Shareholders Deed means the deed between, amongst others, the Company, the person described in that deed as the "Additional Shareholder" and Exxaro Resources Limited dated on or about the date of Closing (as amended, novated or restated from time to time).

Secretary means, during the term of that appointment, a person appointed as a secretary of the Company in accordance with this document.

Section 13(d) Group means any person acting together with its Affiliates and any members of a "group", within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, of which it is a part, either through a formal agreement or an informal arrangement.

Small Parcel means a holding of 100 Voting Shares or less, to be adjusted as the Board considers appropriate in the event of a consolidation or subdivision of Voting Shares or issue of bonus Voting Shares or other change to capital structure of the Company.

Special Committee means a committee of the Board consisting only of Non-affiliated Directors, whose members are determined in the discretion of the Board, formed to address issues and matters relating to any transaction or matter between the holders of Class B Shares or any Affiliate of a holder of Class B Shares, on the one hand, and the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, on the other, including under this document, the Transaction Agreement or agreements contemplated by it, any takeover, scheme of arrangement or other change of control transaction proposed by a holder of Class B Shares, or any Affiliate of a holder of Class B Shares, in relation to the Company, and under any agreement or arrangement relating to the business and affairs of holders of Class B Shares or any Affiliate of a holder of Class B Shares on the one hand, and the Company or an Affiliate on the other hand.

Special Resolution means a resolution of which notice as set out in section 249L(1)(c) has been given and that has been passed by at least 75% of the votes cast by members entitled to vote on the resolution.

Transaction Agreement means the agreement between, amongst others, Tronox Incorporated, the Company, Exxaro Resources Limited, Exxaro Holding Sands (Proprietary) Limited and Exxaro International BV dated September 25, 2011 (as amended, restated or novated from time to time).

Voting Member in relation to a general meeting, or meeting of a class of members, means a member who has the right to be present and to vote on at least one item of business to be considered at the meeting.

Voting Power shall have the meaning specified in section 610 of the Act, except that any relevant interest or association arising by virtue of rights set out in this document is to be disregarded.

Voting Share means a Class A Share or a Class B Share and Voting Shares means Class A Shares and Class B Shares.
 
8

1.3
Interpretation of this document

Headings and marginal notes are for convenience only, and do not affect interpretation.  The following rules also apply in interpreting this document, except where the context makes it clear that a rule is not intended to apply.

(a)
A reference to:

(i)
legislation (including subordinate legislation) is to that legislation as amended, modified in relation to the Company, re‑enacted or replaced, and includes any subordinate legislation issued under it;

(ii)
a document or agreement, or a provision of a document or agreement, is to that document, agreement or provision as amended, supplemented, replaced or novated;

(iii)
a person includes any type of entity or body of persons, whether or not it is incorporated or has a separate legal identity, and any executor, administrator or successor in law of the person; and

(iv)
anything (including a right, obligation or concept) includes each part of it.

(b)
A singular word includes the plural, and vice versa.

(c)
A word which suggests one gender includes the other genders.

(d)
If a word is defined, another part of speech has a corresponding meaning.

(e)
If an example is given of anything (including a right, obligation or concept), such as by saying it includes something else, the example does not limit the scope of that thing.

(f)
A reference to US$ is to United States dollars.

(g)
The word agreement includes an undertaking or other binding arrangement or understanding, whether or not in writing.

(h)
A power to do something includes a power, exercisable in the like circumstances, to revoke or undo it.

(i)
A reference to a power is also a reference to authority or discretion.

(j)
A reference to something being written or in writing includes that thing being represented or reproduced in any mode in a visible form.

(k)
A word (other than a word defined in rule 1.2) which is defined by the Act has the same meaning in this document where it relates to the same matters as the matters for which it is defined in the Act.

(l)
A reference to a Chapter, Part, Division, or section is a reference to a Chapter, Part, Division or section of the Act unless another statute is specified.
 
2.
DIRECTORS


2.1
Number of Directors

(a)
Subject to rule 2.1(b), the Board may decide the number of Directors but that number must be at least three.

(b)
For so long as the Class B Voting Interest is at least ten percent, the number of Directors must be nine.
 
9

2.2
Eligibility

(a)
A Director need not be a member.

(b)
Neither the auditor of the Company for the time being nor any partner, director or employee of the auditor is eligible to act as a Director.

(c)
Subject to rules 2.3(b) and 2.7, a person cannot be appointed, elected or re-elected as a director unless the Nominating Committee has first nominated or approved such appointment, election or re-election.

(d)
A person cannot be appointed, elected or re-elected as:

(i)
a Class A Director unless, for so long as the Class B Voting Interest is:

(A)
at least ten percent, they or another Class A Director is ordinarily resident in Australia;

(B)
less than ten percent, they and another Class A Director are ordinarily resident in Australia or two other Class A Directors are ordinarily resident in Australia; or

(ii)
a Class B Director unless they or another Class B Director are ordinarily resident in Australia.

2.3
Nominating Committee

(a)
In determining whether to nominate or approve a person to be a director, the Nominating Committee must take into account relevant legal and stock exchange listing requirements and any reasonable and customary corporate governance standards adopted by the Company regarding service as a director of the Company.

(b)
Subject to rules 2.2(d), 2.3(a) and 2.4(a), the Nominating Committee shall nominate for appointment as a director the persons identified in a written nomination signed by the holders of a majority of the Class B Shares to be Class B Directors.

2.4
Number of Class A and Class B Directors

(a)
For so long as the Class B Voting Interest is at least ten percent, holders of Class A Shares shall be entitled to vote separately as a class to elect a number of Class A Directors to the Board, and holders of Class B Shares shall be entitled to vote separately as a class to elect a number of Class B Directors to the Board, in each case as set forth below:

(i)
if the Class B Voting Interest is at or above thirty percent, the Board shall consist of   six Class A Directors and three Class B Directors;

(ii)
if the Class B Voting Interest is below thirty percent but at or above twenty percent, the Board shall consist of seven Class A Directors and two Class B Directors;

(iii)
if the Class B Voting Interest is below twenty percent but at or above ten percent, the Board shall consist of eight Class A Directors and one Class B Director; and

(iv)
if the Class B Voting Interest is less than ten percent, the Board shall consist of Class A Directors only.

(b)
When the number of Class B Directors is reduced:
 
10

(i)
as a result of the Class B Voting Interest being below a designated threshold in rule 2.4(a) (i) to (iii) on the day that is 120 days prior to the Company's annual general meeting; or

(ii)
as a result of the Class B Voting Interest falling below ten percent at any time,

(each a Class B Triggering Event ), then the number of Class B Directors shall be reduced accordingly and the number of Class B Directors necessary to achieve such reduction shall resign from the Board (such resigning Class B Director(s) to be selected by the holders of a majority of the Class B Shares within ten (10) days after the occurrence of the Class B Triggering Event).

(c)
If the number of Class B Directors has not reduced in accordance with rule 2.4(b) by the tenth day after the date on which the Class B Triggering Event occurs, the number of Class B Directors shall be reduced automatically to the number set forth in rule 2.4(a), with the Class B Director(s) whose last name(s) is alphabetically closest to the letters “ZZZZ” being designated the person(s) no longer eligible to serve on the Board and who automatically ceases to be a Director pursuant to rule 2.10(e).  Such cessation does not prevent the person being eligible for election or appointment as a director in the future.

2.5
Appointment by Directors

Subject to this document, a person may be appointed a Director as follows at any time (except during a general meeting):

(a)
if the number of Class B Directors is less than the number of Class B Directors required by rule 2.4(a), Class B Directors may, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Class B Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum of the Board, appoint a person to be a Class B Director;

(b)
if the number of Class A Directors is less than the number of Class A Directors required by rule 2.4(a), Class A Directors may, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Class A Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum of the Board, appoint a person to be a Class A Director;

(c)
if the Class B Voting Interest is less than ten percent and the number of Directors for the time being fixed under rule 2.1 will not be exceeded, the Board may, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Class A Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum of the Board, appoint a person to be a Director; and

(d)
before Closing, the Board may appoint a person nominated by a party to the Transaction Agreement to hold office from Closing to a Class A Director or a Class B Director.

2.6
Election of directors

The Company must:

(a)
elect Class A Directors of the Company in each case by resolution passed by a majority of the votes cast by the holder of Class A Shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of Class A Directors. For the purposes of rule 2.6, a “majority of the votes cast” shall mean that number of votes cast “for” a Class A Director’s election exceeds the number of votes cast “against” that Class A Directors’ election, provided, however, that the Class A Directors shall be elected  by a Plurality of the votes of the Class A Shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of Class A Directors if the number of candidates standing for election at the meeting as Class A Directors exceeds the number of Class A Directors which may be elected; and
 
11

(b)
for so long as the Class B Voting Interest is at least ten percent, elect Class B Directors by a Plurality of the votes of the Class B Shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote,

and may do so subject to this document, to section 201E and to the number of Directors for the time being fixed under rule 2.1 not being exceeded.

2.7
Election at general meeting

(a)
A person can only be validly elected as a Director by the Company in general meeting at the annual general meeting of the Company.

(b)
The Company in general meeting cannot validly elect a person as a Director unless:

(i)
the person is nominated by the Nominating Committee in accordance with rules 2.2 and 2.3; or

(ii)
a Conforming Nomination is:

(A)
given to the Company by proposing member(s) who hold or Beneficially Own at least 5% of the Voting Shares of the Company and have held such Voting Shares since Closing or for at least three years; and

(B)
received by the Company;

(I)
in the case of the first annual general meeting,  not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual general meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual general meeting or the tenth day following the date on which Public Disclosure of the date of such annual general meeting is first made by the Company; and

(II)
in any other case, not later than the close of business on the 90th day, nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day, in advance of the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that such annual meeting is to be held on a day which is more than 30 days preceding the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting or more than 70 days after the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting, a Conforming Nomination must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth day following the date on which Public Disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made by the Company.

In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of a meeting commence a new notice time period (or extend any notice time period) for the giving of a Conforming Nomination as described above.

(c)
For the purposes of this rule, a Conforming Nomination must include each of the following:

(i)
a nomination of the person ( nominee ) by a member (other than the nominee) setting out:
 
12

(A)
the name, age, business address and residential address of the nominee;

(B)
the principal occupation or employment of the nominee;

(C)
the number of shares in the Company which are held by and Beneficially Owned by the nominee (if any); and

(D)
such other information concerning the nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed, under the rules of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, regardless of whether the Company is subject to such rules or not;

(ii)
in respect of the member and the Beneficial Owner, if any, proposing the nominee, a statement containing:

(A)
the name and address of the member as it appears on the Register, and of the Beneficial Owner of the relevant shares, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made;

(B)
the class and number of shares in the Company which are held by the member (including any shares Beneficially Owned) and by the Beneficial Owner of the relevant shares, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made, as at the date of the Conforming Nomination;

(C)
a representation by the member that it will notify the Company in writing of the class and number of shares held by it (including any shares Beneficial Owned) as of the record date for the meeting promptly following the record date;

(D)
the identity of any control person and any information that would be required in Items 2, 3 and 4 of Schedule 13D of the Exchange Act, regardless of whether such Schedule 13D is required to be filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or not;

(E)
a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to such nomination between or among the proposing member and any Affiliate of the member, and any others (including their names) acting in concert with any of the foregoing, including the nominee, and a representation that the proposing member will notify the Company in writing of any such agreement, arrangement or understanding in effect as of the record date for the meeting promptly following the later of the record date or the date notice of the record date is first publicly disclosed;

(F)
a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into as of the date of the Conforming Nomination by, or on behalf of, the proposing member or any Affiliate of the member, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in underlying shares of the Company, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of the proposing member or any Affiliate of this member with respect to shares of the Company, and a representation that the proposing member will notify the Company in writing of any such agreement, arrangement or understanding in effect as of the record date for the meeting promptly following the later of the record date or the date notice of the record date is first publicly disclosed;
 
13

(G)
a representation that the proposing member is a registered holder of shares of the Company entitled to vote at the meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to support the nomination of the nominee as a director;

(H)
a representation whether the proposing member or the Beneficial Owner, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends:

(I)
to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Company’s issued shares required to approve the nomination; and/or

(II)
otherwise to solicit proxies from members in support of the nomination;

(I)
any other information relating to such proposing member and Beneficial Owner, if any, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the election of directors in an election contest pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, whether or not the Company is subject to such rules; and

(iii)
a consent to act as a Director and to be named in the notice of meeting signed by the nominee.

2.8
Retirement of Directors

(a)
Each Director must retire from office at each annual general meeting.

(b)
A Director who retires under this rule 2.8 is, subject to rule 2.2, eligible for re-election.

2.9
Time of retirement

A Director's retirement under rule 2.8 takes effect at the end of the relevant annual general meeting unless the Director is re‑elected at that meeting.

2.10
Cessation of Director's appointment

A person automatically ceases to be a Director if the person:

(a)
is not permitted by the Act (or an order made under the Act) to be a director;

(b)
becomes disqualified from managing corporations under Part 2D.6 and is not given permission or leave to manage the Company under section 206F or 206G;

(c)
resigns by notice in writing to the Company;

(d)
is removed from office under rule 2.11; or

(e)
ceases to be eligible to act as a Director under rule 2.2 or rule 2.4(c).
 
14

2.11
Removal from office

(a)
Subject to section 203D:

(i)
a Class A Director may be removed only for cause and only by a resolution passed by a majority of the votes attached to all issued Class A Shares at a separate meeting of the holders of Class A Shares; and

(ii)
a Class B Director may be removed, with or without cause, only by a resolution passed by a majority of the votes attached to all issued Class B Shares at a separate meeting of the holders of Class B Shares, or the consent (delivered in writing to the Company) of the holders of a majority of all such issued Class B Shares.

(b)
A resolution to remove a Class A Director pursuant to section 203D does not take effect until a replacement Class A Director has been appointed by a resolution passed by a majority of the votes attached to all issued Class A Shares at a separate meeting of the holders of Class A Shares.

(c)
A resolution to remove a Class B Director pursuant to section 203D does not take effect until a replacement Class B Director has been appointed by a resolution passed by a majority of the votes attached to all issued Class B Shares at a separate meeting of the holders of Class B Shares.

(d)
On a resolution to remove a Class A Director pursuant to section 203D or otherwise, Class B Shares carry no votes.

(e)
On a resolution to remove a Class B Director pursuant to section 203D or otherwise, Class A Shares carry no votes.

2.12
Too few Directors

If the number of Directors is reduced below the minimum required by rule 2.1, the continuing Directors may act as the Board only:

(a)
to appoint Directors up to that minimum number;

(a)
to convene a meeting of members; and

(b)
in emergencies.
 
3.
POWERS OF THE BOARD


3.1
Powers generally

Except as otherwise required by the Act, any other applicable law or this document,

(a)
the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board; and

(b)
the Board:

(i)
may appoint officers of the Company and specify their powers and duties; and

(ii)
may exercise every right, power or capacity of the Company to the exclusion of the Company in general meeting and the members.

3.2
Exercise of powers

A power of the Board can be exercised only:
 
15

(a)
by resolution passed at a meeting of the Board or otherwise in accordance with rule 10; or

(b)
in accordance with a delegation of the power under rule 5 or 6.


4.
EXECUTING NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS


Negotiable instruments can be executed, accepted or endorsed for and on behalf of the Company by being signed by two Directors or a Director and Secretary or in such other manner (including the use of facsimile signatures if thought appropriate) as the Board may decide.
 
5.
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER


5.1
Appointment and power of Chief Executive Officer

The Board may appoint one or more persons (including a Director) to be a Chief Executive Officer either for a specified term (but not for life) or without specifying a term.  Subject to this document, a Director who holds the position of the Chief Executive Officer has all the duties, and can exercise all the powers and rights, of a Director.

The Board may delegate any of the powers of the Board to a Chief Executive Officer:

(a)
on the terms and subject to any restrictions the Board decides; and

(b)
so as to be concurrent with, or to the exclusion of, the powers of the Board,

and may revoke the delegation at any time.

This rule does not limit rule 6.

5.2
Retirement and removal of Chief Executive Officer

A Director who holds the position of Chief Executive Officer is subject to the same rules regarding resignation, removal and retirement from office as the other Directors.

5.3
Termination of appointment of Chief Executive Officer

The appointment of a Chief Executive Officer terminates if the Board removes the Chief Executive Officer from the office of Chief Executive Officer (which, without affecting the rights of the Chief Executive Officer under any contract between the Company and the Chief Executive Officer, the Board has power to do), whether or not the appointment was expressed to be for a specified term.

6.
DELEGATION OF BOARD POWERS


6.1
Power to delegate

The Board may delegate any of its powers as permitted by section 198D.

6.2
Power to revoke delegation

The Board may revoke a delegation previously made whether or not the delegation is expressed to be for a specified period.

6.3
Terms of delegation

A delegation of powers under rule 6.1 may be made:
 
16

(a)
for a specified period or without specifying a period; and

(b)
on the terms (including power to further delegate) and subject to any restrictions the Board decides.

A document of delegation may contain the provisions for the protection and convenience of those who deal with the delegate that the Board thinks appropriate.

6.4
Committees

(a)
The membership of any committee of the Board other than the Nominating Committee and the Special Committee must include the number of Class B Directors proportional to their representation on the Board rounded down to the larger of the nearest whole number and one.

(b)
Subject to the terms on which a power of the Board is delegated to a committee, the meetings and proceedings of committees are, to the greatest extent practical, governed by the rules of this document which regulate the meetings and proceedings of the Board.  Unless otherwise provided by the Board, a majority of any committee (or the member thereof, if only one) shall constitute a quorum.

6.5
Audit committee

The Board shall, at the first Board meeting held after the Effective Time, establish and, for so long as the Company is required to report under the Exchange Act, maintain an audit committee, which shall:

(a)
comprise three Directors, all of whom shall satisfy the requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder as in effect from time to time ( Rule 10A-3 ); and

(b)
have the authority required by Rule 10A-3, including responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the auditor of the Company, establishing procedures for addressing complaints related to accounting or audit matters and engaging necessary advisors.
 
7.
DIRECTORS' DUTIES AND INTERESTS


7.1
Compliance with duties under the Act and general law

Each Director must comply with his or her duties under the Act and under the general law.

7.2
Director can hold other offices etc

A Director may:

(a)
hold any office or place of profit or employment other than that of the Company's auditor or any director or employee of the auditor;

(b)
be a member of any corporation (including the Company) or partnership other than the Company's auditor;

(c)
be a creditor of any corporation (including the Company) or partnership; or

(d)
enter into any agreement with the Company.

7.3
Disclosure of interests

Each Director must comply with the general law in respect of disclosure of conflicts of interest or duty and with section 191 in respect of disclosure of material personal interests.
 
17

7.4
Director interested in a matter

Each Director must comply with section 195 in relation to being present, and voting, at a Board meeting that considers a matter in which the Director has a material personal interest.  Subject to section 195:

(a)
a Director may be counted in a quorum at a Board meeting that considers, and may vote on, any matter in relation to which that Director has a conflict of interest or duty;

(b)
the Company may proceed with any transaction in relation to which a Director has an interest or conflict of duty and the Director may participate in the execution of any relevant document by or on behalf of the Company;

(c)
the Director may retain any benefits accruing to the Director under the transaction; and

(d)
the Company cannot avoid the transaction merely because of the existence of the Director's interest or conflict of duty.

If the interest is required to be disclosed under section 191, paragraph (c) applies only if it is disclosed before the transaction is entered into.

7.5
Agreements with third parties

The Company cannot avoid an agreement with a third party merely because a Director:

(a)
fails to make a disclosure of a conflict of interest or duty; or

(b)
is present at, or counted in the quorum for, a Board meeting that considers or votes on that agreement.

7.6
Obligation of secrecy

Every Director and Secretary must keep the transactions and affairs of the Company and the state of its financial reports confidential unless required or authorised to disclose them:

(a)
in the course of duties as an officer of the Company;

(b)
by the Board or the Company in general meeting; or

(c)
by law.

The Company may require a Director, Secretary, auditor, trustee, committee member or other person engaged by it to sign a confidentiality undertaking consistent with this rule.  A Director or Secretary must do so if required by the Company.

7.7
Directors acting in the best interests of a Holding Company

If the Company is a wholly‑owned subsidiary of a Holding Company, a Director is authorised to act in the best interests of the Holding Company if:

(a)
the Director acts in good faith in the best interests of the Holding Company; and

(b)
the Company is not insolvent at the time the Director acts and does not become insolvent because of the Director's act.
 
18

8.
DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION


8.1
Remuneration of Executive Directors

Subject to any contract with the Company, the Board may fix the remuneration of each Executive Director.  That remuneration may consist of salary, bonuses, commission on profits or dividends, participation in profits or any other elements.

8.2
Remuneration of non‑executive Directors

The Directors (other than the Executive Directors) are entitled to be paid, out of the funds of the Company, an amount of Approved Fees which:

(a)
does not in any year exceed in aggregate US$600,000 multiplied by the number of non-executive Directors, or any greater amount fixed by ordinary resolution;

(b)
is allocated among them:

(i)
on an equal basis having regard to the proportion of the relevant year for which each Director held office; or

(ii)
as otherwise decided by the Board; and

(c)
is provided in the manner the Board decides, which may include provision of non‑cash benefits.

If the Board decides to include non‑cash benefits in the Approved Fees of a Director, the Board must also decide the manner in which the value of those benefits is to be calculated for the purposes of this rule.

8.3
Additional Remuneration for extra services

If a Director, at the request of the Board and for the purposes of the Company, performs extra services or makes special exertions (including service on committees and going or living away from the Director's usual residential address), the Company may pay that Director a fixed sum set by the Board for doing so.  Remuneration under this rule may be either in addition to or in substitution for any remuneration to which that Director is entitled under rule 8.1 or 8.2.

8.4
Expenses of Directors

The Company must pay a Director (in addition to any remuneration) all reasonable expenses (including travelling and accommodation expenses) incurred by the Director:

(a)
in attending meetings of the Company, the Board, or a committee of the Board;

(b)
on the business of the Company; or

(c)
in carrying out duties as a Director.

8.5
Directors' retirement benefits

Subject to Division 2 of Part 2D.2, the Company may:

(a)
agree with a Director or person about to become a Director that, when or after the person dies or otherwise ceases to be a Director, the Company will pay a pension or lump sum benefit to:

(i)
that person; or

(ii)
after that person's death, any of the surviving spouse, dependants or legal personal representatives of that person; or
 
19

(b)
pay such a pension or lump sum benefit whether or not the Company has agreed to do so.


9.
OFFICERS' INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE


9.1
Indemnity

Subject to and so far as permitted by the Act, the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Cth) and any other applicable law:

(a)
the Company must indemnify every officer of the Company and its related bodies corporate and may indemnify its auditor against a Liability incurred as such an officer or auditor to a person (other than the Company or a related body corporate) including a Liability incurred as a result of appointment or nomination by the Company or subsidiary as a trustee or as an officer of another corporation, unless the Liability arises out of conduct involving a lack of good faith; and

(b)
the Company may make a payment (whether by way of advance, loan or otherwise) in respect of legal costs incurred by an officer or employee or auditor in defending an action for a Liability incurred as such an officer, employee or auditor or in resisting or responding to actions taken by a government agency or a liquidator.

In this rule, Liability means a liability of any kind (whether actual or contingent and whether fixed or unascertained) and includes costs, damages and expenses, including costs and expenses incurred in connection with any investigation or inquiry by a government agency or a liquidator.

9.2
Insurance

Subject to the Act and any other applicable law, the Company may enter into, and pay premiums on, a contract of insurance in respect of any person.

9.3
Former officers

The indemnity in favour of officers under rule 9.1 is a continuing indemnity.  It applies in respect of all acts done by a person while an officer of the Company or one of its wholly owned subsidiaries even though the person is not an officer at the time the claim is made.

9.4
Deeds

Subject to the Act, the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Cth) and any other applicable law, the Company may, without limiting a person's rights under this rule 9, enter into an agreement with a person who is or has been an officer of the Company or any of the Company's subsidiaries, to give effect to the rights of the person under this rule 9 on any terms and conditions that the Board thinks fit.
 
10.
BOARD MEETINGS


10.1
Convening Board meetings

 A Director or the Chief Executive Officer may at any time, and a Secretary must on request from a Director, convene a Board meeting.

10.2
Notice of Board meeting

(a)
The convenor of each Board meeting must give at least five business days written notice of the meeting (and, if it is adjourned, give reasonable notice of its resumption) individually to each Director who does not waive that requirement in accordance with rule 35.5.
 
20

(b)
Such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered:

(i)
when personally delivered to the Director;

(ii)
when sent by confirmed facsimile to the Director at a number previously identified by the Director and currently on record with the Company;

(iii)
when sent by email or electronic message to the Director at an email address or other electronic address (if any) previously identified by the Director and currently on record with the Company;

(iv)
three Business Days after deposit in the mail in the same country as the address previously identified by the Director and currently on record with the Company, postage prepaid, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested (by international express post, if the address is in another country), and addressed to the Director; or

(v)
one Business Day after deposit with a national overnight delivery service in the same country as the address previously identified by the Director and currently on record with the Company, postage prepaid, and addressed to the Director.

(c)
This Rule 10.2 does not apply to a Board meeting held before the Closing.

10.3
Use of technology

A Board meeting may be held using any means of audio or audio‑visual communication by which each Director participating can hear and be heard by each other Director participating or in any other way permitted by section 248D.  A Board meeting held solely or partly by technology is treated as held at the place at which the greatest number of the Directors present at the meeting is located or, if an equal number of Directors is located in each of two or more places, at the place where the chairman of the meeting is located.

10.4
Chairing Board meetings

The Board may elect a Director to chair its meetings and decide the period for which that Director holds that office.  If there is no chairman of Directors or the chairman is not present within 15 minutes after the time for which a Board meeting is called or is unwilling to act, the Directors present must elect a Director present to chair the meeting.

10.5
Quorum

(a)
Subject to paragraph (b):

(i)
unless the Board determines otherwise, the quorum for a Board meeting is a majority of the Directors; and

(ii)
if a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

(b)
For so long as the Class B Voting Interest is at least ten percent,

(i)
the quorum for a Board meeting is six Directors (of whom at least one must be a Class B Director) and a quorum must be present for the whole meeting.  A Director is treated as present at a meeting held by audio or audio‑visual communication if the Director is able to hear and be heard by all others attending.  If a meeting is held in another way permitted by section 248D, the Board must resolve the basis on which Directors are treated as present; and
 
21

(ii)
if a Board meeting is adjourned because no Class B Director attends and a quorum is not achieved at the second consecutive attempt to convene the Board meeting due to the failure of any Class B Director to attend, then the requirement for a Class B Director to constitute a quorum shall not apply with respect to such meeting only, and such meeting shall be deemed a quorate meeting, provided that each Director receives at least five business days written notice of the adjourned Board meeting in accordance with rule 10.2 or waives that requirement in accordance with rule 35.5.

10.6
Board approval

(a)
Subject to paragraph (b), a resolution of the Board must be passed by a majority of the votes cast by Directors present and entitled to vote on the resolution.

(b)
For so long as the Class B Voting Interest is not less than ten percent, resolutions concerning the following matters must be passed by the affirmative vote of any six Directors (unless the holders of all Class B Shares consent otherwise):

(i)
the election or early termination of the chairman of the Board;

(ii)
the appointment or termination of the Company's Chief Executive Officer;

(iii)
the delegation by the Board of any of its powers to a committee of the Board where such delegation authorizes the committee to bind the Company without further Board approval;

(iv)
any proposed amendment to the Company's constitution (other than technical amendments that do not involve any material change);

(v)
the decision to pay any dividends on the Voting Shares;

(vi)
the decision to adopt a dividend reinvestment plan;

(vii)
the settlement of any material environmental claims in excess of US$50 million;

(viii)
the issue of any Voting Shares or securities convertible or exercisable into Voting Shares other than Permitted Issuances (as defined in the Shareholders Deed) where the amount to be issued when combined with any other Voting Shares or securities convertible or exercisable into Voting Shares in the previous 12 months would exceed 12% of the Company's then-issued Voting Shares (and for the purposes of this calculation only any securities convertible or exercisable into Voting Shares shall be treated as though such conversion or exercise had occurred);

(ix)
any material acquisition or disposition of the Company's or any of its subsidiaries' assets valued at more than US$250 million (on a consolidated basis), or representing more than 20% of the Company's consolidated total assets, as set out in the most recent consolidated audited accounts;

(x)
the entry by the Company or any of its subsidiaries into any agreement or obligation under which the consideration payable has an aggregate value in excess of US$250 million or represents more than 20% of the Company's consolidated total long-term liabilities, as set out in the most recent consolidated audited accounts;
 
22

(xi)
the Company's entry into any other business area fundamentally different from its business following consummation of the transaction contemplated by the Transaction Agreements (as defined in the Shareholders Deed) or the Company fundamentally changing the scope of any existing business area, including materially diversifying its business into new commodities, engaging in significant operations involving new minerals or materially engaging with other types of natural resources;

(xii)
the sale of all, or substantially all, of the Company's business or assets, or the issue or  sale of a simple majority (or more) of the Voting Shares to any person other than a related body corporate; and

(xiii)
the entry into any arrangements concerning, or in any way initiating, a proceeding for voluntary administration, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, merger or consolidation.

(c)
The chairman of a Board meeting does not have a casting vote.  If an equal number of votes is cast for and against a resolution, the matter is decided in the negative.

10.7
Procedural rules

The Board may adjourn and, subject to this document, otherwise regulate its meetings as it decides.

10.8
Written resolution

If all the Directors entitled to receive notice of a Board meeting and to vote on the resolution sign a document containing a statement that they are in favour of the resolution set out in the document, all Directors are deemed to have received notice of the matter and a Board resolution in those terms is passed at the time when the last Director signs.

10.9
Additional provisions concerning written resolutions

For the purpose of rule 10.8:

(a)
two or more separate documents in identical terms, each of which is signed by one or more Directors, are treated as one document; and

(b)
a facsimile or electronic message containing the text of the document expressed to have been signed by a Director that is sent to the Company is a document signed by that Director at the time of its receipt by the Company.

10.10
Valid proceedings

Each resolution passed or thing done by, or with the participation of, a person acting as a Director or member of a committee is valid even if it is later discovered that:

(a)
there was a defect in the appointment of the person; or

(b)
the person was disqualified from continuing in office, voting on the resolution or doing the thing.
 
11.
CONTROL AND SIGNIFICANT CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS


11.1
Member approval

(a)
The following transactions or matters must be approved in accordance with rules 11.1(b):
 
23

(i)
any scheme of arrangement, statutory merger, share issue or other similar transaction (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include a takeover offer made under Chapter 6 of the Act) under which the consideration to be received by the members of the Company immediately prior to the transaction (taken as a whole) would not entitle those members to, in aggregate, at least 50% of the Voting Power in one of the Company, its holding company, or the merged/surviving entity, immediately following such transaction; and:

(ii)
any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole,

excluding any transactions which are expressly exempted from this rule by the Shareholders Deed and any transactions expressly contemplated by the Transaction Agreement.

(b)
Transactions or matters listed in rule 11.1(a) must be approved by:

(i)
the Board; and

(ii)
for as long as the Class B Voting Interest is at least twenty percent:

(A)
a resolution passed by a majority of the votes attached to all issued Class A Shares at a separate meeting of the holders of Class A Shares, excluding any Class A Shares held by the entity with which the Company is merging or to which it is issuing shares, or an Affiliate of that entity; and

(B)
a resolution passed by a majority of the votes attached to all issued Class B Shares at a separate meeting of the holders of Class B Shares, excluding any Class B Shares held by the entity with which the Company is merging or to which it is issuing shares, or an Affiliate of that entity; and

(iii)
if the Class B Voting Interest is less than twenty percent, a resolution passed by a majority of the votes attached to all issued Voting Shares, excluding any Voting Shares held by the entity with which the Company is merging or to which it is issuing shares, or an Affiliate of that entity.

11.2
Equal treatment reorganisations

Unless approval has been given by:

(a)
for as long as the Class B Voting Interest is at least twenty percent:

(i)
a resolution passed by a majority of the votes attached to all issued Class A Shares at a separate meeting of the holders of Class A Shares, excluding any Class A Shares held by the entity with which the Company is merging or to which it is issuing shares, or an Affiliate of that entity; and

(ii)
a resolution passed by a majority of the votes attached to all issued Class B Shares at a separate meeting of the holders of Class B Shares, excluding any Class B Shares held by the entity with which the Company is merging or to which it is issuing shares, or an Affiliate of that entity; or

(b)
if the Class B Voting Interest is less than twenty percent, a resolution passed by a majority of the votes attached to all issued Voting Shares, excluding any Voting Shares held by the entity with which the Company is merging or to which it is issuing shares, or an Affiliate of that entity, any reorganisation or consolidation of the Company with one or more other persons, scheme of arrangement, share issue or similar transaction requiring an agreement by the Company or a statutory merger of the Company with another person in which the former holders of Class A Shares and/or Class B Shares are entitled to receive shares in another person and/or other securities or property (including cash) must provide that each holder of a Class A Share is entitled to receive, with respect to such share, the same kind and amount of shares of a person and other securities and property (including cash) receivable in such transaction by a holder of a Class B Share, and each holder of a Class B Share is entitled to receive, with respect to such share, the same kind and amount of shares of a person and other securities and property (including cash) receivable in such transaction by a holder of a Class A Share.  In the event that the holders of Class A Shares (or of Class B Shares) are granted rights to elect to receive one of two or more alternative forms of consideration, this rule 11.2 shall be satisfied if holders of Class A Shares and holders of Class B Shares are granted identical election rights.
 
24

11.3
Prohibited acquisitions

Notwithstanding any other rule in this document, a person must not permit or enter into a transaction, or enable another person (whether a member or not) to permit or enter into a transaction, which results in:

(a)
the Voting Power in the Company of any person (including the first-mentioned person) increasing from (i) 20% or below to more than 20%, or (ii) a starting point that is above 20% and below 90%; or

(b)
breach of a restriction regarding the acquisition of Beneficial Ownership in Voting Shares contained in an agreement with the Company to which the person, or an Affiliate of the person, is a party,

unless the transaction:

(c)
if rule 11.1(a) applies, has been approved in accordance with 11.1(b); or

(d)
is expressly exempted from this rule by the Shareholders Deed or expressly contemplated by the Transaction Agreement; or

(e)
has been approved by:

(i)
a resolution passed by the holders of votes attached to at least 75% of all issued Class A Shares (excluding any Class A Shares held by the person, or an Affiliate of the person), voting at a separate meeting of the holders of Class A Shares; and

(ii)
for as long as the Class B Voting Interest is at least twenty percent, a resolution passed by the holders of votes attached to at least 75% of all issued Class B Shares (excluding any Class B Shares held by the person, or an Affiliate of the person), voting at a separate meeting of the holders of Class B Shares; or

(f)
has been approved by the Board.

11.4
Action by the Board

The Board must do the following where the Board has reason to believe that rule 11.3 has been breached or the events described in rules 11.3(a) or 11.3(b) have occurred:

(a)
require any member to provide such information as the Board considers appropriate to determine any of the matters under this rule;

(b)
have regard to such public filings as it considers appropriate to determine any of the matters under this rule;
 
25

(c)
make any determinations required under this rule, either after calling for submissions from affected members or other persons or without calling for such submissions;

(d)
subject to applicable law and the applicable rules of any stock exchange, refuse to register any transfer of shares but only to the extent necessary so that, as far as the Board can judge the matter, the person otherwise in breach of rule 11.3 would not thereafter breach rule 11.3 or events described in paragraphs (a) or (b) of rule 11.3 or their effects would be reversed or remedied;

(e)
determine that the voting rights (or some voting rights) attached to such number of Class A Shares or Class B Shares held by a person or persons whom the Board has resolved should not be capable of exercising their votes in accordance with this paragraph ( Excess Shares ) are from a particular time incapable of being exercised for a definite or indefinite period but only to the extent necessary so that, as far as the Board can judge the matter, the person otherwise in breach of rule 11.3 would not thereafter breach rule 11.3 or events described in paragraphs (a) or (b) of rule 11.3 or their effects would be reversed or remedied;

(f)
determine that any Excess Shares must be sold but only to the extent necessary so that, as far as the Board can judge the matter, the person otherwise in breach of rule 11.3 would not thereafter breach rule 11.3 or events described in paragraphs (a) or (b) of rule 11.3 or their effects would be reversed or remedied;

(g)
determine that any Excess Shares will not carry any right to any distributions from a particular time for a definite or indefinite period but only in respect of such number of shares, as far as the Board can judge the matter, as breaches rule 11.3 or as necessary to address events described in paragraphs (a) or (b) of rule 11.3 or their effects;

(h)
take such other action for the purposes of enforcing this rule 11.3 in a timely and efficient manner including:

(i)
prescribing rules (not inconsistent with this rule);

(ii)
setting deadlines for the provision of information;

(iii)
drawing adverse inferences where information requested is not provided;

(iv)
making determinations or interim determinations;

(v)
executing documents on behalf of a member;

(vi)
paying costs and expenses out of proceeds of sale of Excess Shares; and

(vii)
changing any decision or determination or rule previously made.

Subject to section 199A, no Director is liable for any such act or omission where the Director acts in good faith.
 
12.
PROPORTIONAL TAKEOVER APPROVAL


12.1
  Special definitions

The following definitions apply in this rule.

Accepted Offer means an offer under a proportional takeover bid that has been accepted and from the acceptance of which a binding contract has not resulted as at the end of the Resolution Deadline.
 
26

Approving Resolution means a resolution to approve the proportional takeover bid passed in accordance with rule 12.4.

Resolution Deadline means the day that is 14 days before the last day of the bid period of the proportional takeover bid.

A reference to an associate of another person is a reference to a person who is an associate of the first person because of section 12 of the Act.

12.2
Limited life of rule

This rule ceases to apply by force of section 648G(1) at the end of three years starting when this rule was inserted in the constitution or starting when this rule was last renewed in accordance with that section.

12.3
Restriction on registration of transfers

The Company must not register a transfer giving effect to a contract resulting from the acceptance of an offer made under a proportional takeover bid until an Approving Resolution is passed.

12.4
Approving Resolution

If offers have been made under a proportional takeover bid for securities in a class issued by the Company:

(a)
an Approving Resolution must be voted on at a meeting, convened and conducted by the Company, of the persons entitled to vote on the Approving Resolution;

(b)
the Board must ensure that an Approving Resolution is voted on in accordance with this rule before the Resolution Deadline for the bid;

(c)
a person (other than the bidder or an associate of the bidder) who, as at the end of the day on which the first offer under the bid was made, held securities included in that class is entitled to vote on an Approving Resolution;

(d)
the bidder or an associate of the bidder is not entitled to vote on an Approving Resolution; and

(e)
an Approving Resolution that has been voted on is taken to have been passed if the proportion that the number of votes in favour of the resolution bears to the total number of votes on the resolution is greater than 50%, and otherwise is taken to have been rejected.

12.5
General meeting provisions apply

The rules in this constitution relating to general meetings apply, modified as necessary, to any meeting convened under this rule, except that the holder of a bid class security that carries no right to vote at a general meeting of the Company has one vote for each bid class security held at a meeting convened under this rule.

12.6
Notice of meeting outcome

If an Approving Resolution is voted on in accordance with this rule before the Resolution Deadline for the proportional takeover bid, the Company must, on or before the Resolution Deadline give a written notice stating that an Approving Resolution has been voted on and that the resolution has been passed or rejected to the bidder.
 
27

12.7
Failure to propose resolution

If, as at the end of the day before the Resolution Deadline for a proportional takeover bid, no Approving Resolution has been voted on in accordance with this rule, an Approving Resolution is taken to have been passed in accordance with this rule.

12.8
Rejected resolution

If an Approving Resolution is voted on, in accordance with this rule, before the Resolution Deadline for the proportional takeover bid and is rejected:

(a)
despite section 652A, all offers under the bid that have not, as at the end of the Resolution Deadline, been accepted, and all Accepted Offers are taken to be withdrawn at the end of the Resolution Deadline;

(b)
as soon as practical after the Resolution Deadline, the bidder must return to each person who accepted an Accepted Offer any documents that were sent by the person to the bidder with the acceptance of the offer;

(c)
the bidder may rescind, and must rescind, as soon as practical after the Resolution Deadline, each contract resulting from the acceptance of an offer made under the bid; and

(d)
a person who has accepted an offer made under the bid may rescind the contract (if any) resulting from that acceptance.
 
13.
MEETINGS OF MEMBERS


13.1
Action by meeting

(a)
Subject to paragraph 13.1(b), unless the Company has only one member, any action required or permitted to be taken by members of the Company must be taken at a meeting of members.

(b)
When voting at a separate meeting of the holders of Class B Shares, holders of Class B Shares may act by written consent.

13.2
Annual general meeting

The Company must hold an annual general meeting as required by section 250N.

13.3
Calling meetings of members

A meeting of members:

(a)
may be convened at any time by the Board, the chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer; and

(b)
must be convened by the Board when required by section 249D or 250N or by order made under section 249G.

13.4
Notice of meeting

Subject to rules 13.5 and 13.8, at least 21 days' written notice of a meeting of members must be given individually to:

(a)
each member (whether or not the member is entitled to vote at the meeting);

(b)
each Director; and

(c)
the auditor.
 
28

Subject to any regulation made under section 249LA, the notice of meeting must comply with section 249L and may be given in any manner permitted by section 249J(3).

13.5
Short notice

Subject to sections 249H(3) and (4):

(a)
if the Company has elected to convene a meeting of members as the annual general meeting, if all the members entitled to attend and vote agree; or

(b)
otherwise, if members who together have power to cast at least 95% of the votes that may be cast at the meeting agree,

a resolution may be proposed and passed at a meeting of which less than 21 days' notice has been given.

13.6
Postponement or cancellation

Subject to sections 249D(5) and 250N, the Board may:

(a)
postpone a meeting of members;

(b)
cancel a meeting of members; or

(c)
change the place for a general meeting

by Public Disclosure of such postponement, cancellation or change.

13.7
Fresh notice

If a meeting of members is postponed or adjourned for one month or more, the Company must give new notice of the resumed meeting.

13.8
Notice to joint holders of shares

If a share is held jointly, the Company need only give notice of a meeting of members (or of its cancellation or postponement) to the joint holder who is named first in the Register.

13.9
Location of meetings

Members are taken to accept, for the purposes of section 249R of the Act, that it is reasonable to hold meetings of members in any locality outside of Australia in which:

(a)
the Voting Shares are quoted;

(b)
holders of a substantial number of shares have registered addresses;

(c)
the executive headquarters of the Company are located; or

(d)
at least four directors are ordinarily resident.

13.10
Technology

The Company may hold a meeting of members at two or more venues using any technology that gives the members as a whole a reasonable opportunity to participate.

13.11
Accidental omission

The accidental omission to give notice to, or the non‑receipt of notice by, any of those entitled to it does not invalidate any resolution passed at a meeting of members.
 
29

13.12
Class meetings

Rules 13 to 17 apply to a separate meeting of a class of members as far as they are capable of application and modified as necessary.
 
14.
PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS OF MEMBERS


14.1
Member present at meeting

If a member has appointed a proxy or attorney or (in the case of a member which is a body corporate) a representative to act at a meeting of members, that member is taken to be present at a meeting at which the proxy, attorney or representative is present.

14.2
Quorum

Except as otherwise provided in this document and subject to section 249B, the holders of a majority of all issued Voting Shares which are entitled to vote at the meeting shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the Company.

14.3
Quorum not present

If a quorum is not present within 15 minutes after the time for which a meeting of members is called:

(a)
if called as a result of a request of members under section 249D, the meeting is dissolved; and

(b)
in any other case:

(i)
the meeting is adjourned to the day, time and place that the chairman of the Board or the Board decides and notifies to members, or if no decision is notified before then, to the same time on the same day in the next week at the same place; and

(ii)
if a quorum is not present at the adjourned meeting, the meeting is dissolved.

14.4
Chairing meetings of members

If the Board has appointed a Director to chair Board meetings, that Director may also chair   meetings of members.  If:

(a)
there is no Director who the Board has appointed to chair Board meetings for the time being; or

(b)
the Director appointed to chair Board meetings is not present at the time for which a meeting of members is called or is not willing to chair the meeting,

the Voting Members present must elect a member or Director present to chair the meeting.

14.5
Attendance at general meetings

(a)
Every member has the right to attend all meetings of members whether or not   entitled to vote.

(b)
Every Director has the right to attend and speak at all meetings of members whether or not a member.

(c)
The auditor has the right to attend any meeting of members and to speak on any part of the business of the meeting which concerns the auditor in the capacity of auditor.
 
30

14.6
Adjournment

Subject to rule 13.7, the chairman of a meeting of members at which a quorum is present may adjourn it to another time and place.  The Chairman is not required to adjourn the meeting following a direction to do so by members.

14.7
Business at adjourned meetings

The only business that may be transacted at a meeting resumed after an adjournment is the business left unfinished immediately before the adjournment.
 
15.
PROXIES, ATTORNEYS AND REPRESENTATIVES


15.1
Appointment of proxies

Each member may appoint a proxy to attend and act for the member at a meeting of members.  If the member is entitled to cast 2 or more votes at the meeting, they may appoint two proxies to attend and act for the member at a meeting of members.  An appointment of proxy must be made by written notice to the Company:

(a)
that complies with section 250A(1); or

(b)
in any other form and mode that is, and is signed or otherwise authenticated by the member in a manner, satisfactory to the Board.

If a member appoints two proxies and the appointment does not specify the proportion or number of the member's votes each proxy may exercise, each proxy may exercise half of those votes.

15.2
Member's attorney

A member may appoint an attorney to act, or to appoint a proxy to act, at a meeting of members.  If the appointor is an individual, the power of attorney must be signed in the presence of at least one witness.

15.3
Deposit of proxy appointment forms, powers of attorney and proxy appointment authorities

An appointment of a proxy or an attorney is not effective for a particular meeting of members unless:

(a)
in the case of a proxy, the proxy appointment form and, if it is executed or otherwise authenticated in a manner prescribed by a regulation made for the purposes of section 250A(1) by an attorney, the relevant power of attorney or other authority under which the appointment was authenticated or a certified copy of it; and

(b)
in the case of an attorney, the power of attorney or a certified copy of it,

are received by the Company in accordance with section 250B(3) at least 48 hours before the time for which the meeting was called or such reduced period specified in the notice of meeting or, if the meeting has been adjourned, before the resumption of the meeting.

15.4
Corporate representatives

A member that is a body corporate may appoint an individual to act as its representative at meetings of members as permitted by section 250D.
 
31

15.5
Appointment for particular meeting, standing appointment and revocation

A member may appoint a proxy, attorney or representative to act at a particular meeting of members or make a standing appointment and may revoke any appointment.  A proxy, attorney or representative may, but need not, be a member.

15.6
Position of proxy or attorney if member present

(a)
Subject to paragraph (b), the appointment of a proxy or attorney is not revoked by the member attending and taking part in the general meeting, but if the member votes on a resolution, the proxy or attorney is not entitled to vote, and must not vote, as the member's proxy or attorney on the resolution.

(b)
If a member has appointed a proxy or attorney under a document which is expressed to be irrevocable:

(i)
the appointment of that proxy or attorney is not revoked by the member attending or taking part in the general meeting; and

(ii)
a member is not entitled to vote, and must not vote, on a resolution if that member has appointed the proxy or attorney to vote on that resolution.

15.7
Priority of conflicting appointments of attorney or representative

If more than one attorney or representative appointed by a member is present at a meeting of members and the Company has not received notice of revocation of any of the appointments:

(a)
an attorney or representative appointed to act at that particular meeting may act to the exclusion of an attorney or representative appointed under a standing appointment; and

(b)
subject to rule 15.7(a), an attorney or representative appointed under a more recent appointment may act to the exclusion of an attorney or representative appointed earlier in time.

15.8
Additional current proxy appointments

An appointment of proxy by a member is revoked (or, in the case of a standing appointment, suspended for that particular meeting) if the Company receives a further appointment of proxy from that member which would result in there being more than the permitted number of proxies of that member entitled to act at a meeting.  The appointment of proxy made first in time is the first to be treated as revoked or suspended by this rule.

15.9
Continuing authority

An act done at a meeting of members by a proxy, attorney or representative is valid even if, before the act is done, the appointing member:

(a)
dies or becomes mentally incapacitated;

(b)
becomes bankrupt or an insolvent under administration or is wound up;

(c)
revokes the appointment or revokes the authority under which the appointment was made by a third party; or

(d)
transfers the share to which the appointment relates,

unless the Company has received written notice of the matter before the start or resumption of the meeting at which the vote is cast.
 
32

15.10
Irrevocable proxy

Each holder of Class A Shares grants an irrevocable proxy in favour of the Company in respect of all the Class A Shares held by it to attend and vote for the holder of Class A Shares at any meeting of members until immediately after Closing.
 
16.
ENTITLEMENT TO VOTE


16.1
Number of votes

Subject to section 250A(4), rules 15, 16.3, 16.4 and 16.5 and the terms on which shares are issued:

(a)
on a show of hands:

(i)
if a member has appointed two proxies, neither of those proxies may vote;

(ii)
a member who is present and entitled to vote and is also a proxy, attorney or representative of another member has one vote; and

(iii)
subject to paragraphs (a)(i) and (a)(ii), every individual present who is a member, or a proxy, attorney or representative of a member, entitled to vote has one vote; and

(b)
on a poll, a member has one vote for every share held.

Except as otherwise provided in this document, separate meetings of the holders of Class A Shares and Class B Shares are not required on any matters submitted to a general meeting.

16.2
Casting vote of chairman

The chairman of a meeting of members does not have a casting vote.  If an equal number of votes is cast for and against a resolution the matter is decided in the negative.

16.3
Votes of joint holders

If there are joint holders of a share, any one of them may vote at a meeting of members, in person or by proxy, attorney or representative, as if that holder were the sole owner of the share.  If more than one of the joint holders of a share (including, for the purposes of this rule, joint legal personal representatives of a dead member) are present at a meeting of members, in person or by proxy, attorney or representative, and tender a vote in respect of the share, the Company may only count the vote cast by, or on behalf of, the most senior joint holder who tenders a vote.  For this purpose, seniority depends on the order in which the names of the joint holders are listed in the Register.

16.4
Votes of transmittees and guardians

Subject to section 1072C, if the Board is satisfied at least 48 hours before the time fixed for a meeting of members, that a person:

(a)
is entitled to the transmission of a share under rule 31; or

(b)
has power to manage a member's property under a law relating to the management of property of the mentally incapable,

that person may vote as if registered as the holder of the share and the Company must not count the vote (if any) of the actual registered holder.

33

16.5
Voting restrictions

If:

(a)
the Act requires that some members are not to vote on a resolution, or that votes cast by some members be disregarded, in order for the resolution to have an intended effect; and

(b)
the notice of the meeting at which the resolution is proposed states that fact,

those members have no right to vote on that resolution and the Company must not count any votes purported to be cast by those members.  If a proxy purports to vote in a way or in circumstances that contravene section 250A(4), on a show of hands the vote is invalid and the Company must not count it and on a poll rule 17.3(b) applies.

16.6
Decision on right to vote

A Voting Member or Director may challenge a person's right to vote at a meeting of members.  A challenge may only be made at the meeting.  A challenge, or any other doubt as to the validity of a vote, must be decided by the chairman, whose decision is final.
 
17.
HOW VOTING IS CARRIED OUT


17.1
Method of voting

A resolution put to the vote at a meeting of members must be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is demanded under rule 17.2 either before or on declaration of the result of the vote on a show of hands.  Unless a poll is demanded, the chairman's declaration of a decision on a show of hands is final.

17.2
Demand for a poll

A poll may be demanded on any resolution (except a resolution concerning the election of the chairman of a meeting or the adjournment of the meeting) by:

(a)
at least five members entitled to vote on the resolution; or

(b)
members entitled to cast at least 5% of the votes that may be cast on the resolution on a poll (worked out as at the midnight before the poll is demanded); or

(c)
the chairman.

The demand for a poll does not affect the continuation of the meeting for the transaction of other business and may be withdrawn.

17.3
When and how polls must be taken

If a poll is demanded:

(a)
the poll must be taken at the time and place and, subject to rule 17.3(b), in the manner that the chairman of the meeting directs;

(b)
votes which section 250A(4) requires to be cast in a given way must be treated as cast in that way;

(c)
a person voting who has the right to cast two or more votes need not cast all those votes and may cast those votes in different ways; and

(d)
the result of the poll is the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.
 
34

17.4
Direct votes

For any general meeting of the Company (or meeting of a class of its members), the Board may determine that a member who is entitled to attend and vote at the meeting on a resolution contemplated in the notice convening the meeting (or a duly appointed proxy of the member) may cast votes attaching to the member's shares on the resolution by lodging a direct vote (instead of attending and voting in person or by proxy, attorney or representative) on the resolution.  A "direct vote" means a vote lodged with the Company by means approved by the Board (which means may include post, fax, telephone or electronic means).  The Board may prescribe regulations, rules and procedures in relation to direct voting, including regulations, rules and procedures that specify the form and method by which direct votes are to be lodged and the closing time for lodgement of direct votes.  Direct votes lodged pursuant to this rule on a resolution by a member (or a member's proxy) are to be counted on a poll demanded on the resolution as if the member who lodged the direct vote were present at the meeting (other than for the purpose of determining whether a quorum is present) and cast the votes on the relevant shares as specified by the member (or proxy) lodging the direct vote.

17.5
Voting by beneficial owners

Subject to applicable law, for any general meeting of the Company (or meeting of a class of its members), the Board may prescribe regulations, rules and procedures to permit any person ( beneficial owner ) for whom the Board is satisfied shares are held by a member in a representative, fiduciary or custodian capacity to:

(a)
attend the meeting; and

(b)
cast the votes attaching to such shares (in person, or by proxy, attorney or representative), to the exclusion of the member concerned, on any resolution contemplated in the notice convening the meeting on which the member is entitled to cast a vote and for which a poll is demanded at the meeting.

Votes cast by a beneficial owner (whether in person, or by proxy, attorney or representative) pursuant to this rule on a resolution are to be counted on a poll demanded on the resolution as if the member were present at the meeting and cast the votes on the relevant shares.
 
18.
SECRETARY


18.1
Appointment of Secretary

The Board:

(a)
must appoint at least one individual; and

(b)
may appoint more than one individual,

to be a Secretary either for a specified term or without specifying a term, provided that at least one Secretary must be ordinarily resident in Australia.

18.2
Terms and conditions of office

A Secretary holds office on the terms (including as to remuneration) that the Board decides.  The Board may vary any decision previously made by it in respect of a Secretary.

18.3
Cessation of Secretary's appointment

A person automatically ceases to be a Secretary if the person:
 
35

(a)
is not permitted by the Act (or an order made under the Act) to be a secretary of a company;

(b)
becomes disqualified from managing corporations under Part 2D.6 and is not given permission or leave to manage the Company under section 206F or 206G;

(c)
becomes of unsound mind or physically or mentally incapable of performing the functions of that office;

(d)
resigns by notice in writing to the Company; or

(e)
is removed from office under rule 18.4.

18.4
Removal from office

The Board may remove a Secretary from that office whether or not the appointment was expressed to be for a specified term.
 
19.
MINUTES


19.1
Minutes must be kept

The Board must cause minutes of:

(a)
proceedings and resolutions of meetings of the Company's members;

(b)
the names of Directors present at each Board meeting or committee meeting;

(c)
proceedings and resolutions of Board meetings (including meetings of a committee to which Board powers are delegated under rule 6);

(d)
resolutions passed by Directors without a meeting; and

(e)
disclosures and notices of Directors' interests,

to be kept in accordance with sections 191, 192 and 251A.

19.2
Minutes as evidence

A minute recorded and signed in accordance with section 251A is evidence of the proceeding, resolution or declaration to which it relates unless the contrary is proved.

19.3
Inspection of minute books

The Company must allow members to inspect, and provide copies of, the minute books for the meetings of members in accordance with section 251B.
 
20.
COMPANY SEALS


20.1
Common seal

The Board:

(a)
may decide whether or not the Company has a common seal; and

(b)
is responsible for the safe custody of that seal (if any) and any duplicate seal it decides to adopt under section 123(2).
 
36

20.2
Use of seals

The common seal and duplicate seal (if any) may only be used with the authority of the Board.  The Board must not authorise the use of a seal that does not comply with section 123.

20.3
Fixing seals to documents

The fixing of the common seal, or any duplicate seal, to a document must be witnessed:

(a)
by two Directors;

(b)
by one Director and one Secretary; or

(c)
by any other signatories or in any other way (including the use of facsimile signatures) authorised by the Board.
 
21.
FINANCIAL REPORTS AND AUDIT


21.1
Company must keep financial records

The Board must cause the Company to keep written financial records that:

(a)
correctly record and explain its transactions (including transactions undertaken as trustee) and financial position and performance; and

(b)
would enable true and fair financial statements to be prepared and audited,

and must allow a Director and the auditor to inspect those records at all reasonable times.

21.2
Financial reporting

The Board must cause the Company to prepare a financial report and a directors' report that comply with Part 2M.3 and must report to members in accordance with section 314 no later than the deadline set by section 315.

21.3
Financial year end

The financial year for the Company will end on 31 December.

21.4
Audit

The Board must cause the Company's financial report for each financial year to be audited and obtain an auditor's report.  The eligibility, appointment, removal, remuneration, rights and duties of the auditor are regulated by Division 3 of Part 2M.3, Divisions 1 to 6 of Part 2M.4 and sections 1280, 1289, 1299B and 1299C.

21.5
Conclusive reports

Audited financial reports laid before the Company in general meetings are conclusive except as regards errors notified to the Company within three months after the relevant general meeting.  If the Company receives notice of an error within that period, it must immediately correct the report and the report as corrected is then conclusive.

21.6
Inspection of financial records and books

Subject to rule 19.3 and section 247A, a member who is not a Director does not have any right to inspect any document of the Company except as authorised by the Board or by ordinary resolution.
 
37

22.
SHARES

 
22.1
Class A Shares and Class B Shares

Except as set out in this document, or as required by law, Class A Shares and Class B Shares carry the same rights.

22.2
Issue at discretion of Board

(a)
Subject to rules 22.2(b) and 22.2(c) and section 259C, the Board may, on behalf of the Company, issue, grant options over or otherwise dispose of, unissued shares to any person on the terms, with the rights, and at the times that the Board decides.

(b)
The Board cannot issue partly paid shares.

(c)
No additional Class B Shares may be issued by the Company unless:

(i)
a resolution approving such issue is passed by the holders of at least 80% of the votes attached to all issued Class B Shares;

(ii)
such issue is required or permitted pursuant to the terms of an agreement with holders of Class B Shares (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Shareholders Deed); or

(iii)
pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan.

22.3
Preference and redeemable preference shares

The Company may issue preference shares (including preference shares that are liable to be redeemed).  The rights attached to preference shares are:

(a)
unless other rights have been approved by Special Resolution of the Company, the rights set out in the schedule; or

(b)
the rights approved by Special Resolution of the Company as applicable to those shares.

22.4
Brokerage and commissions

The Company may pay brokerage or commissions to a person in respect of that person or another person agreeing to take up shares in the Company.

22.5
Surrender of shares

The Board may accept a surrender of shares:

(a)
to compromise a question as to whether those shares have been validly issued; or

(b)
if surrender is otherwise within the Company's powers.

The Company may sell or re‑issue surrendered shares in the same way as forfeited shares.
 
23.
CERTIFICATES


23.1
Certificated shares

(a)
The Company must issue a certificate of title to shares if required by section 1071H that complies with section 1070C and deliver it to the holder of those shares in accordance with section 1071H.  The Company must not charge any fee to issue a certificate.
 
38

(b)
The Company will, on request of a member, issue a certificate to that member.

23.2
Multiple certificates and joint holders

If a member requests the Company to issue several certificates each for a part of the shares registered in the member's name, the Company must do so.  For this purpose, joint holders of shares are a single member.  The Company may issue only one certificate that relates to each share registered in the names of two or more joint holders and may deliver the certificate to any of those joint holders.

23.3
Lost and worn out certificates

If a certificate:

(a)
is lost or destroyed and the owner of the relevant securities applies in accordance with section 1070D(5), the Company must; or

(b)
is defaced or worn out and is produced to the Company, the Company may,

issue a new certificate in its place.
 
24.
REGISTER


24.1
Joint holders

If the Register names two or more joint holders of a share, the Company must treat the person named first in the Register in respect of that share as the sole owner of it for all purposes (including the giving of notice) except in relation to:

(a)
delivery of certificates;

(b)
the right to vote (to which rule 16.1 applies);

(c)
the power to give directions as to payment of, or a receipt for, dividends (to which rules 26.6 and 26.7 apply); and

(d)
transfer.

24.2
Non‑beneficial holders

Subject to sections 169(5A) and 1072E and rule 17.5, unless otherwise ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or required by statute, the Company:

(a)
may treat the registered holder of any share as the absolute owner of it; and

(b)
need not recognise any equitable or other claim to or interest in a share by any person except a registered holder.
 
25.
COMPANY LIENS


25.1
Existence of liens

(a)
Unless the terms of issue provide otherwise, the Company has a first and paramount lien on each share for amounts for which the Company is indemnified under rule 25.3.
 
39

(b)
The lien extends to all dividends payable in respect of the share and to proceeds of sale of the share.

25.2
Sale under lien

If:

(a)
the Company has a lien on a share;

(b)
an amount secured by the lien is due and payable;

(c)
the Company has given notice to the member registered as the holder of the share:

(i)
requiring payment of the amount which is due and payable and secured by the lien;

(ii)
stating the amount due and payable at the date of the notice;

(iii)
specifying how to calculate the amount due when payment is made; and

(iv)
specifying a date (at least 14 days after the date of the notice) by which and a place at which payment of that amount must be made; and

(d)
the requirements of the notice given under paragraph (c) are not fulfilled,

the Company may sell the share in respect of which that notice was given (and all dividends, interest and other money payable in respect of that share and not actually paid before sale) by resolution passed before the amount due and payable is paid.

25.3
Indemnity for payments required to be made by the Company

If the law of any jurisdiction imposes or purports to impose any immediate, future or possible liability on the Company, or empowers or purports to empower any person to require the Company to make any payment, on account of a member or referable to a share held by that member (whether alone or jointly) or a dividend or other amount payable in respect of a share held by that member, the Company:

(a)
is fully indemnified by that member from that liability;

(b)
may recover as a debt due from the member the amount of that liability together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date of payment by the Company to the date of repayment by the member; and

(c)
subject to rule 28.4, may refuse to register a transfer of any share by that member until the debt has been paid to the Company.

Nothing in this document in any way prejudices or affects any right or remedy which the Company has (including any right of set off) and, as between the Company and the member, any such right or remedy is enforceable by the Company.
 
26.
DIVIDENDS


26.1
Accumulation of reserves

The Board may:

(a)
set aside out of profits of the Company reserves to be applied, in the Board's discretion, for any purpose it decides and use any sum so set aside in the business of the Company or invest it in investments selected by the Board and vary and deal with those investments as it decides; or
 
40

(b)
carry forward any amount out of profits which the Board decides not to distribute without transferring that amount to a reserve; or

(c)
do both.

26.2
Payment of dividends

Subject to the Act, rules 26.3 and 26.8, and the terms of issue of shares, the Board may resolve to pay any dividend (including an interim dividend) it thinks appropriate, in such currency as it thinks appropriate, and fix the time for payment.  The Company does not incur a debt merely by fixing the amount or time for payment of a dividend.  A debt arises only when the time fixed for payment arrives.  The decision to pay a dividend may be revoked by the Board at any time before then.

26.3
Amount of dividend

(a)
Class A Shares and Class B Shares carry the same rights to dividends.

(b)
Subject to the terms of issue of shares and paragraph (a) , the Company may pay a dividend on one class of shares to the exclusion of another class.

26.4
Dividends in kind

(a)
The Board may resolve to pay a dividend (either generally or to specific members) in cash or satisfy it by distribution of specific assets (including shares or securities of any other corporation), the issue of shares or the grant of options.

(b)
If the Board satisfies a dividend by distribution of specific assets, the Board may:

(i)
fix the value of any asset distributed;

(ii)
make cash payments to members on the basis of the value fixed so as to adjust the rights of members between themselves; and

(iii)
vest an asset in trustees.

(c)
If the Board satisfies a dividend by the issue of shares:

(i)
only Class A Shares shall be distributed to holders of Class A Shares and only Class B Shares shall be distributed to holders of Class B Shares; and

(ii)
the number of Class A Shares distributed for each share held and the number of Class B Shares distributed for each share held must be the same.

26.5
Payment of dividend by way of securities in another entity or corporation

Where the Company satisfies a dividend by way of distribution of specific assets, being shares or other securities in another entity or corporation, each member is taken to have agreed to become a member of that entity or corporation and to have agreed to be bound by the constitution of that entity or corporation.  Each member also appoints each Director and each Secretary their agent and attorney to:

(a)
agree to the member becoming a member of that entity or corporation;

(b)
agree to the member being bound by the constitution of that entity or corporation; and

(c)
execute any transfer of shares or securities, or other document required to give effect to the distribution of shares or other securities to that member.
 
41

26.6
Method of payment

The Company may pay any cash dividend, interest or other money payable in respect of shares by cheque sent, and may distribute assets by sending the certificates or other evidence of title to them, through the post directed to:

(a)
the address of the member (or in the case of a jointly held share, the address of the joint holder named first in the Register); or

(b)
to any other address the member (or in the case of a jointly held share, all the joint holders) directs in writing,

or by any other method of payment or distribution the Board decides.

26.7
Joint holders' receipt

Any one of the joint holders of a share may give an effective receipt for any dividend, interest or other money payable in relation to that share.

26.8
Retention of dividends by Company

The Company may retain the dividend payable on a share:

(a)
of which a person seeks to be registered as the holder under rule 31.2 or 31.3, until that person is registered as the holder of that share or transfers it; or

(b)
on which the Company has a lien, to satisfy the liabilities in respect of which the lien exists.

26.9
No interest on dividends

No member may claim, and the Company must not pay, interest on a dividend (either in money or kind).
 
27.
SHARE PLANS


27.1
Implementing share plans

The Company in general meeting may by ordinary resolution authorise the Board to implement one or more of:

(a)
a re‑investment plan under which any dividend or other cash payment in respect of a share or convertible security may, at the election of the person entitled to it, be:

(i)
retained by the Company and applied in payment for fully paid shares issued under the plan; and

(ii)
treated as having been paid to the person entitled and simultaneously repaid by that person to the Company to be held by it and applied in accordance with the plan;

(b)
any other plan under which members or security holders may elect that dividends or other cash payments in respect of shares or other securities:

(i)
be satisfied by the issue of shares or other securities of the Company or a related body corporate, or that issues of shares or other securities of the Company or a related body corporate be made in place of dividends or other cash payments;

(ii)
be paid out of a particular reserve or source; or
 
42

(iii)
be forgone in consideration of another form of distribution from the Company, another body corporate or a trust; or

(c)
a plan under which shares or other securities of the Company or a related body corporate may be issued or otherwise provided for the benefit of employees or Directors of the Company or any of its related bodies corporate.

27.2
Board obligations and discretions

The Board:

(a)
must do everything necessary or desirable to give effect to a plan implemented under rule 27.1 and the rules governing it; and

(b)
may:

(i)
vary the rules governing; or

(ii)
suspend or terminate the operation of,

a plan implemented under rule 27.1 as it thinks appropriate.
 
28.
TRANSFER OF SHARES


28.1
Modes of transfer

Subject to rule 28.3, a member may transfer a share by a document the form of which is permitted by law and which is signed by or on behalf of both the transferor and the transferee.  The Company must not register a transfer that does not comply with this rule.

28.2
Market obligations

The Company may do anything permitted by the Act that the Board thinks necessary or desirable in connection with the Company taking part in a computerised or electronic system for the purpose of facilitating dealings in shares.

28.3
Delivery of transfer and certificate

A document of transfer under rule 28.1 must be:

(a)
delivered to the registered office of the Company or the address of the Register last notified to members by the Company;

(b)
accompanied by the certificate (if any) for the shares to be transferred or evidence satisfactory to the Board of its loss or destruction; and

(c)
marked with payment of any stamp duty payable.

Property in and title to a document of transfer that is delivered to the Company (but not the shares to which it relates) passes to the Company on delivery.

28.4
Refusal to register transfer

(a)
The Board may refuse to register a transfer:

(i)
if the transfer arises from a breach or, if the transfer were registered, would give rise to a breach, of an agreement to which the Company is a party;

(ii)
in the circumstances described in rule 11.4(d); and
 
43

(iii)
in any other instance permitted by applicable law and the applicable rules of any stock exchange.

(b)
Subject to rule 28.4(a)(i), the Board must register a transfer made in compliance with the Shareholders Deed, this document and applicable law.

(c)
Subject to section 259C, the Board must not register a transfer to a subsidiary of the Company.

(d)
If the Board refuses to register a transfer, the Company must give the transferee notice of the refusal within two months after the date on which the transfer was delivered to it, or within any shorter period required by applicable law or the applicable rules of any stock exchange.

28.5
Transferor remains holder until transfer registered

The transferor of a share remains the holder of it until the transfer is registered and the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect of it.

28.6
Powers of attorney

The Company may assume, as against a member, that a power of attorney granted by that member that is lodged with or produced or exhibited to the Company remains in force, and may rely on it, until the Company receives express notice in writing at its registered office of:

(a)
the revocation of the power of attorney; or

(b)
the death, dissolution or insolvency of the member.
 
29.
TRANSFER AND CONVERSION OF CLASS B SHARES


29.1
Special definitions

The following definitions apply in this rule.

Class B Transferor means a holder of Class B Shares that wishes to effect a Transfer of, or Transfers, Class B Shares .

Permitted Transfer means any Transfer which is expressly exempted from rule 29.2 by an agreement with the Company regarding the acquisition or disposal of Beneficial Ownership in Voting Shares to which the person, or an Affiliate of the person, is a party (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Shareholders Deed).

Transfer of a Class B Share shall mean any direct or indirect sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, pledge, hypothecation, mortgage, license, gift, creation of a security interest in or lien on, placement in trust (voting or otherwise), encumbrance or other transfer or disposition (including by way of spin-off, hedging or derivative transactions, any other transaction that hedges or transfers, in whole or in party, the economic consequences of ownership, or otherwise) of such share or any legal, beneficial or economic interest therein, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law (including transmission pursuant to rule 31) or by transfer of any economic or ownership interest in any person, directly or indirectly, beneficially owning such Class B Shares, including without limitation, a transfer of a Class B Share to a broker or other nominee, or the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, the power (whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of a Class B Share by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the granting of a proxy to officers or directors of the Company at the request of the Board in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of members shall be deemed not to be a Transfer for purposes hereof.
 
44

29.2
Conversion of Class B Shares

(a)
Except for Permitted Transfers or a Transfer by a Class B Transferor to an Affiliate of that Class B Transferor, each Class B Share shall automatically, without any further action by any person, convert into one fully paid Class A Share upon a Transfer of such share by either a Class B Transferor or a Controlled Affiliate of the Class B Transferor or upon a Controlled Affiliate of a Class B Transferor which holds such shares ceasing to be a Controlled Affiliate of that Class B Transferor.

(b)
All issued Class B Shares shall automatically, without any further action by any person, convert into fully paid Class A Shares, at a conversion ratio of one Class B Share to one Class A Share, if the Class B Voting Interest falls below ten percent, with such conversion becoming effective at 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the tenth day after the date on which the Class B Voting Interest falls below ten percent.

29.3
Powers of Board

(a)
The Board may request or require that holders of Class B Shares furnish affidavits or other proof to the Company as the Board may deem necessary or advisable to verify the direct or indirect ownership of such Class B Shares and to confirm that an automatic conversion of a Class B Share into a Class A Share has not occurred.

(b)
If the Board reasonably determines that sufficient proof has not been provided to the Board, before the time (which must be at least five business days from the date of the request) specified in a request made under paragraph (a), to enable the Board to verify the direct or indirect ownership of Class B Shares to its reasonable satisfaction then, unless the Board otherwise determines, the Class B Shares to which the request related will be deemed to automatically convert in accordance with rule 29.2(a).

29.4
Transfer procedure for Class B Shares

Without limiting rule 28, transfers of Class B Shares shall be subject to the following additional provisions.

(a)
A Class B Transferor that wishes to effect a Transfer of Class B Shares must provide written notice thereof to the Company prior to the close of business on the business day prior to the proposed date of transfer.

(b)
The written notice must:

(i)
identify the proposed transferee, broker or nominee holder, and its relationship with the transferor; and

(ii)
state whether or not the proposed transferee is acquiring the Class B Shares pursuant to a Permitted Transfer.

(c)
The Class B Transferor must provide such additional supporting information, opinions and documentation as may be reasonably requested by the Board.
 
30.
CONVERSION OF CLASS A SHARES


For so long as the Class B Voting Interest is less than forty-five percent, all issued Class A Shares held by the initial holders of Class B Shares or a Controlled Affiliate of such a holder shall automatically, without any further action by any person, convert into fully paid Class B Shares, at a conversion ratio of one Class A Share to one Class B Share, with such conversion becoming effective at 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the fifth day after the date on which the Class A Share was acquired by such holder of Class B Shares.
 
45

31.
TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 
31.1
Death of joint holder

The Company must recognise only the surviving joint holders as being entitled to shares registered jointly in the names of a deceased member and others.  The estate of the deceased joint holder is not released from any liability in respect of the shares.

31.2
Death of single holder

The Company must not recognise anyone except the legal personal representative of the deceased member as having any title to shares registered in the sole name of a deceased member.  If the personal representative gives the Board the documents described in section 1071B(9) or 1071B(13) or other information that satisfies the Board of the representative's entitlement to be registered as holder of the shares:

(a)
subject to rules 28.4, 29 and 31.4 the Company must register the personal representative as the holder of the shares as soon as practical after receipt of a written and signed notice to the Company from the representative requiring it to do so; and

(b)
whether or not registered as the holder of the shares, the personal representative:

(i)
may, subject to rule 28, transfer the shares to another person; and

(ii)
has the same rights as the deceased member.

31.3
Transmission of shares on insolvency or mental incapacity

Subject to the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or any applicable comparable legislation in a jurisdiction outside Australia, if a person entitled to shares because of the insolvency or mental incapacity of a member gives the Board the information it reasonably requires to establish the person's entitlement to be registered as holder of the shares:

(a)
subject to rules 28.4, 29 and 31.4 the Company must register that person as the holder of the shares as soon as practical after receipt of a written and signed notice to the Company from that person requiring it to do so; and

(b)
whether or not registered as the holder of the shares, that person:

(i)
may, subject to rule 28, transfer the shares to another person; and

(ii)
has the same rights as the insolvent or incapable member.

If section 1072C applies, this rule is supplemental to it.

31.4
Refusal to register holder

The Company has the same right to refuse to register a personal representative or person entitled to shares on the insolvency or mental incapacity of a member as it would have if that person were the transferee named in a transfer signed by a living, solvent, competent member.
 
32.
SMALL SHARE PARCELS


32.1
Board power of sale

(a)
The Board may sell a share other than a Class B Share that is part of a Small Parcel, with or without the consent of the holder of the Small Parcel, if it does so in accordance with this rule.
 
46

(b)
Without limiting rule 32.1(a), the Board may sell a share that is part of a Small Parcel by giving a notice to a member who holds a Small Parcel stating that it intends to sell the Small Parcel and specifying a date by which the member may give the Company written notice that the member wishes to retain the holding (in which case the Company will not sell the Small Parcel).

32.2
Notice of proposed sale

The Board may determine in its absolute discretion that it will give written notice to a member who holds a Small Parcel stating that it intends to sell the Small Parcel and specifying a time period during which it intends to sell the Small Parcel.

32.3
Terms of sale

A sale of shares under this rule includes all dividends payable on and other rights attaching to them.  The Company must pay the costs of the sale.  Otherwise, the Board may decide the manner, time and terms of sale.

32.4
Share transfers

For the purpose of giving effect to this rule, each Director and each Secretary has power to initiate, execute or otherwise effect a transfer of a share as agent and attorney for a member who holds a Small Parcel.

32.5
Application of proceeds

The Company must:

(a)
pay the proceeds of sale into a separate bank account it opens and maintains for the purpose only;

(b)
hold the proceeds in trust for the previous holder of the shares ( Divested Member );

(c)
as soon as practical give written notice to the Divested Member stating:

(i)
what the amount in the account is; and

(ii)
that it is holding that amount for the Divested Member while awaiting the Divested Member's instructions for the shares sold; and

(d)
deal with the amount in the account as the Divested Member instructs.

32.6
Protections for transferee

The title of the new holder of a share sold under this rule is not affected by any irregularity in the sale.  The sole remedy of any person previously interested in the share is damages which may be recovered only from the Company.
 
33.
ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL


33.1
Capitalisation of profits

The Company may capitalise profits, reserves or other amounts available for distribution to members.  Subject to the terms of issue of shares, members are entitled to participate in a capital distribution in the same proportions in which they are entitled to participate in dividends.
 
47

33.2
Adjustment of capitalised amounts

The Board may settle any difficulty that arises in regard to a capitalisation of profits as it thinks appropriate and necessary to adjust the rights of members among themselves, including:

(a)
fix the value of specific assets;

(b)
issue fractional certificates;

(c)
make cash payments to members on the basis of the value fixed for assets or in place of fractional entitlements so as to adjust the rights of members between themselves;

(d)
disregard fractional entitlements; and

(e)
vest cash or specific assets in trustees.

33.3
Conversion of shares

Subject to Part 2H.1 and rules 22.3 and 33.8, the Company may convert:

(a)
an ordinary share into a preference share; and

(b)
a preference share into an ordinary share; and

(c)
all or any of its shares into a larger or smaller number of shares by ordinary resolution, provided however that where a class of Voting Shares is so converted, all other classes of Voting Shares are converted in the same manner and at the same time.

33.4
Adjustments on conversion

The Board may do anything it thinks appropriate and necessary to give effect to a resolution converting shares including, if a member becomes entitled to a fraction of a share as a result of the conversion:

(a)
issue fractional certificates;

(b)
make cash payments to members or disregard fractional entitlements so as to adjust the rights of members between themselves; or

(c)
vest fractional entitlements in a trustee.

33.5
Reduction of capital

The Company may reduce its share capital:

(a)
by reduction of capital in accordance with Division 1 of Part 2J.1;

(b)
by buying back shares in accordance with Division 2 of Part 2J.1;

(c)
in the ways permitted by sections 258E and 258F; or

(d)
in any other way for the time being permitted by the Act.

33.6
Payments in kind

Where the Company reduces its share capital in accordance with Division 1 of Part 2J.1, it may do so by way of payment of cash, distribution of specific assets (including shares or other securities in another corporation), or in any other manner permitted by law.  If the reduction is by distribution of specific assets, the Board may:
 
48

(a)
fix the value of any assets distributed;

(b)
make cash payments to members on the basis of the value fixed so as to adjust the rights of members between themselves; and

(c)
vest an asset in trustees.

33.7
Payment in kind by way of securities in another corporation

Where the Company reduces its share capital by way of distribution of specific assets, being shares or other securities in another entity or corporation, each member is taken to have agreed to become a member of that entity or corporation and to have agreed to be bound by the constitution of that entity or corporation.  Each member also appoints each Director and each Secretary their agent and attorney to:

(a)
agree to the member becoming a member of that entity or corporation;

(b)
agree to the member being bound by the constitution of that entity or corporation; and

(c)
execute any transfer of shares or securities, or other document required to give effect to the distribution of shares or other securities to that member.

33.8
Variation of rights

(a)
If the Company issues different classes of shares, or divides issued shares into different classes, the rights attached to shares in any class may (subject to sections 246C and 246D) be varied or cancelled only by a resolution passed by a majority of the votes attached to all issued shares of the class of shares proposed to be affected at a separate meeting of the holders of that class of shares.

(b)
Subject to the terms of issue of shares, the rights attached to a class of shares are not treated as varied by the issue of further shares of that class.
 
34.
WINDING UP


34.1
Entitlement of members

(a)
Subject to the terms of issue of shares and this rule 34, the surplus assets of the Company remaining after payment of its debts are divisible among the members in proportion to the number of fully paid shares held by them.

(b)
Class A Shares and Class B Shares carry the same rights on a winding-up.

34.2
Distribution of assets generally

If the Company is wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a Special Resolution:

(a)
divide the assets of the Company among the members in kind;

(b)
for that purpose fix the value of assets and decide how the division is to be carried out as between the members and different classes of members; and

(c)
vest assets of the Company in trustees on any trusts for the benefit of the members as the liquidator thinks appropriate.

34.3
No distribution of liabilities

The liquidator cannot compel a member to accept marketable securities in respect of which there is a liability as part of a distribution of assets of the Company.
 
49

34.4
Distribution not in accordance with legal rights

If the liquidator decides on a division or vesting of assets of the Company under rule 34.2 which does not accord with the legal rights of the contributories, any contributory who would be prejudiced by it may dissent and has ancillary rights as if that decision were a Special Resolution passed under section 507.
 
35.
NOTICES


35.1
Notices by Company

A notice is properly given by the Company to a person if it is:

(a)
in writing signed on behalf of the Company (by original or printed signature);

(b)
addressed to the person to whom it is to be given; and

(c)
either:

(i)
delivered personally;

(ii)
sent by prepaid mail posted in the same country as the address notified under rule 35.2, or otherwise, the addressee's registered address (by airmail, if the address is in another country) to that person's address; or

(iii)
sent by fax to the fax number (if any) nominated by that person; or

(iv)
sent by electronic message to the electronic address (if any) nominated by that person.

35.2
Overseas members

A member whose registered address is not in Australia may notify the Company in writing of an address in Australia to which notices may be sent.

35.3
When notice is given

A notice to a person by the Company is regarded as given and received:

(a)
if it is delivered personally:

(i)
by 5.00 pm (local time in the place of receipt) on a business day ‑ on that day; or

(ii)
after 5.00 pm (local time in the place of receipt) on a business day, or on a day that is not a business day ‑ on the next business day;

(b)
if it is sent by fax or electronic message or given under section 249J(3)(cb):

(i)
by 5.00 pm (local time in the place from which it is sent or given) on a business day – on that day; or

(ii)
after 5.00 pm (local time in the place from which it is sent or given) on a business day, or on a day that is not a business day – on the next business day; and

(c)
if it is sent by mail, one business day after posting.

A certificate in writing signed by a Director or Secretary stating that a notice was sent is conclusive evidence of service.
 
50

35.4
Business days

For the purposes of rule 35.3, a business day is a day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in the place from which the notice is dispatched.

35.5
Waiver of notice

(a)
Subject to the Act, whenever any notice is required to be given to any member or Director of the Company under any provision of the Act or this document, a waiver thereof, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

(b)
Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(c)
Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of members, Directors or members of a committee of Directors needs to be specified in any written waiver of notice.

(d)
In the case of a member, such waiver of notice may be signed by such member’s attorney or proxy duly appointed in writing.

35.6
Notice to joint holders

Notice to joint holders of shares must be given to the joint member named first in the Register.  Every person who becomes entitled to a share is bound by every notice in respect of that share that was properly given to a person registered as the holder the share before the transfer or transmission of the share was entered in the Register.

35.7
Counting days

If a specified period must pass after a notice is given before an action may be taken, neither the day on which the notice is given nor the day on which the action is to be taken may be counted in reckoning the period.

35.8
Notices to "lost" members

If:

(a)
on two or more consecutive occasions a notice served on a member in accordance with this rule is returned unclaimed or with an indication that the member is not known at the address to which it was sent; or

(b)
the Board believes on other reasonable grounds that a member is not at the address shown in the Register or notified to the Company under rule 35.2,

the Company may give effective notice to that member by exhibiting the notice at the Company's registered office for at least 48 hours.

This rule ceases to apply if the member gives the Company notice of a new address.
 
36.
UNCLAIMED MONEY


The Company must deal with unclaimed dividends and distributions and unclaimed proceeds of shares sold or reissued under this document in accordance with the law relating to unclaimed money in Western Australia, Australia.
 
51

37.
AMENDMENT TO CONSTITUTION

 
Subject to the Act and this document, a Special Resolution to modify or repeal this document, or a provision of this document, other than a Special Resolution to renew rule 12, or to adopt any provision as part of this document that is inconsistent with a rule specified in paragraph (d) below, does not have any effect unless:

(a)
the Board has approved the proposed resolution as follows:

(i)
for as long as the Class B Voting Interest is at least ten percent, by the affirmative vote of any six Directors; or

(ii)
if the Class B Voting Interest is less than ten percent, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors present and voting at a quorate Board meeting;

(b)
a majority of the votes attached to all issued Voting Shares have been voted in favour of the Special Resolution;

(c)
in the case of any modification or repeal of this document or a provision of this document (including by the adoption of any provision as part of this document) that adversely affects a class of shares, a majority of votes attached to all issued shares of the class of shares proposed to be affected have been voted in favour of the modification, repeal or adoption at a separate meeting of the holders of that class of shares; and

(d)
in the case of a modification to or repeal of, or the adoption of any provision that is inconsistent with the purpose or intent of:

(i)
rules 9, 37(a), 37(b) or 37(c), the holders of votes attached to at least 80% of all issued Voting Shares have voted in favour of the Special Resolution;

(ii)
while there are Class A Shares on issue, rules 2.4, 2.5(b), 2.6(a), 2.11(a)(i), 2.11(b), 2.11(d), 11.3, 11.4, 29.1, 29.2, 30 or this rule 37(d), the holders of votes attached to at least 80% of all issued Class A Shares have approved the modification, repeal or adoption, voting at a separate meeting of the holders of Class A Shares; and

(iii)
while there are Class B Shares on issue, rules 2.1, 2.3(b), 2.4, 2.5(a), 2.6(b), 2.11(a)(ii), 2.11(c), 2.11(e), 11.3, 11.4, 29.1, 29.2, 30 or this rule 37(d), the holders of votes attached to at least 80% of all issued Class B Shares have approved the modification, repeal or adoption, voting at a separate meeting of the holders of Class B Shares.
 
52

Schedule

TERMS OF ISSUE OF PREFERENCE SHARES

1.
Definitions

The following definitions apply in relation to a preference share issued under rule 22.3(a).

Dividend Amount for any Dividend Period means the amount calculated as


where:

DA = Dividend Amount;

AP = amount paid on the share;

DR = Dividend Rate; and

N = number of days in the relevant Dividend Period.

Dividend Date means a date specified in the Issue Resolution on which a dividend in respect of that preference share is payable.

Dividend Period means:

(a)
the period that begins on and includes the Issue Date and ends on and includes the day before the first Dividend Date after the Issue Date; and

(b)
the period that begins on and includes each Dividend Date and ends on and includes the day before the next Dividend Date; and

(c)
the period that begins on and includes the last Dividend Date and ends on and includes the day before the Redemption Date.

Dividend Rate means the rate specified in the Issue Resolution for the calculation of the amount of dividend to be paid on that preference share on any Dividend Date.

franked dividend means a distribution franked in accordance with section 202‑5 of the Tax Act.

Issue Date means the date on which the share is issued.

Issue Resolution means the resolution passed under clause 2 of this schedule.

redeemable preference share means a preference share which the Issue Resolution specifies is liable to be redeemed:

(a)
at a fixed time or on the happening of a particular event;

(b)
at the Company's option; or

(c)
at the holder's option.

Redemption Amount in relation to a redeemable preference share means the amount specified in the Issue Resolution to be paid on redemption of that share.
 
53

Redemption Date in relation to a redeemable preference share, means the date on which the Issue Resolution requires the Company to redeem that share.

Tax Act means the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (Cth), the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (Cth), or both, as applicable.

2.
Issue Resolution

If the Board resolves to issue a preference share, it must pass an Issue Resolution which specifies:

(a)
the Dividend Date;

(b)
the Dividend Rate;

(c)
whether dividends are cumulative or non‑cumulative;

(d)
the priority with respect to payment of dividends and repayment of capital over other classes of shares;

(e)
whether the share is a redeemable preference share or not, and if so:

(i)
the Redemption Amount; and

(ii)
if the share is redeemable at the end of a fixed period, the Redemption Date, or otherwise the circumstances (if any) in which the share is redeemable at the option of the holder or of the Company, the way in which that option must be exercised and the way in which the resulting Redemption Date is ascertained,

and may also specify that the dividend must be a franked dividend or must not be a franked dividend.

3.
Franked dividends

If the Issue Resolution specifies that the dividend on preference shares must be a franked dividend, it may also specify:

(a)
the extent to which the dividend must be franked (within the meaning of the Tax Act); and

(b)
the consequences of the dividend not being franked to that extent, which may include an increase of the dividend by an amount equal to the additional amount of franking credit which would have been imputed to the holder of the share under the Tax Act if the dividend had been franked in accordance with the Issue Resolution.

4.
Dividend entitlement

The holder of a preference share is entitled to be paid on each Dividend Date or, in the case of the final dividend payable on the share, on the Redemption Date, in priority to any payment of dividend on any other class of shares over which the relevant Issue Resolution or rights conferred under rule 22.3(b) give it priority, a preferential dividend of the Dividend Amount for the Dividend Period ending on the day before that Dividend Date or the Redemption Date (as the case may be).

The dividend entitlement is cumulative if the Issue Resolution states that it is cumulative and otherwise is non‑cumulative.

5.
Priority on winding up

The holder of a preference share is entitled, on a winding up, to payment in cash of:
 
54

(a)
the amount then paid up on the share; and

(b)
if the Issue Resolution states that dividends are cumulative, any arrears of dividend,

in priority to any payment to the holders of ordinary shares and any other class of preference share over which the relevant Issue Resolution or rights conferred under rule 22.3(b) give it priority, but has no right to participate in surplus assets and profits of the Company.

6.
Voting

The holder of a preference share has no right to vote at any meeting of members except:

(a)
if the Issue Resolution states that dividends are cumulative, during a period during which a dividend (or part of a dividend) on the share is in arrears;

(b)
on a proposal to reduce the Company's share capital;

(c)
on a resolution to approve the terms of a buy‑back agreement;

(d)
on a proposal that affects rights attached to the share;

(e)
on a proposal to wind up the Company;

(f)
on a proposal for the disposal of the whole of the Company's property, business and undertaking; and

(g)
during the winding up of the Company.

7.
Notices and financial reports

The Company must give the holder of a preference share notice of each meeting of members in accordance with rule 11 and send the holder financial reports in accordance with rule 21.2.

8.
Redemption of redeemable preference shares

Subject to the Act, the Company must redeem a redeemable preference share on the Redemption Date by paying the Redemption Amount to the holder in cash, by cheque or in any other form that the holder agrees to in writing.  If the Company sends the holder of a redeemable preference share a cheque for the Redemption Amount, the share is redeemed on the date on which rule 35.3(b)(ii) would treat the cheque as being received by the holder, whether or not the holder has presented the cheque.  If the holder of a redeemable preference share does not present a cheque for the Redemption Amount within a reasonable period after it is sent, the Company must deal with the Redemption Amount in accordance with rule 36.

9.
Equal ranking issues

Subject to the terms of issue of any particular class of preference share, the issue of further preference shares that rank equally with any issued preference shares is not taken to affect the rights of the holders of the existing preference share whether or not the Dividend Rate for the new preference share is the same as or different from that applicable to that preference share.


55


Exhibit 4.7
 
Execution Version

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
 
DATED AS OF JANUARY 31, 2017
 
to

INDENTURE

dated as of March 19, 2015
 
among
 
TRONOX FINANCE LLC,

as Issuer
 
TRONOX LIMITED
 
as Parent

THE GUARANTORS NAMED THEREIN

as Guarantors
 
and
 
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee
 

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture” ), dated as of January 31, 2017, among Tronox UK Holdings Limited (the “Guaranteeing Entity” ), a private company organized in England and Wales and a subsidiary of Tronox Limited (or its permitted successor), a public limited company organized under the laws of Western Australia, Australia (the “Parent” ), Tronox Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (as successor by merger to Evolution Escrow Issuer LLC, the “Issuer” ), the Parent, the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee” ).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuer has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture” ), dated as of March 19, 2015, providing for the issuance of 7.50% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Notes” );

WHEREAS, the Issuer, the Parent and the Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee a First Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture, dated as of April 1, 2015;

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Entity shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Entity shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee” ); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture, without the consent of Holders.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Entity and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1.      CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2.      AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Entity hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof.

3.      NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, partner or member of the Issuer, the Parent or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer, the Parent or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.
 
2

4.      NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

5.      COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

6.    EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

7.      THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Entity and the Issuer.

8.      Ratification of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore and hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

[Signature pages follow.]
 
3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
 
 
TRONOX FINANCE LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Richard L. Muglia
 
 
 
Name: Richard L. Muglia
 
 
 
Title: President
 

[Sixth Supplemental Indenture (2012)]
 

 
U.S. GUARANTORS :
 
 
 
 
 
 
TRONOX INCORPORATED
 
  TRONOX LLC   
  TRONOX US HOLDINGS INC.   
  TRONOX PIGMENTS LLC   
       
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Kaye
 
 
 
Name:  Steven A. Kaye
 
 
 
Title: Vice President
 
       
  TRONOX ALKALI CORPORATION    
 
TRONOX SPECIALTY ALKALI LLC
 
 
TRONOX ALKALI WYOMING CORPORATION
 
       
  By:
/s/ Edward T. Flynn
 
   
Name: Edward T. Flynn
 
   
Title: President
 
 
[Sixth Supplemental Indenture (2012)]
 

 
SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED
by
Richard L. Muglia
as attorney for

TRONOX LIMITED
TIFIC PTY LTD
TIO2 CORPORATION PTY LTD
TRONOX AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED
TRONOX AUSTRALIA PIGMENTS HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED
TRONOX AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
TRONOX GLOBAL HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED
TRONOX HOLDINGS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LTD.
TRONOX MANAGEMENT PTY LTD.
TRONOX MINERAL SALES PTY LTD
TRONOX PIGMENTS AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED
TRONOX PIGMENTS AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED
TRONOX SANDS HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED
TRONOX WESTERN AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
TRONOX WORLDWIDE PTY LIMITED
YALGOO MINERALS PTY LTD.

under power of attorney dated
 
in the presence of:
 
/s/ Steven A. Kaye
 
Signature of witness
 
   
/s/ Steven A. Kaye
 
Name of witness (block letters)
 
AUSTRALIAN GUARANTORS :
 
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By executing this agreement the attorney
states that the attorney has received no
notice of revocation of the power of
attorney /s/ Richard L. Muglia                                              



 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
[Sixth Supplemental Indenture (2012)]
 

 
U.K. GUARANTORS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
TRONOX INTERNATIONAL FINANCE LLP
 
 
TRONOX UK HOLDINGS LIMITED
 
 
 
 
 
  By: /s/ Steven A. Kaye  
    Name: Steven A. Kaye  
    Title: Director  
 
[Sixth Supplemental Indenture (2012)]

 
BAHAMAS GUARANTOR:
 
 
 
 
 
 
TRONOX PIGMENTS LTD
 
 
 
 
 
  By:
/s/ Steven A. Kaye
 
   
Name: Steven A. Kaye
 
 
 
Title: Vice President
 
 
[Sixth Supplemental Indenture (2012)]
 

 
DUTCH GUARANTORS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
TRONOX WORLDWIDE PTY LIMITED,
 
 
ACTING AS MANAGING PARTNER OF
 
 
TRONOX HOLDINGS EUROPE C.V.
 
 
 
 
 
  By:
/s/ Steven A. Kaye
 
  Name: Steven A. Kaye Title: Director  
       
 
TRONOX HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
 
       
  By:
/s/ Steven A. Kaye
 
   
Name: Steven A. Kaye
 
   
Title: Director A
 
 
 
 
 
  By: /s/ Anthony M. Orrell  
   
Name: Anthony M. Orrell
 
   
Title: Director B
 
 
[Sixth Supplemental Indenture (2012)]
 

 
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Jane Schweiger
 
 
 
Name: Jane Schweiger
 
 
 
Title: Vice President
 
 
[Sixth Supplemental Indenture (2012)]
 
 


Exhibit 4.8
 
Execution Version

SIXTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
 
DATED AS OF JANUARY 31, 2017
 
to

INDENTURE

dated as of August 20, 2012
 
among
 
TRONOX FINANCE LLC,

as Issuer
 
TRONOX LIMITED
 
as Parent

THE GUARANTORS NAMED THEREIN

as Guarantors
 
and
 
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee
 

THIS SIXTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of January 31, 2017, is by and among Tronox UK Holdings Limited (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary” ), a private company organized in England and Wales and a subsidiary of Tronox Limited, a public limited company organized under the laws of Western Australia, Australia (the “Parent”), Tronox Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), the Parent, the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuer, the Parent and the Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of August 20, 2012, providing for the issuance of 6.375% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, the Issuer, the Parent and the Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee a First Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture, dated as of August 29, 2012, a Second Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture, dated as of May 7, 2013, a Third Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture, dated as of August 2, 2013, a Fourth Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture, dated as of August 19, 2013 and a Fifth Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture, dated as of April 1, 2015;

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture, without the consent of Holders.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1.        CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2.        AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof.

3.        NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, partner or member of the Issuer, the Parent or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer, the Parent or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.
 
2

4.        NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

5.        COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

6.      EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

7.       THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Issuer.
 
[Signature pages follow.]
 
3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 
TRONOX FINANCE LLC
   
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Kaye
 
    Name: Steven A. Kaye  
    Title: Manager  
 
[Sixth Supplemental Indenture (2012)]
 

 
U.S. GUARANTORS:
 
 
 
TRONOX INCORPORATED
 
TRONOX LLC
 
TRONOX US HOLDINGS INC.
 
TRONOX PIGMENTS LLC
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Kaye 
 
 
Name: Steven A. Kaye
 
 
Title: Vice President
 
 
 
TRONOX ALKALI CORPORATION
 
TRONOX SPECIALTY ALKALI LLC
 
TRONOX ALKALI WYOMING CORPORATION
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Edward T. Flynn
 
 
Name: Edward T. Flynn
 
 
Title: President

[Sixth Supplemental Indenture (2012)]
 

 
SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED
by
Richard L. Muglia
as attorney for

TRONOX LIMITED
TIFIC PTY LTD
TIO2 CORPORATION PTY LTD
TRONOX AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED
TRONOX AUSTRALIA PIGMENTS HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED
TRONOX AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
TRONOX GLOBAL HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED
TRONOX HOLDINGS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LTD.
TRONOX MANAGEMENT PTY LTD.
TRONOX MINERAL SALES PTY LTD
TRONOX PIGMENTS AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED
TRONOX PIGMENTS AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED
TRONOX SANDS HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED
TRONOX WESTERN AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
TRONOX WORLDWIDE PTY LIMITED YALGOO MINERALS PTY LTD.

under power of attorney dated
 
in the presence of:
 
/s/ Steven A. Kaye
 
Signature of witness
 
   
/s/ Steven A. Kaye
 
Name of witness (block letters)
 
AUSTRALIAN GUARANTORS :
 
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By executing this agreement the attorney
states that the attorney has received no
notice of revocation of the power of
attorney /s/ Richard L. Muglia
 

 






















 
 
 
 
 
 
 
[Sixth Supplemental Indenture (2012)]
 

 
U.K. GUARANTORS:
 
       
 
TRONOX INTERNATIONAL FINANCE LLP
 
  TRONOX UK HOLDINGS LIMITED  
     
  By: /s/ Steven A. Kaye  
    Name: Steven A. Kaye  
    Title: Director  
 
[Sixth Supplemental Indenture (2012)]
 

 
BAHAMAS GUARANTOR:
 
     
 
TRONOX PIGMENTS LTD
 
       
  By: /s/ Steven A. Kaye  
    Name: Steven A. Kaye  
    Title: Vice President  
 
[Sixth Supplemental Indenture (2012)]
 

 
DUTCH GUARANTORS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
TRONOX WORLDWIDE PTY LIMITED,
 
 
ACTING AS MANAGING PARTNER OF
 
 
TRONOX HOLDINGS EUROPE C.V.
 
       
  By: /s/ Steven A. Kaye  
    Name: Steven A. Kaye  
    Title: Director  
       
 
TRONOX HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
 
       
  By: /s/ Steven A. Kaye  
    Name: Steven A. Kaye  
    Title: Director A  
       
  By: /s/ Anthony M. Orrell  
    Name: Anthony M. Orrell  
   
Title: Director B
 
 
[Sixth Supplemental Indenture (2012)]
 

 
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL
 
 
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Jane Schweiger
 
 
 
Name: Jane Schweiger
 
    Title: Vice President  
 
[Sixth Supplemental Indenture (2012)]
 
 


Exhibit 4.9
 
Execution Version

SEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
 
DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 14, 2017
 
to

INDENTURE

dated as of August 20, 2012
 
among
 
TRONOX FINANCE LLC,

as Issuer
 
TRONOX LIMITED
 
as Parent

THE GUARANTORS NAMED THEREIN

as
 
Guarantors
 
and
 
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee
 

THIS SEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of February 14, 2017, is by and among Tronox International Holdings GmbH , a company with limited liability in Switzerland (“ Tronox International ”), Tronox Finance GmbH, a company with limited liability in Switzerland (“ Tronox Finance ” and together with Tronox International, the “Guaranteeing Subsidiaries” ), Tronox Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), Tronox Limited, a public limited company organized under the laws of Western Australia, Australia (the “Parent”),the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuer, the Parent and the Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time (the “Indenture”), dated as of August 20, 2012, providing for the issuance of 6.375% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, the Issuer, the Parent and the Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee a First Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture, dated as of August 29, 2012, a Second Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture, dated as of May 7, 2013, a Third Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture, dated as of August 2, 2013, a Fourth Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture, dated as of August 19, 2013, a Fifth Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture, dated as of April 1, 2015 and a Sixth Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture, dated as of January 31, 2017;

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture, without the consent of Holders.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1.       CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2.       AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiaries hereby agree to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof.

3.       TERMS OF GUARANTEE. Any Guarantee, indemnity or other obligation provided under this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes by a Guarantor organized or incorporated under the laws of Switzerland (the “ Swiss Guarantor ”) shall be deemed not to be provided by such Swiss Guarantor to the extent that the same would constitute a breach of the financial assistance prohibitions under Swiss law. Under Swiss law, the following restrictions shall be applicable to the Swiss Guarantor:
 
- 2 -

(a)
Any guarantee, indemnity or other obligation by the Swiss Guarantor under this Counterpart Agreement, the Credit Agreement, or any other Credit Document (the “ Restricted Obligations ”) and the aggregate use of proceeds from the enforcement of any security interest granted by the Swiss  Guarantor shall be limited to the amount of that Swiss Guarantor's Free Reserves Available for Distribution at the time payment is requested or, if such amount is lower than the Swiss Guarantor's Free Reserves Available for Distribution, the maximum amount permitted by Swiss law applicable at the time payment is requested. Such limitations shall only apply to the extent it is a requirement under applicable law (including any case law) at the point in time payment is requested. Such limitation (as may apply from time to time or not) shall not (generally or definitively) free such Swiss Guarantor from payment obligations under this Counterpart Agreement, the Credit Agreement, or any other Credit Document in excess thereof, but merely postpone the payment date therefore until such times as payment is again permitted notwithstanding such limitation. For the purpose of this Section 2, “ Free Reserves Available for Distribution ” means an amount equal to the maximum amount in which the relevant Swiss Guarantor can make a dividend payment to its shareholder (s) (being the year to date balance sheet profit and any freely disposable reserves available for this purpose, in each case in accordance with applicable Swiss law).

(b)
As soon as reasonably practicable after having been requested to discharge a Restricted Obligation, but in any event within 20 Business Days from the request of the Administrative Agent (or such later date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion), the Swiss Guarantor   shall provide the Administrative Agent with (i) an interim statutory balance sheet audited by the statutory auditors of the Swiss Guarantor setting out the    Free Reserves Available for Distribution and (ii) a confirmation issued by the Swiss Guarantor’s legal counsel as to the rate of Swiss withholding tax then applicable to any payment by the Guarantor of a Restricted Obligation or to any enforcement proceeds of a security interest securing a Restricted Obligation for the purpose of paragraph (c) below and, promptly thereafter, pay the lesser of (i) the Restricted Obligation and (ii) the amount corresponding to the Free Reserves Available for Distribution to the Administrative Agent.

(c)
In case a Swiss Guarantor who must make a payment in respect of the Restricted Obligations under this Counterpart Agreement, the Credit Agreement, or any other Credit Document is obliged to withhold Swiss withholding tax in respect of such payment, such Swiss Guarantor shall:

  (i)
if and to the extent required by applicable law in force at the relevant time:
 
- 3 -

  (A)
procure that such payments can be made without deduction of Swiss withholding tax, or with deduction of Swiss withholding tax at a reduced rate, by discharging the liability to such tax by notification pursuant to applicable law (including double tax treaties) rather than payment of the tax;

  (B)
if the notification procedure pursuant to paragraph (A) above does not apply, deduct Swiss withholding tax at the rate of 35% (or such other rate as in force from time to time), or if the notification procedure pursuant to paragraph (A) above applies for a part of the Swiss withholding tax only, deduct Swiss withholding tax at the reduced rate resulting after the discharge of part of such tax by notification under applicable law, from any payment made by it in respect of Restricted Obligations and promptly pay any such taxes to the Swiss Federal Tax Administration; and

  (C)
notify the Administrative Agent that such notification or, as the case may be, deduction has been made and provide evidence to the Administrative Agent that such a notification of the Swiss Federal Tax Administration has been made, or, as the case may be, that such Swiss withholding tax has been paid to the Swiss Federal Tax Administration;
 
  (ii)
to the extent such deduction is made, not be required to make a gross-up, indemnify or otherwise hold harmless the Lenders for the deduction of the Swiss withholding tax notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Credit Documents, unless grossing-up is permitted under the laws of Switzerland then in force and provided that this should not in any way limit any obligations of any non-Swiss Guarantors under the Credit Documents to indemnify the Lenders in respect of the deduction of the Swiss withholding tax. The Swiss Guarantor shall use all reasonable efforts to procure that any person which is entitled to a full or partial refund of any Swiss withholding tax paid pursuant to paragraph (i) above will, as soon as possible after the deduction of the Swiss withholding tax: (y) request a refund of the Swiss withholding tax under any applicable law (including double taxation treaties) and (z) pay to the Administrative Agent upon receipt any amount so refunded.

(d)
If a Swiss Guarantor is obliged to withhold Swiss withholding tax in accordance with paragraph (c) above, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to further request payment under the guarantee as per the Credit Agreement and other indemnity granted to it under this Counterpart Agreement or any other Credit Document and apply proceeds therefrom against the relevant Obligations to which the payment referred to in paragraph (c) relates up to an amount which is equal to that amount which would have been obtained if no withholding of Swiss withholding tax were required, whereby such further payments shall be subject to Swiss withholding tax as may then be applicable and shall always be limited to the maximum amount of the Free Reserves Available for Distribution of such Swiss Guarantor as set out in paragraph (a) above.
 
- 4 -

(e)
The Swiss Guarantor will take, and cause to be taken, in any event within 15 Business Days from the request of the Administrative Agent, all and any other action, including, without limitation, the passing of any shareholders' resolutions to approve any payment or other performance under this Counterpart Agreement, the Credit Agreement, or any other Credit Document and the receipt of any confirmations from the Swiss Guarantor's auditors, whether following a request to discharge a Restricted Obligation or which may be required as a matter of mandatory Swiss law in force at the time it is required to make a payment or perform other obligations under this Counterpart Agreement, the Credit Agreement, or any other Credit Document in order to allow a prompt payment of amounts owed by the Swiss Guarantor, a prompt use of proceeds from security interest granted by the Swiss Guarantor or the prompt performance of other obligations under this Counterpart Agreement, the Credit Agreement, or any other Credit Document.

(f)
If the enforcement of the Restricted Obligations would be limited due to the effects referred to in this Section 2 and if any asset of the Swiss Guarantor has a book value that is less than its market value (an “ Undervalued Asset ”), the Swiss Guarantor shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law and its accounting standards, (i) write up the book value of such Undervalued Asset such that its balance sheet reflects a book value that is equal to the market value of such Undervalued Asset, and (ii) make reasonable efforts to realize the Undervalued Asset for a sum which is at least equal to the market value of such asset. Without prejudice to the rights of the Administrative Agent under this Counterpart Agreement, the Credit Agreement, or any other Credit Document, the Swiss Guarantor will only be required to realize an Undervalued Asset if such asset is not necessary for the Swiss Guarantor's business ( nicht betriebsnotwendig ).

4.       NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, partner or member of the Issuer, the Parent or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer, the Parent or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

5.       NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

6.       COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
 
- 5 -

7.     EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

8.       THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Issuer.
 
[Signature pages follow.]
 
- 6 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
 
 
TRONOX FINANCE LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven Kaye
 
 
Name: Steven Kaye
 
 
Title: Manager
 
 
[Seventh Supplemental Indenture (2012)]
 

 
U.S. GUARANTORS :
 
 
 
 
 
 
TRONOX INCORPORATED
 
 
TRONOX LLC
 
 
TRONOX US HOLDINGS INC.
 
 
TRONOX PIGMENTS LLC
 
 
 
 
 
  By: /s/ Steven A. Kaye  
  Name: Steven A. Kaye  
  Title:
Vice President
 
       
  TRONOX ALKALI CORPORATION    
 
TRONOX SPECIALTY ALKALI LLC
 
 
TRONOX ALKALI WYOMING CORPORATION
 
       
  By: /s/ Edward T. Flynn   
  Name:
Edward T. Flynn
 
  Title:
President
 
 
[Seventh Supplemental Indenture (2012)]
 

 
SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED
by
Richard L. Muglia
as attorney for
 
TRONOX LIMITED
TIFIC PTY LTD
TIO2 CORPORATION PTY LTD
TRONOX AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED
TRONOX AUSTRALIA PIGMENTS HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED
TRONOX AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
TRONOX GLOBAL HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED
TRONOX HOLDINGS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LTD.
TRONOX MANAGEMENT PTY LTD.
TRONOX MINERAL SALES PTY LTD
TRONOX PIGMENTS AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED
TRONOX PIGMENTS AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED
TRONOX SANDS HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED
TRONOX WESTERN AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
TRONOX WORLDWIDE PTY LIMITED YALGOO MINERALS PTY LTD.

under power of attorney dated
 
in the presence of:
 
/s/ Steven Kaye
 
Signature of witness
 
   
/s/ Steven Kaye
 
Signature of witness
 
 
AUSTRALIAN GUARANTORS :
 
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By executing this agreement the attorney
states that the attorney has received no
notice of revocation of the power of
attorney /s/ Richard L. Muglia

 
 
 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
[Seventh Supplemental Indenture (2012)]
 

 
U.K. GUARANTORS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
TRONOX INTERNATIONAL FINANCE LLP
 
 
TRONOX UK HOLDINGS LIMITED
 
 
 
 
 
  By: /s/ Steven Kaye  
  Name: Steven Kaye   
 
Title: Director
 
 
[Seventh Supplemental Indenture (2012)]
 

 
BAHAMAS GUARANTOR:
 
 
 
 
 
 
TRONOX PIGMENTS LTD
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Richard L. Muglia
 
 
Name: Richard L. Muglia
 
 
Title: Vice President
 
 
[Seventh Supplemental Indenture (2012)]
 

 
DUTCH GUARANTORS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
TRONOX WORLDWIDE PTY LIMITED,
 
 
ACTING AS MANAGING PARTNER OF
 
 
TRONOX HOLDINGS EUROPE C.V.
 
 
 
 
 
  By: /s/ Richard L. Muglia  
 
Name: Richard L. Muglia
Title: Director 
 
       
 
TRONOX HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
 
       
  By:
/s/ Steven Kaye
 
 
Name: Steven Kaye
 
 
Title: Director
 
       
  By: /s/ Anthony M. Orrell  
  Name: Anthony M. Orrell   
  Title: Director   
 
[Seventh Supplemental Indenture (2012)]
 

 
SWISS GUARANTORS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
TRONOX INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS GMBH
 
 
TRONOX FINANCE GMBH
 
 
 
 
 
  By: /s/ Steven Kaye  
  Name: Steven Kaye   
  Title: managing director   
       
  By: /s/ Timothy Carlson  
  Name: Timothy Carlson   
  Title: managing director   
 
[Seventh Supplemental Indenture (2012)]
 

 
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Jan Schweiger
 
 
Name: Jan Schweiger
 
 
Title: Vice President
 
 
[Seventh Supplemental Indenture (2012)]
 
 


Exhibit 4.10
 
Execution Version

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 14, 2017

to

INDENTURE

dated as of March 19, 2015

among

TRONOX FINANCE LLC,

as Issuer

TRONOX LIMITED

as Parent

THE GUARANTORS NAMED THEREIN

as

Guarantors

and

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee
 

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture” ), dated as of February 14, 2017, among Tronox International Holdings GmbH, a company with limited liability in Switzerland (“ Tronox International ”), Tronox Finance GmbH, a company with limited liability in Switzerland (“ Tronox Finance ” and together with Tronox International, the “Guaranteeing Entities” ), Tronox Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (as successor by merger to Evolution Escrow Issuer LLC, the “Issuer” ), Tronox Limited (or its permitted successor), a public limited company organized under the laws of Western Australia, Australia (the “Parent” ),the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee” ).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuer has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time (the
“Indenture” ), dated as of March 19, 2015, providing for the issuance of 7.50% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Notes” );

WHEREAS, the Issuer, the Parent and the Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee a First Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture, dated as of April 1, 2015 and a Second Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture, dated as of January 31, 2017;

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Entities shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Entities shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee” ); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture, without the consent of Holders.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Entities and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1.            CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2.            AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Entities hereby agree to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof.

3.            TERMS OF GUARANTEE. Any Guarantee, indemnity or other obligation provided under this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes by a Guarantor organized or incorporated under the laws of Switzerland (the “ Swiss Guarantor ”) shall be deemed not to be provided by such Swiss Guarantor to the extent that the same would constitute a breach of the financial assistance prohibitions under Swiss law. Under Swiss law, the following restrictions shall be applicable to the Swiss Guarantor:
 
- 2 -

  (a)
Any Guarantee, indemnity or other obligation by the Swiss Guarantor under this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes (the “ Restricted Obligations ”) shall be limited to the amount of that Swiss Guarantor's Free Reserves Available for Distribution at the time payment is requested or, if such amount is lower than the Swiss Guarantor's Free Reserves Available for Distribution, the maximum amount permitted by Swiss law applicable at the time payment is requested. Such limitations shall only apply to the extent it is a requirement under applicable law (including any case law) at the point in time payment is requested. Such limitation (as may apply from time to time or not) shall not (generally or definitively) free such Swiss Guarantor from payment obligations under this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes in excess thereof, but merely postpone the payment date therefore until such times as payment is again permitted notwithstanding such limitation. For the purpose of this Section 3, “ Free Reserves Available for Distribution ” means an amount equal to the maximum amount in which the relevant Swiss Guarantor can make a dividend payment to its shareholder(s) (being the year to date balance sheet profit and any freely disposable reserves available for this purpose, in each case in accordance with applicable Swiss law).

  (b)
As soon as reasonably practicable after having been requested to discharge a Restricted Obligation, but in any event within 20 Business Days from the request of the Trustee, the Swiss Guarantor shall provide the Trustee with (i) an interim statutory balance sheet audited by the statutory auditors of the Swiss Guarantor setting out the Free Reserves Available for Distribution and (ii) a confirmation issued by the Swiss Guarantor’s legal counsel as to the rate of Swiss withholding tax then applicable to any payment by the Swiss Guarantor of a Restricted Obligation for the purpose of paragraph (c) below and, promptly thereafter, pay the lesser of (i) the Restricted Obligation and (ii) the amount corresponding to the Free Reserves Available for Distribution to the Paying Agent.

  (c)
In case a Swiss Guarantor who must make a payment in respect of the Restricted Obligations under the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes is obliged to withhold Swiss withholding tax in respect of such payment, such Swiss Guarantor shall:

(i)
if and to the extent required by applicable law in force at the relevant time:

(A)
procure that such payments can be made without deduction of Swiss withholding tax, or with deduction of Swiss withholding tax at a reduced rate, by discharging the liability to such tax by notification pursuant to applicable law (including double tax treaties) rather than payment of the tax;

(B)
if the notification procedure pursuant to paragraph (A) above does not apply, deduct Swiss withholding tax at the rate of 35% (or such other rate as in force from time to time), or if the notification procedure pursuant to paragraph (A) above applies for a part of the Swiss withholding tax only, deduct Swiss withholding tax at the reduced rate resulting after the discharge of part of such tax by notification under applicable law, from any payment made by it in respect of Restricted Obligations and promptly pay any such taxes to the Swiss Federal Tax Administration; and
 
- 3 -

(C)
notify the Trustee that such notification or, as the case may be, deduction has been made and provide evidence to the Trustee that such a notification of the Swiss Federal Tax Administration has been made, or, as the case may be, that such Swiss withholding tax has been paid to the Swiss Federal Tax Administration.

(ii)
to the extent such deduction is made, not be required to make a gross-up, indemnify or otherwise hold harmless the Holders for the deduction of the Swiss withholding tax notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes, unless grossing-up is permitted under the laws of Switzerland then in force and provided that this should not in any way limit any obligations of any non-Swiss Guarantors under the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes to indemnify the Lenders in respect of the deduction of the Swiss withholding tax. The Swiss Guarantor shall use all reasonable efforts to procure that any person which is entitled to a full or partial refund of any Swiss withholding tax paid pursuant to paragraph (i) above will, as soon as possible after the deduction of the Swiss withholding tax: (y) request a refund of the Swiss withholding tax under any applicable law (including double taxation treaties) and (z) pay to the Paying Agent upon receipt any amount so refunded.

  (d)
If a Swiss Guarantor is obliged to withhold Swiss withholding tax in accordance with paragraph (c) above, the Holders shall be entitled to further request payment under the Note Guarantee as per the Indenture and other indemnity granted to it under this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes and apply proceeds therefrom against the relevant Obligations to which the payment referred to in paragraph (c) relates up to an amount which is equal to that amount which would have been obtained if no withholding of Swiss withholding tax were required, whereby such further payments shall be subject to Swiss withholding tax as may then be applicable and shall always be limited to the maximum amount of the Free Reserves Available for Distribution of such Swiss Guarantor as set out in paragraph (a) above.

  (e)
The Swiss Guarantor will take, and cause to be taken, in any event within 15 Business Days from the request of the Trustee, all and any other action, including, without limitation, the passing of any shareholders' resolutions to approve any payment or other performance under the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes and the receipt of any confirmations from the Swiss Guarantor's auditors, whether following a request to discharge a Restricted Obligation or which may be required as a matter of mandatory Swiss law in force at the time it is required to make a payment or perform other obligations under this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes in order to allow a prompt payment of amounts owed by the Swiss Guarantor or the prompt performance of other obligations under this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes.
 
- 4 -

  (f)
If the enforcement of the Restricted Obligations would be limited due to the effects referred to in this Section 3 and if any asset of the Swiss Guarantor has a book value that is less than its market value (an “ Undervalued Asset ”), the Swiss Guarantor shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law and its accounting standards, (i) write up the book value of such Undervalued Asset such that its balance sheet reflects a book value that is equal to the market value of such Undervalued Asset, and (ii) make reasonable efforts to realize the Undervalued Asset for a sum which is at least equal to the market value of such asset. Without prejudice to the rights of the Holders under the Indenture, the Note Guarantees and the Notes, the Swiss Guarantor will only be required to realize an Undervalued Asset if such asset is not necessary for the Swiss Guarantor's business ( nicht betriebsnotwendig ).

4.            NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, partner or member of the Issuer, the Parent or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer, the Parent or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

5.            NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

6.            COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

7.            EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

8.            THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Entities and the Issuer.

9.            Ratification of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore and hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

[Signature pages follow.]
 
- 5 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 
TRONOX FINANCE LLC
   
 
By:
/s/ Richard L. Muglia
 
 
Name: Richard L. Muglia
 
Title: President

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2015)]
 

 
U.S. GUARANTORS:
   
 
TRONOX INCORPORATED
  TRONOX LLC
 
TRONOX US HOLDINGS INC.
  TRONOX PIGMENTS LLC
   
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Kaye
 
 
Name: Steven A. Kaye
Title: Vice President
   
 
TRONOX ALKALI CORPORATION
  TRONOX SPECIALTY ALKALI LLC
 
TRONOX ALKALI WYOMING CORPORATION
   
 
By:
/s/ Edward T. Flynn
 
 
Name: Edward T. Flynn
 
Title: President

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2015)]
 

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED
by
Richard L. Muglia
as attorney for

TRONOX LIMITED
TIFIC PTY LTD
TIO2 CORPORATION PTY LTD
TRONOX AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED
TRONOX AUSTRALIA PIGMENTS
HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED
TRONOX AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
TRONOX GLOBAL HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED
TRONOX HOLDINGS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LTD.
TRONOX MANAGEMENT PTY LTD.
TRONOX MINERAL SALES PTY LTD
TRONOX PIGMENTS AUSTRALIA
HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED
TRONOX PIGMENTS AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED
TRONOX SANDS HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED
TRONOX WESTERN AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
TRONOX WORLDWIDE PTY LIMITED
YALGOO MINERALS PTY LTD.

under power of attorney dated
 
in the presence of:
 
/s/ Steven Kaye
 
Signature of witness
 
   
/s/ Steven Kaye 
 
Name of witness (block letters)
 
AUSTRALIAN GUARANTORS :
 
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By executing this agreement the attorney
states that the attorney has received no
notice of revocation of the power of
attorney /s/ Richard L. Muglia                                              
[Third Supplemental Indenture (2015)]
 

 
U.K. GUARANTORS:
   
 
TRONOX INTERNATIONAL FINANCE LLP
  TRONOX UK HOLDINGS LIMITED
   
 
By:
/s/ Steven Kaye
 
 
Name: Steven Kaye
 
Title: Director

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2015)]
 

 
BAHAMAS GUARANTOR:
   
 
TRONOX PIGMENTS LTD
   
 
By:
/s/ Richard L. Muglia
 
 
Name: Richard L. Muglia Title: Vice President

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2015)]
 

 
DUTCH GUARANTORS:
   
 
TRONOX WORLDWIDE PTY LIMITED,
 
ACTING AS MANAGING PARTNER OF
 
TRONOX HOLDINGS EUROPE C.V.
   
 
By:
/s/ Richard L. Muglia
 
 
Name: Richard L. Muglia
Title: Director
   
 
TRONOX HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
   
 
By:
/s/ Steven Kaye
 
 
Name: Steven Kaye
 
Title: Director
   
 
By:
/s/ Anthony M. Orrell
 
 
Name: Anthony M. Orrell
 
Title: Director

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2015)]
 

 
SWISS GUARANTORS:
   
 
TRONOX INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS GMBH
  TRONOX FINANCE GMBH
   
 
By:
/s/ Steven Kaye
 
 
Name: Steven Kaye
 
Title: managing director
   
 
By:
/s/ Timothy Carlson
 
 
Name: Timothy Carlson
 
Title: managing director

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2015)]
 

 
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL
 
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
   
 
By:
/s/ Jan Schweiger
 
 
Name: Jan Schweiger
 
Title: Vice President

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2015)]
 
 


Exhibit 12.1

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

The following table sets forth the ratio of earnings to fixed charges on a consolidated basis for each of the periods indicated. For the purposes of completing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earning are defined as income (loss) before income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense (including capitalized interest) and the portion of rental expense that is representative of the interest factor.

   
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
Earnings:
                 
Loss before income taxes
 
$
(173
)
 
$
(266
)
 
$
(149
)
Fixed charges
   
188
     
182
     
136
 
Capitalized interest
   
(4
)
   
(6
)
   
(3
)
Total earnings (loss)
 
$
11
   
$
(90
)
 
$
(16
)
                         
Fixed Charges:
                       
Interest expense
 
$
174
   
$
160
   
$
124
 
Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs and discount on debt
   
11
     
11
     
10
 
Other
   
3
     
11
     
2
 
Capitalized interest
   
4
     
6
     
3
 
Total fixed charges
 
$
192
   
$
188
   
$
139
 
                         
Inadequate earnings (a)
 
$
181
   
$
278
   
$
155
 

(a) The ratio coverage in 2016, 2015 and 2014 was less than 1:1. We would have needed to generate additional earnings of $181 million, $278 million and $155 million to achieve coverage of 1:1 in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
 
 


Exhibit 21.1
 
LIST OF TRONOX LIMITED SUBSIDIARIES

Subsidiary
 
Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
     
U.S. Subsidiaries:
   
     
Tronox Finance LLC
 
Delaware
     
Tronox Incorporated
 
Delaware
     
Tronox LLC
 
Delaware
     
Tronox Pigments LLC
 
Delaware
     
Tronox US Holdings Inc.
 
Delaware
     
Tronox Alkali Corporation
 
Delaware
     
Tronox Specialty Alkali LLC
 
Delaware
     
Tronox Alkali Wyoming Corporation
 
Delaware
     
Non-U.S. Subsidiaries:
   
     
Ti02 Corporation Pty Ltd
 
Australia
     
Tific Pty Ltd
 
Australia
     
Tronox Australia Holdings Pty Limited
 
Australia
     
Tronox Australia Pigments Holdings Pty Limited
 
Australia
     
Tronox Australia Pty Ltd
 
Australia
     
Tronox Finance GmbH
 
Switzerland
     
Tronox Global Holdings Pty Limited
 
Australia
     
Tronox GmbH
 
Germany
     
Tronox Holdings Cooperatief U.A.
 
The Netherlands
     
Tronox Holdings Europe C.V.
 
The Netherlands
     
Tronox Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd.
 
Australia
     
Tronox International Finance LLP
 
United Kingdom
     
Tronox International Holdings GmbH
 
Switzerland
     
Tronox KZN Sands (Pty) Ltd
 
South Africa
     
Tronox Management Pty Ltd.
 
Australia
     
Tronox Mineral Sales Pty Ltd
 
Australia
     
Tronox Mineral Sands (Pty) Ltd
 
South Africa
     
Tronox Pigments Australia Holdings Pty Limited
 
Australia
     
Tronox Pigments Australia Pty Limited
 
Australia
     
Tronox Pigments (Holland) B.V.
 
The Netherlands
     
Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V.
 
The Netherlands
     
Tronox Pigments GmbH
 
Germany
     
Tronox Pigments Ltd.
 
Bahamas
     
Tronox Pigments (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
 
Singapore
     
Tronox Sands Holdings Pty Limited
 
Australia
     
Tronox Sands Investment Funding Limited
 
United Kingdom
     
Tronox Sands UK Holdings Limited
 
United Kingdom
     
Tronox Sands LLP
 
United Kingdom
     
Tronox UK Finance Limited
 
United Kingdom
     
Tronox UK Holdings Limited
 
United Kingdom
     
Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd
 
Australia
     
Tronox Worldwide Pty Limited
 
Australia
     
Yalgoo Minerals Pty. Ltd.
 
Australia
 


Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form   S8 (No.   333-182556) of Tronox Limited of our report dated February 23, 2017 relating to the financial statements   and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10K.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Stamford, CT
February 23, 2017
 



EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO
EXCHANGE ACT RULE 13A-14(A)/15D-14(A)
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Thomas Casey, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 of Tronox Limited (the “Registrant”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 23, 2017
  
/s/ THOMAS CASEY
 
Thomas Casey
 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 

 


EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO
EXCHANGE ACT RULE 13A-14(A)/15D-14(A)
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Timothy Carlson, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 of Tronox Limited (the “Registrant”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 23, 2017

/s/ TIMOTHY CARLSON
 
Timothy Carlson
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 


EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C § 1350, the undersigned officer of Tronox Limited (the “Registrant”) hereby certifies that the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.

February 23, 2017
 
/s/ THOMAS CASEY
 
Thomas Casey
 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.
 
 


EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, the undersigned officer of Tronox Limited (the “Registrant”) hereby certifies that the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.

February 23, 2017
 
/s/ TIMOTHY CARLSON
 
Timothy Carlson
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.
 
 


Exhibit 95
 
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Section 1503 of the Dodd-Frank Act contains new reporting requirements regarding coal or other mine safety. We operate a mine in conjunction with our Green River, Wyoming facility, which is subject to regulation by the Mine Safety and Health Administration (“MSHA”) under the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 (the “Mine Act”), and is therefore subject to these reporting requirements. Presented in the table below is information regarding certain mining safety and health citations which MSHA has issued with respect to our operation as required by the Dodd-Frank Act. In evaluating this information, consideration should be given to the fact that citations and orders can be contested and appealed, and in that process, may be reduced in severity, penalty amount or sometimes dismissed (vacated) altogether.

The letters used as column headings in the table below correspond to the explanations provided underneath the table as to the information set forth in each column with respect to the numbers of violations, orders, citations or dollar amounts, as the case may be, during 2016 unless otherwise indicated.
 
 
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(F)
(G)
(H)
(I)
(J)
(K)
(L)
Mine or
Operating
Name/
MSHA
Identification
Number
Section 104 S&S Citations
(#)
Section 104(b) Orders
(#)
Section 104(d)
Citations and Orders
(#)
Section 110(b)(2)
Violations
(#)
Section 107(a) Orders
(#)
Total Dollar  Value of MSHA Assessments Proposed
($)
Total Number of Mining Related Fatalities
(#)
Received Notice of Pattern of Violations Under Section 104(e)
(yes/no)
Received Notice of Potential to Have Pattern Under Section 104(e)
(yes/no)
 
Legal Actions Pending as of Last Day of Period
(#)
Legal Actions Initiated During Period
(#)
Legal Actions Resolved During Period
(#)
Tronox-
Alkali at
Westvaco
 
MSHA I.D.
No.:
48-00152
28
0
0
0
0
$50,154
0
No
No
0
2
5
 
(A)
The total number of violations of mandatory health or safety standards that could significantly and substantially contribute to the cause and effect of a coal or other mine safety and health hazard under section 104 of the Mine Act for which the operator received a citation from MSHA.
 
(B)
The total number of orders issued under section 104(b) of the Mine Act.
 
(C)
The total number of citations and orders for unwarrantable failure of the operator to comply with mandatory health or safety standards under section 104(d) of the Mine Act.
 
(D)
The total number of flagrant violations under section 110(b)(2) of the Mine Act.
 
(E)
The total number of imminent danger orders issued under section 107(a) of the Mine Act.
 
(F)
The total dollar value of proposed assessments from the MSHA under the Mine Act.  Includes assessments proposed on citations issued in 2016.
 
(G)
The total number of mining related fatalities.
 
(H)
During the year ending December 31, 2016, the mine did not receive Notice of Pattern of Violations under Section 104(e)
 
(I)
During the year ending December 31, 2016, the mine did not receive Notice of a Potential to have a Pattern of Violations Under Section 104(e)
 
(J)
Includes all legal actions before the Federal Mine Safety and Review Commission, together with the Administrative Law Judges thereof, for our operations.
 
(K)
The total number of legal actions were initiated by us to contest citations, orders or proposed assessments issued by the federal Mine Safety and Health Administration during 2016.
 
(L)
All previously initiated legal actions to contest citations, orders or proposed assessments issued by the federal Mine Safety and Health Administration, which if successful, could result in the reduction or dismissal of those citations, orders or assessments, were resolved during the period.